Collision between banking locomotives and grain train 5446, near Werris Creek, New South Wales, on 6 January 2022

Final report

Report release date: 20/08/2024

Office of Transport Safety Investigations logo
This investigation was conducted under the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003 (Commonwealth) by the Office of Transport Safety Investigations (NSW) on behalf of the ATSB in accordance with the Collaboration Agreement. 

Executive summary

What happened

On 6 January 2022, freight train 5446, operated by Southern Shorthaul Railroad (SSR), departed from Narrabri West for Bullock Island at Newcastle, New South Wales. Due to a steep uphill gradient en route, three additional (banking) locomotives were attached to the rear of 5446 at Werris Creek.

Shortly after departure from Werris Creek, the banking locomotives separated from the rear of the train. Although the brakes automatically applied on both the lead portion of 5446 and the separated banking locomotives, the driver of the banking locomotives released this brake application. As a result, after the lead portion of 5446 had stopped, the banking locomotives collided with the rear of 5446. Significant damage to rolling stock resulted from the collision. 

What the ATSB found

The cause of the train separation was highly likely due to the knuckle on the bottom operated coupler of the lead banking locomotive remaining unlocked after coupling. A stretch test, which would have identified the unlocked state of the knuckle, was not performed. It was found that the crew member who performed the shunt did not have a full understanding of automatic coupler operation. In addition, it could not be determined that the banking locomotive crew had previously demonstrated a sufficient level of competence in a stretch test procedure, either with SSR or previous operators. 

After the separation event, the response taken by the banking locomotive’s driver in relation to the sudden loss of brake pipe pressure was, while inappropriate for the situation, consistent with their training and SSR’s emergency response procedures. These procedures did not differentiate between head end only and banking train operations. The appropriate response during an emergency for these differing operations can be vastly different. 

Lastly, it was found that SSR’s risk assessments for this operation were mostly performed by members of the management team. While the team had varying levels of operational experience, consultation with operational staff directly affected by the operation did not occur. This had the potential for risks to be missed during the risk assessment process.

What has been done as a result

In response to the safety issues raised, SSR took safety action to:

  • provide train crew with reference materials related to coupler functionality
  • defined the process for a ‘stretch test’ after coupling and other shunting terms
  • contextualised emergency procedures for banking operations
  • further defined the need for adequate consultation during material change.

While not related to a safety issue, both Southern Cross Civil and Rail Training and Pacific National took the opportunity to review and update their training materials in shunting operations, in response to safety factors identified within the report.

Safety message

The competence of rail safety workers is critical to safe railway operations. Where competency assessments are aligned to the Australian Qualifications Framework (AQF), certain standards must be met. These include, in part, that sufficient assessment evidence be collected to ensure a reliable competency decision can be made. In the absence of an alternative and equivalent method, rail transport operators should follow these same principles when delivering enterprise‑based assessments.

Further, during assessment of risk, consultation consisting of effective and meaningful engagement with stakeholders is key to ensuring risks are identified and appropriate controls are implemented. In instances of unique operations, this engagement becomes critical in identifying novel risks which may not be immediately apparent. Particular attention should be given to procedures utilised in past operational environments, to ensure their ongoing appropriateness in these unique operational circumstances.

 

The occurrence

Arrival at Werris Creek

On 6 January 2022, freight train 5446, operated by Southern Shorthaul Railroad (SSR), departed from Narrabri West (565.750 km),[1] New South Wales for Bullock Island (170.298 km) at Newcastle, New South Wales. The train was powered by three diesel electric locomotives hauling 49 wagons loaded with export wheat.

About 0620,[2] train 5446 stopped on the mainline at Werris Creek (410.800 km) clear of the station platform to allow for a crew change and the attachment of three banking locomotives,[3] based at Werris Creek. The banking locomotives were to be attached to the rear of 5446 to provide additional traction power for the heavy uphill grade from Chilcotts Creek (372.300 km) to Ardglen (363.300 km) (see Figure 1).

Figure 1: Location of banking operations

Figure 1: Location of banking operations

 Source: John Holland, annotated by OTSI

The crew of the banking locomotives consisted of a trainee driver (driving) who signed on at Muswellbrook at 0315, and a mentor driver (supervising), who signed on at Werris Creek at 0445. 

At 0623, the network control officer (NCO) cleared the signal to allow the awaiting banking locomotives on the Armidale side of the station platform to proceed onto the rear of 5446 and attach. The trainee driver of the banking locomotives then moved the locomotives towards the rear of 5446, stopping about 20 m short to allow the mentor driver to alight and perform the on-ground coupling duties.

The trainee driver, under radio instruction from the mentor driver, then moved the banking locomotives onto the rear of 5446 and coupled. Closed circuit television (CCTV) showed that the banking locomotives moved slightly away from the rear of 5446 after coupling, with the mentor driver briefly looking away from the train at this time. The locomotive’s data logger confirmed that the banking locomotive’s independent brake[4] was partially applied. The direction controller remained in reverse which meant a stretch test[5] of the couplers was not performed at that time. The CCTV also showed that the weather was fine, with morning daylight conditions.

The mentor driver then coupled the brake pipe hoses between the last wagon of 5446 and the lead banking locomotive (L277) for train braking purposes. The lead crew of 5446 then performed a brake pipe continuity test[6] with the banking locomotive crew, which verified the brakes were continuous and working throughout the train.

At 0640, the lead crew of 5446 was changed. The rear banking locomotive crew remained unchanged.

Departure from Werris Creek

At 0642, train 5446 departed Werris Creek with three locomotives at the front hauling the 49 loaded grain wagons, and three locomotives attached at the rear for banking purposes. The trainee driver and mentor driver were in the banking locomotive at the very rear of the train, facing the track in the opposite direction of travel. Communications between train crew en route (between the lead and banking crews) regarding signal aspects observed at the front and power requirements from the banking locomotives at the rear, was conducted using radio communications on a discrete SSR channel. The driver of the lead locomotive initiated all train braking commands.

As there was an uphill grade for almost 4 km on departure from Werris Creek, both the front and banking locomotives had power applied on departure, with full power (eight notches) selected at both the front and back of the train about one minute after departure.

After about 407.000 km, the gradient peaked in height and changed to a downhill grade, with two short sections of level/near level grade en route to Quipolly (402.000 km). As a result, at 0647 the lead locomotive commenced a reduction in traction power setting, with idle selected at about 406.500 km. The banking locomotives remained temporarily in full power before the trainee driver commenced traction power reductions, which kept the train under compression.

At 0648:31, with the train now on a downhill gradient, the driver of the lead locomotive engaged dynamic braking[7] and made an automatic brake application at 63 km/h. This enabled a test of the effectiveness of the train’s brakes, in preparation for the steep downhill grade from Ardglen to Pages River. This automatic brake application took effect on the banking locomotives 4 seconds later (Figure 2).[8]

Figure 2: Track profile from Werris Creek to Quipolly 

Figure 2: Track profile from Werris Creek to Quipolly

Overview of the track gradients on departure from Werris Creek, and coinciding events relating to the banking locomotives on 5446.  
Source: ARTC, annotated by OTSI

At 0649:09, with the train’s speed stable at 64 km/h and, coinciding with the banking locomotives tractive power being reduced to a minimum (one notch), the driver of the lead locomotive released the train’s brakes. Seven seconds later, this brake release command took effect on the banking locomotives at the rear of the train.

Separation event

Coinciding with reaching a relatively level piece of track and slowing slightly, at 0649:46 the banking locomotives separated from the rear of train 5446, 7 mins and 5 kms from departure. Most of the train was now on a downhill grade towards Quipolly. 

The consequent separation of the brake pipe hose between the banking locomotives and the train resulted in a sudden loss of all brake pipe pressure on the banking locomotives, resulting in a power control switch (PCS)[9] warning light activation and the three banking locomotives’ brakes automatically applying. The trainee driver observed the PCS warning light and advised the mentor driver of the light activation, with both checking their rear-view mirrors for any issues along the length of the train. As the train was on straight track the separation event was not observed. As no issue had been identified, the trainee driver ‘bailed-off’[10] the brake application to avoid flat wheels[11] as per their training. During this time, the speed of the banking locomotives reduced from the 51 km/h at the time of train separation to 26 km/h. 

Meanwhile, the driver of the leading portion of 5446 observed that the flowmeter[12] on the lead locomotive was registering an air pressure loss to the brake pipe. Although a high brake pipe pressure was maintained, the loss of some brake pipe pressure resulted in the brakes beginning to slowly apply on the wagons, and the train to gradually reduce speed. The driver of the leading portion of the train believed there had been a false activation of the vigilance penalty[13] on one of the trailing lead locomotives, a situation they had encountered with a previous rolling stock operator.[14] The driver, based on this assumption, elected to maintain dynamic braking in anticipation of 5446 coming to a stop. 

At 0650:21, almost 40 seconds after the train separation event, the brakes automatically reapplied on the banking locomotives. The variation in speeds between the two portions of the train had now resulted in a separation distance of 129 m between the rear of 5446 and the banking locomotives. The trainee driver again bailed-off this brake application releasing the brakes on the banking locomotives at 23 km/h. 

At 0650:39, 5446 came to a stop at 404.239 km due to the uncommanded automatic brake application. A 58 m distance now separated the rear of 5446 from the banking locomotives. 

Eight seconds later, as the lead portion driver contacted the banking locomotive crew by radio to advise that 5446 had stopped due to a suspected false vigilance penalty, the banking locomotives collided with the rear of 5446 at 28 km/h. The trainee driver on the banking locomotives immediately advised the lead portion driver that they believed they had derailed. Upon inspection, the banking locomotive crew identified there had been a collision between the banking locomotives and the rear of 5446. 

As a result of the collision, the mentor driver on the banking locomotives suffered a minor head injury, after being struck by an unrestrained item in the locomotive cabin. In addition, severe damage occurred to the rear grain wagon of 5446, and the lead banking locomotive.

Context

Weather and environmental information

The nearest weather observations were taken at Quirindi, about 12 km from the accident site. On the morning of the accident sunrise was at 0559, almost one hour prior to the incident. Later, at 0900, there were light winds recorded, with clear conditions and no cloud cover for the area. No rain was recorded for the day.

Weather and environmental conditions were not considered contributory to the accident.

Train crew information

Mentor driver

The mentor driver commenced in the rail industry in 1999. In 2015, after working in various depots, the driver was based at Werris Creek with another rolling stock operator (RSO). In mid‑2020, the driver joined Southern Shorthaul Railroad (SSR), operating trains on the Narrabri North, New South Wales to Sydney corridor, including over the Ardglen Bank. In December 2021, the driver became a mentor driver in preparation for becoming a driver trainer once they had completed the required training.

The mentor driver held a Certificate IV in Train Driving, which was obtained under recognition of prior learning. As this was issued prior to the mentor driver joining SSR, they undertook a driver’s practical assessment on joining SSR to ensure that they met SSR’s specific operational competency requirements. In addition, the mentor driver held all required route and safeworking qualifications.

On the day of the accident, the mentor driver started at Werris Creek at 0445 after a 4 day break, which included both rostered days off and shifts on standby. Fatigue was not considered a factor for the mentor driver on the day. 

Trainee driver

The trainee driver commenced in the rail industry in 2017 as a driver’s assistant at Werris Creek, which included operations over the Ardglen Bank. In August 2020, the trainee driver joined SSR as a driver’s assistant, becoming a trainee driver two months later.[15] They were based at Muswellbrook and Ulan, New South Wales, before transferring back to Werris Creek in June 2021. Since that time, the trainee driver had mainly operated the banking engines between Werris Creek and Pages River/Murrurundi.

The trainee driver held a statement of attainment for units of competency which could apply to a driver’s assistant. As this was issued prior to the trainee driver joining SSR, they undertook a driver’s assistant practical assessment to ensure that they met SSR’s specific operational competency requirements. In addition, the trainee driver held the required safeworking qualification for the route.  

On the day of the accident, the trainee driver started at Muswellbrook at 0315 after a 3 day break, which included both rostered days off and a shift on standby. Fatigue was not considered a factor for the trainee driver on the day. 

Train information

General

Train no 5446 consisted of three locomotives (controlled by the lead driver) hauling 49 x BGKF wagons loaded with export wheat, weighing an estimated 4,263 t. At Werris Creek, three additional locomotives were attached at the rear of 5446 for banking purposes (controlled by the trainee driver). The train length on departure from Werris Creek was 943.60 m. 

Locomotive cabin 

The banking locomotives’ train crew were in locomotive C506, which was at the very rear of the train. They were facing opposite to the direction of travel. Visibility of the train was limited to that available from the rear facing side mirrors.

At the driver controls was the trainee driver, who could observe several warning light indications and pressure gauges to monitor the train consist. These included pressure changes in the train’s brake pipe and C506’s brake cylinders, and warning lights associated with C506’s PCS function and brake cylinder pressure (Figure 3).

Figure 3: Locomotive C506 control indications

Figure 3: Locomotive C506 control indications

Control indications on C506 as applied during banking operations.
Source: OTSI

The mentor driver, who was seated in the observer’s seat, had access to basic functions such as the locomotive horn and light switches. Although the speedometer had a side panel to enable speed monitoring by the mentor driver (Figure 3), they relied on the trainee driver to advise them of gauge and warning light indications. 

Network information

General

The section of track between Werris Creek and Quipolly (the accident section), was managed by the Australian Rail Track Corporation (ARTC). Network control services were provided by ARTC’s Upper Hunter no 2 control board, based at Broadmeadow, New South Wales. The safeworking system that applied was ‘rail vehicle detection’, using track circuits to detect trains and colour light signals.  

Werris Creek Yard

On most occasions and on the day of the accident, prior to the arrival of 5446 at Werris Creek, the banking locomotives exited the yard and waited at the platform on the Armidale side of the station, as depicted in Figure 4. On arrival from Narrabri, 5446 proceeded via the northwest main line onto the main line at Werris Creek, stopping at signal 15-34 and clear of signal 15-39 at the rear. Once 5446 had stopped, the banking locomotives proceeded on the authority of the shunt signal attached to signal 15-44 and coupled to the rear of 5446, clear of signal 15-39.

Figure 4: Routes taken by 5446 and banking locomotives

Figure 4: Routes taken by 5446 and banking locomotives

The route taken by the banking locomotives prior to the arrival of 5446 at Werris Creek is depicted by the light green dotted line, with the route taken by 5446 on arrival shown by the light blue dotted line. Once 5446 had stopped clear of signal 15-39, the banking locomotives attached to the rear of 5446 as depicted by the purple dotted line. 
Source: ARTC, annotated by OTSI

The distance between signals 15-34 and 15-39 was 1,012 m, with the length of 5446 (including the attached banking locomotives) being about 944 m. When interviewed, the mentor driver described this as problematic. At least a ‘couple of times’ stretch tests were unable to be performed due to the proximity of the banking locomotives to signal 15-39 in the rear, after the grain train had stopped a greater distance than usual from signal 15-34 on arrival (Figure 5). This was not a factor on the day of the accident.

Figure 5: Banking locomotives’ attachment location

Figure 5: Banking locomotives’ attachment location

Source: ARTC, annotated by OTSI

Werris Creek to Murrurundi

The track profile from Werris Creek (410.800 km) to Willow Tree (375.735 km) was undulating with interspersed short sections of uphill gradient. As depicted in Figure 6, from Willow Tree a moderate uphill grade was encountered to Chilcotts Creek (372.302 km), from where a steep 1:40 uphill grade[16] applied to the Ardglen Tunnel (362.572 km).

Figure 6: Track profile from Willow Tree to Murrurundi

Figure 6: Track profile from Willow Tree to Murrurundi

Dotted vertical lines are in 1 km increments.
Source: ARTC, annotated by OTSI

From Ardglen Tunnel, the track commenced a steep downhill grade of about 1:45 to Pages River (354.915 km), where it reduced to a moderate downhill grade to Murrurundi (352.327 km). 

The track speed was generally 115 km/h on the straight sections between Werris Creek and Chilcotts Creek, however, grain trains were limited to 80 km/h. From Chilcotts Creek to Ardglen Tunnel, banked trains were limited to a maximum of 50 km/h. As there was a steep uphill gradient on this section, grain trains operated up the grade substantially below the speed limit.

Ardglen banking operations

General

ARTC general train operation requirements were included in its train operating conditions (TOC) manual. Section 2 of the TOC manual (locomotive operations) described locomotives placed throughout a train consist as a ‘distributed power’ configuration. Where there was insufficient tractive effort available to haul the train up a steep grade, additional locomotives could be temporarily placed at the rear of the train to assist. In this instance, the configuration was considered a ‘banking’ operation. Limits on tractive power at the rear and minimum wagon mass within the consist applied to banking operation trains. These restrictions were in place to prevent excessive L/V ratio[17] in-train forces that may result in wagon lift and derailment if not observed.

For the Ardglen Bank, specific banking requirements between Chilcotts Creek and Murrurundi were contained in ARTC’s Route Access Standard (RAS) H2 (Muswellbrook–Werris Creek). As discussed further in this section, SSR’s banking operations were required to commence at Werris Creek, rather than Chilcotts Creek. To facilitate this, ARTC published supplementary instructions in TOC waiver 18060 (Operation of SSR grain trains between Newcastle and Moree & return) in April 2018, which was replaced by TOC waiver 21004 (Operation of SSR trains and light engines between Newcastle and Moree & return) in January 2021. These waivers were partly based on an independent assessment of in-train forces during banking, which was provided to ARTC in June 2017.

Chilcotts Creek based operators

In addition to SSR, two other rolling stock operators (RSOs) banked trains on the Ardglen Bank. Their banking locomotives were stowed in sidings at Chilcotts Creek provided for this purpose. As their banking locomotives were attached to the rear of their trains at the commencement of the steep uphill grade, the banked train was always in a compressed state to the Ardglen Tunnel.

Consistent with the requirements of ARTC document RAS H2, the knuckle of the automatic coupler on the banking locomotives pressed against the train to be banked was not required to be locked during coupling. Rather, an anti-locking device was placed around the top lifter pin of the banking locomotive’s coupler to prevent this from occurring (see Automatic couplers for further information). In addition, the brake pipe was not connected between the train and the banking locomotives (see Automatic brake). 

When the banked train reached the summit of the Ardglen Bank on the western approach to the Ardglen Tunnel, the banking locomotives for these operators slowed to a stop, automatically separating from the rear of the train. This allowed the banked train to continue its journey without stopping.

Southern Shorthaul Railroad

History

SSR commenced grain train banking operations between Werris Creek and Pages River in about October 2017, ceasing about 6 months later due to drought conditions impacting loading availability. It recommenced banking operations in October 2020, and changed the location of the train crew from the lead banking locomotive to the rear banking locomotive.[18] This change altered the vision of the banking locomotive train crew from viewing the rear wagon and coupler during banking operations, to a rear view of the track, in the opposite direction of travel.

As there was no spare siding accommodation at Chilcotts Creek to store SSR’s banking locomotives between duties, the locomotives were stored and attached to the rear of SSR’s grain trains at Werris Creek. In October 2020, SSR approached ARTC to change its banking locomotive stabling location from Werris Creek to Willow Tree (see Figure 6). The change request was made to improve operational efficiency by reducing non-revenue running of the banking locomotives. ARTC did not agree to this request, and the stabling location of SSR’s banking locomotives remained at Werris Creek.

Operation

Although banking was only required between Chilcotts Creek and Ardglen, the banking locomotive crews would take the opportunity to assist loaded trains over other uphill grades on the undulating terrain between Werris Creek and Chilcotts Creek. In addition, to limit instances of slack[19] run‑out,[20] it was common practice to maintain 1­–2 notches of traction power to assist in keeping the banking locomotives compressed against the rear of the train being banked.

Consistent with TOC waiver 21004, SSR required the banking locomotive’s automatic coupler to be connected and locked to the rear grain train wagon’s coupler during banking operations. This was due to the train traversing the undulating grade between Werris Creek and Chilcotts Creek (Figure 7), to ensure that the banking locomotives would not separate from the rear of the grain train en route. In addition, the brake pipe was also connected between the banking locomotives and the rear grain wagon, with all train braking and release commands on the train being initiated by the driver at the front of the train.

Figure 7: Track profile from Werris Creek to Chilcotts Creek

Figure 7: Track profile from Werris Creek to Chilcotts Creek

Source: ARTC, annotated by OTSI

Once the grain train had reached the Ardglen Tunnel, the banking locomotives would cease assisting with traction power. On arrival at Pages River, the grain train would stop, and the banking locomotives would be uncoupled to allow for their return to Werris Creek for storage in preparation for their next banking duties.

Automatic couplers

General

Couplers are fitted to both ends of most rolling stock to enable coupling to adjacent vehicles when marshalling a train. Automatic couplers are frequently fitted to freight rolling stock, automatically closing and locking the knuckle/s of open couplers when rolling stock are pushed together (Figure 8), at which point the rolling stock are ‘coupled’. 

Figure 8: Open and closed automatic coupler

Figure 8: Open and closed automatic coupler

An open knuckle (left image) and a closed and locked knuckle (right image). The locking block keeps the knuckle from opening once closed. If adjacent rolling is coupled, the pairing knuckle of the adjacent rolling stock would lock in behind the pictured knuckle.

Source: OTSI

To couple up to other rolling stock, either one or both automatic couplers on the rolling stock to be coupled should have their knuckles fully opened prior to coupling the rolling stock together. When uncoupling, at least one of the knuckles is to be unlocked to allow this to occur. 

Although automatic couplers perform the mechanical function of coupling, any air, electrical and hydraulic connections are required to be manually performed by the shunting personnel. 

Operation

When shunting, the person conducting shunting operations on the ground operates the control rod which acts on the lifter (Figure 9). This either pulls or pushes the locking block clear of the knuckle (Figure 10), thereby unlocking it. 

Figure 9: External coupler components

Figure 9: External coupler components

Main external coupler components. The area circled orange is magnified in Figure 11.
Source: ATSB

Figure 10: Locking block and lifter

Figure 10: Locking block and lifter

Source: OTSI

Figure 11 illustrates the sequence of mechanical events internal to the coupler body when performing coupling operations, as follows:

  • Image 1: As the locking block moves upward during unlocking, it contacts with and thereby engages the kicker, which assists in pushing open the unlocked knuckle. In addition, the tongue of the locking block (see also Figure 10), rests on the set shelf within the coupler, keeping the locking block raised and the knuckle in an unlocked state. This allows the shunting personnel to release the control rod without the knuckle immediately re-locking. The purpose of this safety design feature is to allow shunting personnel to: 
    • manually open the knuckle for coupling in instances where the kicker has not sufficiently opened the knuckle
    • stand clear of the rolling stock profile while uncoupling operations occur. 
  • Image 2: As the knuckle opens fully, a raised contact point on the top side of the inner knuckle contacts the locking block, pulling the locking block and its tongue outwards, dislodging it from the set shelf. This effectively arms the locking block to automatically drop in front of the inner knuckle once the knuckle is closed.
  • Image 3: Once the locking block drops in front of the inner knuckle, it locks it in place, preventing it from reopening (see also right-hand image in Figure 8). 

Figure 11: Internal coupler mechanisms

Figure 11: Internal coupler mechanisms

This image shows operation of the internal mechanisms within the coupler body. Image numbers 1 and 3 have had the knuckle physically removed to allow visibility of the locking block.

Source: OTSI  

Importantly, once the locking block tongue has come to rest on the set shelf, the knuckle must be fully opened to dislodge the tongue from the set shelf, thereby enabling the knuckle to be relocked. If the knuckle remains closed but unlocked, it will not lock again regardless of how much inwards pressure is exerted, as the locking block tongue will not dislodge from the set shelf. So, if both automatic couplers on adjacent rolling stock are unlocked for coupling, but only one knuckle is fully opened, only the fully opened knuckle will lock when the rolling stock are pushed together regardless of the buff (compressive) force applied. This will result in the closed but unlocked knuckle remaining in an unlocked state after coupling, and a train separation when the train is next moved with a draft (stretched) force.

Top versus bottom operated couplers

While the operation of the automatic coupler remains the same, there is a subtle design difference in the way the locking block is lifted for a top versus a bottom lifter operation. The top lifter pulls up the locking block when operating the control rod, whereas bottom lifter pushes up the locking block. While top lifter operation is more common, the bottom lifter design allows for a lower control rod and lifter position, providing clearance from pipework (on locomotives) and reduced obstruction during loading (container wagons) (Figure 12). 

Figure 12: Comparison of top lifter (left) versus bottom lifter (right) automatic couplers

Figure 12: Comparison of top lifter (left) versus bottom lifter (right) automatic couplers

Source: OTSI

As described in Operation, although the locking block can be visually observed in the locked position when uncoupled (Figure 8), this is not possible when coupled to another knuckle on adjacent rolling stock. 

For top lifter operation, the lifter and control rod linkage are mounted on the top of the automatic coupler body. As shown in Figure 13Figure 13, the lifter gives a clear and reliable visual indication of the position of the locking block. Unless the locking block has fully engaged in the locked position in front of the inner knuckle, the lifter will appear in a raised position. 

Figure 13: Top lifter operated automatic coupler

Figure 13: Top lifter operated automatic coupler

Visual appearance of the lifter in various operational knuckle states for a top lifter operated automatic coupler.

Source: OTSI

For bottom lifter operation, conversely the lifter and control rod linkage are mounted on the bottom of the automatic coupler body. As shown in Figure 14, the lifter provides almost no appreciable difference in indication of the position of the locking block, irrespective of whether it is in the locked or unlocked position. There is no reliable visual representation of the position of the locking block available for a bottom lifter operated automatic coupler.

Figure 14: Bottom lifter operated automatic coupler

Figure 14: Bottom lifter operated automatic coupler

Visual appearance of the lifter in various operational knuckle states for the bottom lifter operated automatic coupler that was fitted to locomotive L277, the accident locomotive. Note: the coupler has been bent downwards from the accident.

Source: OTSI

Shunting requirements

As a result of the visual limitations of the status of the locking block on bottom lifter operated automatic couplers, a common industry practice for these types of couplers is to perform a stretch test after coupling. This ensures that the locking block has fallen into place in front of the inner knuckle, locking it in place. If the couplers separate during a stretch test, it indicates that one or both knuckles remained unlocked after the coupling operation. Alternatively, if the couplers remain coupled, it indicates that both knuckles have been locked correctly.

As with many rail industry procedures, how a stretch test was conducted was determined by individual rolling stock operators (RSOs), rather than detailed within an industry standard. Two of the largest rail freight RSOs in Australia required that light locomotive traction power be applied in the direction away from the coupled location to perform a stretch test. This was to provide assurance that sufficient tension had been applied to the knuckles, thereby ensuring physical train separation in the event one or both couplers had not locked.

SSR advised that it considered sufficient strain on the couplers could be provided by a ‘… gravitational “bump”’, not necessarily with the application of accompanying traction power. 

SSR shunting procedures

SSR had several procedures relating to its shunting requirements, which were supported by training and assessment, including:

  • WIM 63001 (Policies and general train operations work instruction manual), section 20 ‘coupling and uncoupling rolling stock’ which described shunting operations, including the requirement for stretch tests to be performed. The instruction did not detail SSR’s process for a stretch test.
  • Notice 62269 (Ardglen banking procedures), which specified banking engines were to be hard coupled to the rear of banked grain trains. After coupling, the bank engines were to ‘…“ease off” to ensure that the coupler on the bank engine has become coupled’ to prevent uncoupling while the train was in transit. In this case an ‘ease off’ rather than a stretch test was referred to. The process as applied to SSR operations was not described. 

For new employees without prior shunting qualifications, SSR provided training and assessment aligned to the national unit of competency TLIC4074 (shunt, couple and uncouple rail vehicles).[21] The assessments included theoretical questions regarding the purpose of a stretch test, and a practical evaluation of the tasks involved.

The training and assessment aligned to TLIC4074, the supporting instructions contained within WIM 63001 and notice 62269, did not explain details of:

  • the coupler safety design feature, which required an unlocked knuckle to be fully opened to allow relocking
  • visual limitations relating to the locking block position on bottom operated couplers
  • SSR’s process for a stretch test/ease off.

Of note, the SSR learner’s resource material for TLIC4074 stated that locking blocks could ‘jam’, resulting in the coupler knuckle remaining unlocked. In these instances, employees were required to separate the train and investigate the cause. However, it did not detail what the possible causes were, or how these may be rectified.

Coupler inspections

The coupler on the accident end of L277 had a casting date of August 2002 and was likely fitted shortly after casting by its then owner, Rio Tinto. SSR acquired L277 in 2020, with the couplers inspected and deemed compliant during the locomotive’s previous 30-day inspection. 

Both couplers on BGKF 1122F (the accident wagon) were replaced in November 2019. A major biennial ‘B service’ was conducted on the wagon 3 months before the accident, which included a full wagon lift. The couplers were inspected during this service and deemed compliant.

An inspection of the couplers after the accident by Bradken at Newcastle, New South Wales, found that the:

  • Accident end coupler of L277, while worn, was within wear limits and was mechanically fully functional.
  • Accident end coupler of BGKF 1122F showed minimal signs of wear, but due to significant deformity resulting from the accident was no longer functional. 

Accident site

A review of evidence taken at the accident site was used to determine the mechanical state of the automatic couplers leading up to the accident. After the accident, the air brake hoses were found to be undamaged and disconnected consistent with separation having occurred between the banking locomotives and the rear of the train prior to the collision. The automatic couplers of locomotive L277 and BGKF 1122F were found to be coupled together and the knuckles locked (Figure 15), indicating that the physical structure of the couplers was sound and the knuckle locking mechanisms functional.[22] In addition, both couplers were fitted with bottom interlocking shelves, which prevented vertical disengagement of the knuckles while in transit. 

Figure 15: Coupling between L277 and BGKF 1122F

Figure 15: Coupling between L277 and BGKF 1122F

Note: Both the locomotive and wagon’s brake pipe taps were closed post-accident.
Source: SSR, annotated by OTSI

All coupling components were accounted for at the accident site including the coupler, yoke pin, follower, draft pack and yoke, indicating that there had not been a catastrophic mechanical failure of the coupling mechanisms en route (Figure 16). 

Figure 16: Wagon BGKF 1122F coupler components

Figure 16: Wagon BGKF 1122F coupler components

Note: The wagon’s brake pipe tap was closed post-incident.
Source: SSR, annotated by OTSI

Finally, the bent nature of the striker, sheared-off pin carrier plate and upward bend of the coupler and yoke of BGKF 1122F, was consistent with the coupling mechanism being located within the wagon body at the time of the collision and upward lift of the wagon as it lodged into the long hood of locomotive L277.

Damage to 5446 was limited to the rear wagon of the grain train (BGKF 1122F), including a significant grain spill, and the leading banking locomotive (L277). ARTC advised that there was no track damage from the accident which required repair.

Training and assessment

Introduction of the national system in the rail environment

In 2006, the National Transport Commission (NTC) released the model Rail Safety Bill as a first step in rail safety legislation harmonisation across all the Australian states and territories. One aspect of the harmonised laws was the requirement for rail transport operators to assess rail safety worker competence[23] against available national competency units (see Australian Qualifications Framework (AQF)). This requirement was embedded in s.21 of the Rail Safety Act 2008 No 97 (NSW) that subsequently followed. 

In January 2013, the Rail Safety National Law (NSW) (RSNL) came into effect and was administered by the Office of the National Rail Safety Regulator (ONRSR). For compliance with the RSNL,[24] ONRSR advised, in part, that once a position was identified as rail safety work, a rail transport operator was required to:

  • Perform a task analysis to understand the competence requirements of the position, specifically, a defined list of tasks and, required technical and non-technical knowledge and skills.
  • Assess the risk of the tasks to determine appropriateness and applicability of training as a risk control.
  • Ascertain the extent to which competency gaps could be addressed through an AQF unit of competency.
  • Utilise enterprise assessments to assess competence where an AQF competency did not exist or fully meet requirements.[25]
Australian Qualifications Framework (AQF)

The AQF provided the standards required for nationally recognised qualifications through policy and the standardisation of learning outcomes for each qualification type. This ranged from a Certificate I (level 1) to a Higher Doctoral Degree (level 10). For Vocational Education and Training (VET), AQF levels 1–8 applied for qualifications ranging from a Certificate I to a Graduate Diploma. 

At the time of the accident, training packages were developed by skills service organisations in consultation with industry. Approved training packages were endorsed for use by the Council of Australian Governments Industry and Skills Council. For the rail industry, the TLI10 (transport and logistics training package) applied, which detailed available units of competency which could be packaged into a nationally recognised, portable qualification. 

National recognition of VET units of competency and qualifications was the result of quality assurance by the national VET regulator, the Australian Skills Quality Authority (ASQA),[26] through:

  • registration of registered training organisations to authorise delivery and assessment of VET 
  • monitoring of compliance to the VET standards[27]
  • accreditation of nationally recognised courses, where a training package did not apply. 

A VET qualification typically comprised of a minimum number of core and a mix of elective units of competency. At the time of the accident, the VET qualification TLI42621: Certificate IV in Train Driving was available for train crew. This qualification consisted of 21 units of competency, as follows:

  • 12 core units.
  • 5 units aligned to specialised elective groupings, which contextualised the operational environment, i.e. A) freight, B) urban electric, C) country passenger operations, D) steam locomotive and E) heritage motive power.
  • 4 units from a list of 35 electives, chosen by the registered training organisation as determined by the operational requirements of the employing rail transport operator. 

There was no equivalent VET qualification for the driver’s assistant position. Instead, units of competency from TLI42621 were selected by the registered training organisation to reflect the competencies required by the operator, based on the knowledge and skills necessary to perform the role specific to its operations. In this case, a Statement of Attainment was issued allowing national recognition of these individual units of competency.

In relation to competency assessment of skills and knowledge for shunting operations, the AQF provided the unit of competency TLIC4074 (shunt, couple and uncouple rail vehicles). This unit was available as a general elective within TLIC42621.

AQF assessment

The requirements for assessment when imparting VET competencies and qualifications, including through recognition of prior learning,[28] was detailed in the Standards for registered training organisations 2015 (Cwlth).[29] These consisted of:

  • Principles of assessment: where assessment was fair, flexible, valid and reliable.
  • Rules of evidence: where evidence collected was valid, sufficient, authentic and current.

This ensured integrity of the competency assessment decision and judgments and, gave confidence that assessments of competence were sound, reliable and consistent across the VET sector.

To ensure these requirements were met, registered training organisations (those delivering and assessing VET)[30] were required to undertake assessment validation activities. This involved periodically reviewing a sample of assessments previously undertaken to ensure the assessment tool, process and judgements reliably met the requirements of the principles of competency assessment and rules of evidence. Registered training organisation validators were required to be independent of the training delivery and competency assessments being reviewed.

In relation to assessment judgements, sufficient assessment evidence was to be retained to enable review and validation of the competency judgement decision. The purpose was to ensure that assessment decisions would be consistent across assessors (‘reliable’), based on the evidence gathered (‘sufficient’), thereby allowing sound competency decisions to be made. Guidance for this and other requirements of registered training organisations in meeting their VET obligations was contained in ASQA’s guidebook Users’ guide to the standards for registered training organisations 2015.[31]

For theory assessments, the ASQA user’s guide suggested that model answers could be provided to assessors to enable evaluation against responses provided. For practical assessments, it was recommended that ‘practical skills are well described and include observable behaviours’, in addition to assessing the underpinning knowledge of the observed task by ‘asking the student why they are doing something’. This assured the assessor that the person being assessed was not solely mimicking a previously demonstrated task.

Enterprise attainment

VET units of competency could be used as transportable qualifications for rail safety work. However, individual rail transport operators were required to ensure that competency was assessed for all its specific knowledge and skill requirements, such as:

  • the contents of the operator’s safety management system 
  • specific operational task risks and risk controls
  • safeworking[32] for the operator’s particular operation and geographic location
  • local track route knowledge
  • motive power and rolling stock operations (types of locomotives and wagons in use)
  • train operations (whether they be passenger or freight operations).

Further, the Rail Safety National Law (RSNL) allowed rail transport operators to assess competency through other means where complying with the AQF was not reasonably practicable,[33] for example, where:

  • not all units of competency within the qualification were necessary
  • a suitable VET unit of competency or qualification was not available
  • the costs associated with complying with the AQF were prohibitive.

While formal requirements for assessment of VET qualifications applied to registered training organisations when issuing a VET qualification (see AQF assessment), it did not apply to enterprise-based assessments (that is, enterprise attainment) conducted by rail transport operators. Even so, ONRSR’s policy Application of the AQF to rail safety worker competence assessment did provide guidance to rail transport operators in this regard. ONRSR’s expectations in this case included that:

  • training and assessment remained ‘consistent with the principles of competence-based training and assessment’
  • sufficient assessment evidence to ensure ongoing consistent performance was obtained
  • competence assessment was conducted by a person with a Certificate IV in training and assessment (or equivalent), who was independent of the person who conducted the training.
Competence retention

The ONRSR guideline, safety management system, outlined ONRSR’s expectation that there was periodic reassessment of rail safety worker competency. This was consistent with correcting degradation of worker knowledge, skill and competence, particularly where safety critical tasks were conducted irregularly (Vlasblom et al. 2020). These expectations applied to competencies achieved through both VET and enterprise attainment.

Of interest, VET attained qualifications and units of competency in rail safety work did not expire and were recognised across industry. Importantly however, the proven competency at time of qualification did expire – irrespective of how the initial competency in rail safety work was achieved (either through AQF based or enterprise attainment). As such, periodic reassessment of competence was to be conducted. The operator’s safety management system (SMS),[34] determined the intervals for reassessment to ensure workers remained competent to carry out rail safety work.

Credit transfer and additional training

As previously described, the Standards for registered training organisations 2015 (Cwlth) required national recognition and therefore portability of VET units of competency previously achieved.  

The mentor driver of 5446 held an earlier qualification TLI42615: Certificate IV in Train Driving, which they had obtained while working for Pacific National in September 2019. While this qualification had been superseded by TLI42621 by the time of the accident, it remained an equivalent qualification. The mentor driver’s TLI42615 included the unit of competency TLIC4074 (shunting).

The trainee driver of 5446 held a Statement of Attainment, which they had obtained as a driver’s assistant through Southern Cross Civil and Rail Training (SCCRT) in September 2017. It included assessed competence in 18 units of competency which were aligned to TLI42615. Their Statement of Attainment also included assessed competence in TLIC4074 (shunting).

While a rail safety worker was required to demonstrate competency against performance criteria (defined in the unit of competency) and provide performance and knowledge evidence (defined within the assessment requirements), the VET requirements were generic in nature. This allowed registered training organisations to contextualise the training and assessment of a unit of competency to the unique operating environment within which the work was conducted.

As such, although SSR (which was both a rolling stock operator and registered training organisation), recognised the previously attained VET competencies and qualifications of both the mentor driver and trainee driver, this did not satisfy its requirements for the demonstration of competence regarding its own operations; for example, SSR policies, procedures, instructions, and its unique operating equipment and environment. SSR advised OTSI that after training in SSR’s requirements, all new employees were assessed to ensure they met and were therefore current, in all required rail safety worker competencies. These assessments were enterprise‑based rather than aligned to AQF qualifications. Where competency gaps were identified during this process, further training would occur prior to reassessment of competency. 

Of note in relation to TLI42621, were the units of competency specialist elective groupings. As previously described in Australian Qualifications Framework (AQF), these five groupings contextualised the operational environment in which the qualification was originally obtained. This was important due to the specific train driving skillsets which applied to different motive power operations. For example, the method of operating a steam locomotive (specialist elective group D) was entirely different to that of an electric passenger train (specialist elective group C). Through a review of the units of competency achieved in TLI42621, a rail transport operator could determine the specific train driving skillset a driver presenting a VET qualification had previously demonstrated. During the investigation, it was identified that specialist elective groupings A (freight) and C (country passenger) were identical. This meant that a VET qualification in train driving held by a country passenger train driver, for example, a self-propelled 2-carriage diesel multiple unit, had the potential to appear identical when presented to a hiring rail transport operator as that of a heavy-haul freight train driver.

ATSB observation

While VET qualifications were theoretically portable across industry, in practice this was of limited value due to the significant operational differences between rail transport operators. Though specialist elective groupings (including for the Certificate IV in Train Driving) gave further context, this too was problematic and was not necessarily reflective of the rail operating environment within which it was obtained. Further, reliability of the VET qualification in demonstrating competency in rail safety work quickly diminished due to the requirement to periodically reassess these initially proven competencies. 

Given these limitations, additional enterprise-based training and assessment was always required by rail transport operators.

Training and assessment of shunting duties 

Unit of competency TLIC4074

As previously described, the VET unit of competency TLIC4074 provided a nationally recognised shunting qualification. Within this unit of competency were several assessable requirements related to coupler operation, understanding of coupler design features and testing of a successful coupling activity (a stretch test). These were:

  • coupling systems are identified and applied appropriately to couple and/or uncouple rail vehicles in accordance with manufacturer and organisational requirements [performance criteria]
  • operating and adapting to differences in equipment in accordance with operating procedures [performance evidence]
  • shunting, coupling, uncoupling and securing rail vehicles [performance evidence]
  • principles of operation for protective devices, air and electrical couplings, handbrakes, derailers and coupling equipment [knowledge evidence].

Mentor driver

The mentor driver’s assessment of competence against TLIC4074 (within their TLI42615) was achieved through recognition of prior learning (RPL). The purpose of RPL was to assess competence which had been achieved through prior formal, non-formal or informal learning.[35] This avoided training and assessment against a unit of competency where skills and knowledge were already achieved. The RPL assessment was conducted by Pacific National in September 2019. The assessment included consideration of a prior VET qualification, prior enterprise assessments, and an RPL checklist, interview and third-party report; specifically:

  • Recognition of a Statement of Attainment previously issued by Asciano (Pacific National) in March 2013 which included a Certificate III aligned unit of competency TLIC3017A (shunt rolling stock). 
  • In July 2016 and September 2017, Pacific National assessed the mentor driver using an enterprise-based verification of competency checklist. The mentor driver was found competent in different coupling systems and performed a stretch test on both occasions however, evidence was limited to a checkbox that this was ‘performed correctly’. There was no evidence recorded that described their understanding of these or what actions were observed.
  • In July 2019, Pacific National conducted an RPL checklist, interview and third-party report which found the driver competent in shunting. As with prior assessments, evidence was limited to checkboxes that did not describe the mentor driver’s understanding of coupling systems or observed actions during a stretch test. 

Pacific National advised OTSI that the RPL checklist and interview were aligned with the training materials for TLIC4074 as delivered by it in July 2019. A review of these training materials found that while coupler operation and stretch tests were referenced, it did not describe the principles of operation of a coupling safety design feature or explain how a stretch test was conducted. Pacific National did not at that time have an instruction detailing the process for conducting a stretch test.

As mentioned in Credit transfer and additional training, SSR recognised the mentor driver’s TLI42615 issued by Pacific National. However, it required the mentor driver to be practically assessed for rail safety worker competency in its own operations. It conducted this assessment in August 2020, finding the mentor driver was competent in ‘shunting the train together’ and ‘performing a train inspection’ in accordance with the requirements of WIM 63001 (see Shunting requirements). However, evidence was again limited to checkboxes that did not describe what actions were observed, or record the underpinning knowledge that was assessed. 

In relation to a stretch test, the mentor driver advised during interview that for the previous 20 years they had been taught that this was conducted by gravity/roll back. That is, where the newly coupled portion of a train rolled back from the rolling stock it had coupled to, and remained coupled, this indicated a successful coupling. The mentor driver advised that newer staff often used a notch of power during the stretch test for purposes of recording an action on the data logger, but no SSR procedural document required this. Since the accident, the mentor driver advised that SSR required the application of power as part of a stretch test. 

In a follow-up conversation, the mentor driver advised they had been previously taught that the knuckle would only be manually opened in instances where there had been trouble in locking it. In this case the problem knuckle was to be fully opened and then closed (locked), with the other coupler’s knuckle then used to perform the coupling manoeuvre. Further, the mentor driver advised that while stretch tests had been assessed as part of their practical competency assessments, it was unclear to them what functions the assessor was observing during the test.

Trainee driver

The trainee driver was assessed as competent as a driver’s assistant against TLIC4074 by Southern Cross Civil and Rail Training (SCCRT) in September 2017, which formed part of their Statement of Attainment. The assessment consisted of both theory questions and on the job observations. A review of the theory assessment found that it did not address coupler operation, design features or the method of conducting a stretch test. The practical assessment indicated that two successful demonstrations of shunting had been observed. However, these observations did not describe the driver’s assistant’s understanding of coupling systems or, if a stretch test had been conducted, and if it had, what actions were observed.

SSR conducted a practical assessment of the trainee driver’s competence for driver’s assistant rail safety work in its operations in August 2020. On three occasions, it was recorded that the trainee driver could correctly ‘couple and uncouple rolling stock in a safe manner’ in accordance with the requirements of WIM 63001. The evidence of this was limited to nominating the yard where the actions had been observed and a checkbox of completion. The assessment did not describe what actions were observed, or the underpinning knowledge that was assessed.

Specifically, in relation to a stretch test, the trainee driver advised during interview that they understood this to be conducted by gravity. However, if the coupled rolling stock did not roll back after coupling, the trainee driver advised power would then be applied for the stretch test. 

Train braking systems

General

On SSR banked grain trains, the driver of the lead portion operated the controls from within a locomotive cabin at the front of the train consist. Tractive effort to move the train was commanded from the front of the train, with the banking locomotives (at the rear of the train) providing further tractive effort (separately commanded by its driver) when uphill gradients were encountered. For train braking however, all braking commands to slow and stop the train were commanded by the driver of the lead portion only. 

There were two pneumatically operated, ‘airbrake’ control systems fitted to 5446:

  • automatic brake (controlled brakes on the entire train)
  • independent brake (controlled brakes on the locomotive/s only).

The use of each of these two braking systems depends on the circumstance during which braking effort is required. For both airbrake systems, braking is achieved by the application of brake blocks directly to the locomotive or wagon wheels.

The following sections provide basic detail of these two braking systems and how they interact.[36] 

Automatic brake

The ‘automatic brake’ controls the brakes on the entire train, including the wagons and locomotive/s. Central to this system is the brake pipe, which runs along the length of the train. Changes to air pressure within the brake pipe regulate the application and release of the train’s brakes. When fully charged (brakes released), the brake pipe pressure is about 500 kPa. 

The driver regulates the pressure within the brake pipe through operation of the automatic brake handle in the driver’s cabin. To apply the brakes, the driver reduces pressure in the brake pipe. Equipment which is fitted to the locomotive/s and wagons senses this brake pipe pressure reduction and effects a corresponding air pressure increase in the locomotive and wagon brake cylinders. This pressure increase results in application of the vehicle’s brakes through the brake rigging mechanism.

It is termed the ‘automatic’ brake because the brakes will automatically apply when brake pipe air pressure is lost, such as in a major derailment or train separation where the brake pipe is broken.

Independent brake

The ‘independent brake’ applies pneumatic brakes to the locomotive/s only, independently of any trailing wagons. It is operated by the driver using the independent brake handle in the driver’s cabin. In the ‘apply’ position, air pressure is increased in the locomotive’s brake cylinders, whereas in the ‘release’ position, locomotive brake cylinder air pressure is exhausted to the atmosphere.

When pressure is reduced in the brake pipe, for example, during an automatic brake application, the locomotive’s brakes will also apply. For train handling purposes,[37] this brake cylinder pressure is usually released by the driver on hauling locomotives, without affecting the brake application on any trailing wagons. This is known as ‘bailing-off’ the automatic brake application and is achieved by the driver depressing the independent brake handle. 

Dynamic brake 

The electrical dynamic brake provides a supplementary means of train-speed control that complements the train’s pneumatic automatic brake. When selected by the driver, it alters the locomotive’s traction motor fields from a tractive power to a generator configuration, resulting in a retarding force. This retarding force is limited to the locomotive wheelsets only, rather than dispersed across the entire train. 

Operation of the dynamic brake suppresses any locomotive brake cylinder pressure which applies during an automatic brake application. This is to prevent excessive braking effort on the locomotive wheelsets, resulting in wheel lock and slide.

Banking requirements

While all train braking commands (apply and release) were commanded by the driver on the lead portion via the brake pipe, the driver of the banking locomotives also had duties to perform in relation to the airbrake system. These were described in SSR work instruction WIM63001 (Policies and general train operations work instruction manual): 

  • Section 26 ‘losing the air’, in instances of sudden loss of brake pipe pressure to 0 kPa, the driver was to bail-off the automatic brake‑applied locomotive brake cylinder pressure and allow the train to stop. This procedure was generic and did not distinguish between the driver requirements for lead only consists versus banked train consists.
  • Section 81 ‘3-man push pull operations’ (also banking),[38] the banking locomotive driver was to bail-off the automatic brake‑applied locomotive brake cylinder pressure en route ‘…to prevent wheel skidding on trailing locomotives’. 

In interview, the trainee driver advised that they bailed off auto applications as per Section 81 and also recalled that they bailed-off the banking locomotives’ brake cylinder pressure on two occasions prior to impact in accordance with Section 26. That action was taken having observed the sudden loss of brake pipe pressure and checking the mirrors for any issues. The trainee driver advised that bailing-off banking locomotive brake cylinder pressure was common practice to prevent the brakes from applying and causing locomotive wheel lock, slide and resultant flat spots. 

The trainee driver added that about a month prior to the accident, they had encountered another sudden loss of brake pipe pressure while on the banking locomotives and also bailed-off during that event. In this instance, the brake pipe had parted between the two lead locomotives, with bailing-off preventing unnecessary wheel skid on the banking locomotives.

In interview, the mentor driver advised that bailing-off banking locomotive brake cylinder pressure was accepted practice, stating ‘… all the [SSR] training is, if you get a penalty, you always bail-off because you don’t want to skid the wheels [cause flat spots]’. While a sudden loss of brake pipe air pressure and PCS light could indicate a broken brake pipe, the mentor driver had not considered that the train could have separated. The mentor driver advised that like the trainee driver, they would have bailed-off the banking locomotives’ brake cylinder pressure, given the same circumstances. However, they stated that in hindsight although this was what was trained, in this circumstance it wasn’t the right action to take. 

Wheel skid events

SSR advised that locomotive wheel lock, resulting in slide and flat spots (wheel skids), was a significant operational concern. While minor flat spots could be addressed through trim blocks,[39] flat spots requiring repair by a wheel lathe could cost up to $100,000 per locomotive due to reduced wheel life.

As a result, SSR trained its drivers to ensure locomotive brake cylinder pressure was bailed-off during all automatic brake applications, including on banking locomotives. As a result, it had not had a ‘class 3’[40] or worse wheel skid event in over 10 years. The last major wheel skid event had occurred in 2011, when the driver on the rear locomotive of a push-pull consist had not consistently bailed-off the automatic brake applications. 

Emergency response procedures

Several events may result in a sudden loss of brake pipe pressure[41] on a train including separated brake pipe hoses, derailment, vigilance penalty or train separation. In certain circumstances a train separation can result in an emergency event, namely a collision. This is due to the separated portions separating from each other by a distance, followed by a collision in circumstances where the front portion stops prior to the detached rear portion coming to a stop (as in this accident). To prevent this, RSOs have procedures in place to deal with train separation events.

SSR’s procedure WIM 63001 section 26 (losing the air), which related to sudden loss of brake pipe pressure stated:

If there is a sudden reduction in brake pipe pressure to zero [kPa] whilst a train is underway, bail off with the locomotive independent brake [handle] and allow the train to come to a stand. Keep the independent brake [handle] bailed off for a short period after your train comes to rest in case the rear portion of the train collides with the now stationary front portion of the train. 

This process was to be followed in all cases where there was a sudden loss of brake pipe pressure. Where the cause of the pressure loss was not immediately known, drivers were to presume a derailment had occurred and take immediate protective actions. The driver’s assistant was then to walk the train to ascertain the cause of the sudden pressure loss. Both the mentor driver and trainee driver were aware of this procedure.

SSR advised that this instruction applied to all operations, with no specific instruction related to banking locomotive actions when observing a sudden loss of brake pipe pressure. However, SSR added that it had by that stage obtained extensive experience in both banking and push-pull operations. SSR advised its push-pull arrangements alone totalled more than 100 services per year since 2004. Also that this accident was the first instance of a separation between its banking/push-pull locomotives and the previously coupled train in an estimated 3,000 banking and push‑pull events.

Risk management

General

For the purposes of the Rail Safety National Law (RSNL), a Rail Transport Operator (RTO) was required to ensure the safety of its railway operations ‘so far as is reasonably practicable’.[42] The Office of the National Rail Safety Regulator’s (ONRSR’s) guideline Meaning of duty to ensure safety so far as is reasonably practicable, provided RTOs guidance on how to apply this concept to their operations. Within this guideline, ONRSR considered ISO 31000 (Risk management – guidelines) as ‘good practice’ in the management of risk, in addition to requirements of the RSNL. ISO 31000 described risk management as:

…the systematic application of policies, procedures and practices to the activities of communicating and consulting, establishing the context and assessing, treating, monitoring, reviewing, recording and reporting risk. 

RTOs were required to implement a safety management system (SMS) to comply with their risk management obligations. This was to include formal processes for the identification, assessment, control, monitoring and review of risk.[43]

Communication and consultation

A key component of the risk management process was communication and consultation with internal and external stakeholders. ISO 31000 described the aims of communication and consultation as bringing together different areas of expertise and views, and to gather sufficient information during the risk management process. It was an integral part of:

  • establishing the scope and context within which the risk to be managed resided
  • identification, analysis and evaluation of the risk
  • identification and implementation of effective risk controls.

A companion handbook HB 327:2010 (Communicating and consulting about risk) applied to ISO 31000.[44] It described the benefit of effective communication and consultation as ‘… a shared and better understanding of the risks faced and the range of treatment options.’ It further noted that consultation would help to comprehensively identify risks, increase acceptance of implemented controls and encourage feedback of effectiveness after implementation.

The importance of consultation was recognised within the RSNL, with an objective of the Act ‘to promote the effective involvement of relevant stakeholders, through consultation and cooperation, in the provision of safe railway operations.’ To achieve this, the RSNL advised that participation and consultation in establishing, reviewing or varying an RTO’s SMS (risk management), should include:

  • those who may be affected by the SMS, such as rail safety workers 
  • health and safety representatives (where applicable)
  • relevant unions
  • other RTOs (where interface agreements were required) 
  • the public (where appropriate).

It was a requirement of the Rail Safety National Law National Regulations 2012 that an RTO’s SMS contained systems and procedures to ensure this consultation occurred.[45]

SSR risk assessments

Shunting

SSR conducted a risk assessment for train operations including shunting in February 2017, which was reviewed in March 2019. The review team consisted of an executive general manager, general manager, director and assistant general manager, most of whom had previous experience as either a driver or driver’s assistant. Stakeholders such as rail safety workers were not identified within the risk assessment.

Hazards of general shunting duties, for example, incorrectly set points, insufficiently secured rolling stock and communications failure were assessed. The hazard of incorrect / unsuccessful (unlocked knuckles) after coupling was not identified or assessed. SSR advised that the hazard of incorrect/unsuccessful coupling was addressed through:

  • the shunting procedure contained in WIM 63001 (Policies and general train operations work instruction manual)
  • competency of rail safety workers in shunting tasks
  • experienced traincrew performing shunting tasks (addressed through assessed competency).

As discussed in Shunting requirements, WIM 63001 described the need for a ‘stretch test’ after shunting, but not how this was to be conducted. 

More information relating to competency assessment of the mentor driver and trainee driver in SSR’s shunting procedures is contained in Training and assessment of shunting duties.

Banking operations

SSR conducted a risk assessment for its Ardglen banking operations in November 2018, with a review coinciding with recommencement of its banking operation in October 2020.[46] The review team consisted of an executive general manager, general manager, director and service manager. In addition to the review team holding either current or prior driver or driver’s assistant qualifications, in the case of the executive general manager and service manager, the former had operated over the route as a driver’s assistant in 2008, and the latter as a driver in 2018. Identified stakeholders were SSR traincrew, SSR service planners and ARTC train control.

At this time, SSR changed the location of the banking crew from being in the lead banking locomotive to the rear banking locomotive. This eliminated the requirement for the traincrew to change ends after detaching from the grain train at Pages River before returning to Werris Creek. The change was in response to a runaway event which occurred after another RSO’s crew had changed ends at Ardglen after banking operations were complete 4 months previously.[47] 

In this assessment the risk of ‘separation and collision’ during banking operations was identified, with potential causes being:

  • undulating terrain between Werris Creek and Ardglen, likely resulting in separation without crew awareness
  • couplers not engaged correctly (knuckles unlocked) after coupling at Werris Creek 
  • lack of awareness of train separation en route due to both the lead train locomotive and banking locomotives having simultaneous control of the braking system.

The implemented risk controls for these hazards were, respectively:

  • hard coupling with, and the brake pipe air connected between the banking locomotives and the rear of the banked train
  • stretch test and confirmation of the coupler condition after coupling
  • the lead locomotive on the banked train to be in full control of the braking system, with a brake pipe continuity test after coupling.

Train parting occurrences

One of the operational occurrences that RTOs were required to report to ONRSR related to instances where trains separated while in service, that is, an unintended uncoupling event. A review of these reports over the 5 year period from 2017 to 2021 inclusive, found that there were 1,261 train separation events nationally. These were attributed to:

  • mechanical failure of the coupling – 44%
  • the knuckle opening through various means – 27%
  • track anomalies causing vertical disengagement of the knuckles – 6%
  • a shunt having just been completed – 2%
  • cause not determined – 21%

Of the 25 instances of train separation occurring immediately after a shunt had been completed, 7 were attributed to the locking block not having dropped fully in front of the inner knuckle after coupling, that is, the knuckle had remained unlocked.

Safety analysis

Introduction

On 6 January 2022, freight train 5446, operated by Southern Shorthaul Railroad (SSR), departed from Narrabri West for Bullock Island at Newcastle, New South Wales. The train was powered by 3 locomotives hauling 49 wagons loaded with grain.

Due to the steep uphill gradient from Chilcotts Creek (about 40 km south of Werris Creek) to the Ardglen Tunnel, extra traction power was required to assist the 3 locomotives to ascend the gradient. As such, on arrival at Werris Creek a further 3 ‘banking’ locomotives were attached to the rear of the grain train. After the banking locomotives were coupled to the rear of 5446, airbrake tests were conducted to ensure braking system continuity. Once confirmed, the train departed Werris Creek.

This safety analysis will discuss the train separation and collision which occurred shortly after departure from Werris Creek, including aspects of procedure, training and assessment of risk.

Train separation event

Separation of L277 from the rear of 5446

Although banking was only required between Chilcotts Creek and Ardglen, in practice, the banking locomotive crews would take the opportunity to assist loaded trains over other uphill grades en route. In this case, the gradient leaving Werris Creek (410.800 km) was uphill for about the first 4 km. As was common practice, on the day of the accident the trainee driver on the banking locomotives assisted 5446 with additional traction power after leaving Werris Creek. Full traction power (eight notches) was provided by the banking locomotives, in addition to full traction power at the lead of the train. Consequently, the banking locomotives were in a compressive state against the rear of 5446.

After about the 407.000 km mark, the gradient changed to a downhill grade. As a result, the lead locomotive driver commenced a reduction in traction power setting, with the trainee driver on the banking locomotives also commencing traction power reductions shortly afterwards.

At 0648:31, the driver of the lead locomotive engaged dynamic braking and made an automatic brake application at 63 km/h to test the effectiveness of the train’s brakes. At this stage, the entire train was on the downhill grade. At 0649:09, with the train’s speed stable at 64 km/h and, coinciding with the banking locomotive’s traction power being reduced to a minimum (one notch), the driver of the lead locomotive released the train’s brakes. Seven seconds later, this brake release command took effect on the banking locomotives. 

The trainee driver on the banking locomotives maintained the one notch of traction power on the banking locomotives to limit any slack runouts that may have resulted as the grades changed. However, while this maintained a level of compressive force against the rear of 5446, this was insufficient when the banking locomotives reached a relatively level piece of track at about 405.700 km, allowing them to slow slightly. This slight reduction in speed resulted in the banking locomotives separating from the rear of train 5446 at 0649:46.

Release of automatically applied banking locomotive brakes 

As the brake pipe was connected and continuous between 5446 and the coupled banking locomotives at Werris Creek, the separation of the banking locomotives from the rear of the train resulted in a disconnection of the brake pipe and sudden loss of air pressure as recorded on the locomotive dataloggers. At the lead of the train, the driver observed this loss of brake pipe pressure as a flow rate on the cabin flowmeter. Consistent with the SSR procedure contained in WIM63001 (policies and general train operations work instruction manual), the driver maintained dynamic braking to assist in stopping the lead portion of the train.

Concurrently, on the banking locomotives, the trainee driver observed a loss of traction power and all brake pipe pressure with a resultant rise in locomotive brake cylinder pressure. The trainee driver and mentor driver advised at interview they checked their rear-view mirrors, but due to the straight nature of the track were unable to identify that a train separation had occurred. Consistent with their training and WIM63001, the trainee driver ‘bailed off’ the automatically applied locomotive brakes. SSR’s analysis of the data logger data indicated that the distance between the lead portion and the detached banking locomotives was now 47m. After a short period, the locomotive brake cylinder pressure again started to rise, applying the locomotive’s brakes. In response, the trainee driver again bailed off this locomotive brake cylinder pressure, with the distance between the lead portion and the detached banking locomotives now 126 m. As there were no wagons which had separated with the banking locomotives (the brakes of which would not have been affected by bailing off), this resulted in a loss of all braking effort on the detached rear portion. Although the datalogger indicated the speed of the banking locomotives reduced from 51 km/h to 23 km/h due to the 2 momentary applications of locomotive brake cylinder pressure, the banking locomotives continued to roll.

By this time the automatically applied brakes on the lead portion of 5446 were starting to take effect causing it to slow. The gap between the front and detached rear portion of 5446 started to reduce. Once the lead portion had stopped and, without any braking effort on the still rolling banking locomotives, collision between these and the stationary lead portion of the train was inevitable.

By contrast, had the banking locomotive’s brake cylinder pressure been retained and not bailed off by the trainee driver after the separation event, it is certain that the banking locomotives would have stopped relatively quickly, and the collision avoided.

Emergency response to brake pipe pressure loss

SSR notice 62269 (Ardglen banking procedures) contained specific requirements for the Ardglen banking operation for their train crew. While it contained instruction on coupling and the banking operation, it did not contain any contextualised emergency response procedures unique to this operational environment. 

Rather, the procedure to be followed by drivers when confronted with a sudden loss of brake pipe pressure en route, such as during a train separation or derailment, was contained in SSR’s general operational document WIM63001, Section 26 (losing the air). It did not differentiate between head end only or banking train operations. In all cases of a sudden loss of brake pipe pressure en route, drivers were required to:

  • bail off any locomotive brake cylinder pressure
  • allow the train to come to a stop.

Of note, WIM63001 Section 81 (3-man push pull operations), did contain instructions specific to banking operations. This section required drivers on the banking locomotives to bail off all automatic brake‑applied locomotive brake cylinder pressure en route during routine operations to prevent wheel skids. SSR explained that this was due to wheel skids causing significant operational costs during wheel lathe rectification, including substantial loss of wheel life. Both the trainee driver and mentor driver on the banking locomotives were aware of the requirements within WIM63001 as applied to banking operations. During interview, both advised these instructions had informed the decision to bail off the banking locomotive brake cylinder pressure in response to the sudden loss of brake pipe pressure. This resulted in loss of braking on the banking locomotives after the separation event.

Wheel skid events can cause significant operational expense and SSR’s procedures were specifically designed to avoid any unnecessary occurrences. However, there are significant differences between head end only and banking operations which were not covered in the procedures. For example, a sudden loss of brake pipe pressure in transit, resulting from a derailment, was not an identified scenario within a banking operations context, so the procedures were missing risk controls to address the most appropriate response to this type of event. 

Banking locomotives were required to be hard coupled to the train

Due to the steep uphill gradient between Chilcotts Creek and Ardglen, several rolling stock operators (RSOs) banked their trains over this section. Two storage sidings were provided at Chilcotts Creek for accommodating banking locomotives between banking duties – both storage sidings were used by SSR’s competitors. 

In this case, as the banking locomotives were attached to the rear of the trains at the commencement of the steep uphill grade, the banked train was always in a compressed state to the Ardglen Tunnel. Consequently, the knuckle of the automatic coupler on the banking locomotives pressed against the train to be banked was not required to be locked during coupling. Once the banked train reached the summit of the Ardglen Bank, the banking locomotives slowed to a stop, automatically separating from the rear of the train. This allowed the banked train to continue its journey without stopping.

When SSR commenced banking operations on the Ardglen Bank in about October 2017, no spare storage siding accommodation was available at Chilcotts Creek. Approaches were therefore made by SSR to ARTC for use of a storage siding at Willow Tree. These approaches were unsuccessful. As a result, SSR’s banking locomotives were required to be attached to the rear of its trains at Werris Creek. 

The grade between Werris Creek and Willow Tree was undulating, which meant the train forces would alternate between compressed (bunched) and tensile (stretched) states en route. For this reason, both SSR’s notice 62269 (Ardglen banking procedures) and ARTC train operating conditions (TOC) waiver 21004 (operation of SSR trains and light engines between Newcastle and Moree & return), required the banking locomotives to be hard coupled to the rear of the train being banked, with the brake pipe connected. 

The hard coupling requirement was a control for the bespoke risk of SSR’s Ardglen banking operations, when compared to that of its competitors, of a potential separation between the banking locomotives and the rear of the banked train while traversing undulating territory. However, this risk control introduced an added risk: a train separation en route if the hard coupling at Werris Creek was performed incorrectly, such as on the day of the accident.

Drivers did not perform a stretch test 

Inspections onsite and post-accident testing found that the couplers on locomotive L277 and wagon BGKF 1122F were mechanically sound, intact and in place at the time of the collision. As such, it is highly likely that the cause of the separation was that one or both knuckles of the couplers, on L277 or BGKF 1122F, had remained unlocked after coupling of the banking locomotives to the rear of 5446 at Werris Creek. 

The design of automatic couplers requires that the locking block be moved clear of the inner knuckle to allow the knuckle to be opened to uncouple or couple. Operating the coupler’s control rod acts on the lifter, moving the locking block clear of the inner knuckle. After coupling, the locking block falls back in front of the inner knuckle as the knuckle closes, locking it in place. The lifter can be either top or bottom operated. The lifter fitted to L277 was bottom operated, whereas the lifter on BGKF 1122F was top operated.

While a top operated lifter provides a clear visual indication of the position of the locking block, a bottom operated lifter does not always do so. For the latter, the visual difference of the lifter between a locking block in a locked versus unlocked state can be difficult to confirm, due to both limited lifter movement and obstructed view of the positioning of the lifter underneath the coupler. As a result, the lifter position on a bottom operated coupler is not a reliable indicator of the locking block position, requiring a stretch test to prove the knuckle is locked.

In interview, both the mentor driver (who was on the ground for the shunt) and the trainee driver (who was operating the banking locomotives), advised that they had performed a gravity stretch test after coupling to the rear of 5446. They stated they had observed the banking locomotives roll away slightly from the rear of 5446 until the slack in the coupler knuckles had stretched out, with the couplers remaining coupled.

A review of the CCTV at Werris Creek, which recorded the coupling of the banking locomotives to the rear of 5446, showed that:

  • after coupling to the rear of 5446, the banking locomotives rolled away slightly
  • at the time of this slight roll back, the mentor driver had momentarily looked away from the coupler and locomotive, meaning they did not observe this movement.

A review of the data logger found that after coupling:

  • the direction controller stayed in reverse and was not placed in neutral or forward, which would be expected if conducting a gravity stretch test
  • brake cylinder pressure was present on the banking locomotives during and after coupling, meaning its brakes were partially applied, limiting movement.

Due to the brake cylinder pressure on the banking locomotives at time of coupling, it is highly likely the slight movement observed after coupling related to a spring back of the coupler draft packs, rather than a stretch out of slack between the coupler knuckles. The latter was required to verify that the knuckles had locked in the closed position.

Based on the above information, it is highly likely that the bottom operated coupler on L277 had remained unlocked after coupling to the rear of 5446 at Werris Creek. This was not identified at the time of coupling due to limited visual cues of the locking block state, nor was it verified by performing and observing the outcome of a stretch test. 

Knowledge and competency in shunting  

Assurance of competency 

Procedural differences between rolling stock operators 

Had a stretch test been performed at Werris Creek, L277 would likely have separated from the rear of 5446 verifying that the knuckle on the coupler was unlocked. This would have allowed a re‑coupling to occur until the knuckle on L277 was proved to be locked.

During interview, both the mentor driver and trainee driver advised that they understood a stretch test to be conducted by gravity. That is, if the rolling stock rolled apart after coupling but remained secured, it was proved to be successful. However, there was an awareness that low traction power could be applied in instances where gravity was insufficient to create a roll apart force.

While this was consistent with SSR’s stated expectations, by contrast, two of Australia’s largest rail freight operators required the application of low traction power during a stretch test to ensure a sufficient tensile force was applied to the knuckles. Irrespective of method, the purpose of a stretch test is to provide confidence that the knuckle is fully locked and will not separate on entering traffic. 

The difference in stretch test method between RSOs illustrates that, as with many rail industry procedures, it was determined by individual operators rather than by an industry standard. Given the frequent procedural differences between operators the assessment of competence against and thereby meeting the RSO’s specific procedural requirements becomes of particular importance. This is particularly relevant in instances where personnel have transferred into an organisation holding previously attained qualifications from another operator, which may be aligned to different procedural requirements to that of the new organisation.

Assessment evidence

The mentor driver formally received shunting qualification TLIC3017A (shunt rolling stock) in 2013. This competence was later verified through verification of competency checklists (2016 and 2017), recognition of prior learning assessments to align with TLIC4074 (shunt, couple and uncouple rail vehicles) in 2019 with Pacific National, and a practical assessment when joining SSR in mid-2020. In all instances, the mentor driver was found competent in performing a stretch test. However, a review of the assessments found that evidence was limited to checkboxes that the task was completed, rather than recording detail of the mentor driver’s understanding of the stretch test process, or their observed actions when conducting it.

The trainee driver was initially qualified in shunting qualification TLIC4074 in 2017. On joining SSR in August 2020, they undertook a practical assessment in shunting where they were found competent in performing a stretch test. As with the mentor driver, a review of these assessments found that the assessments were limited to the checkboxes that the task was completed, rather than recording detail of the trainee driver’s understanding of the stretch test process, or their observed actions when conducting it.

For nationally recognised units of competency such as TLIC3017A and TLIC4074, assessments were required to follow the ‘principles of assessment’ and ‘rules of evidence.’ Key to these principles and rules was that sufficient evidence was gathered at the time of assessment to enable a sound, reliable and consistent competency decision to be made by all assessors. That is, based on the evidence collected, other assessors would come to the same competency assessment decision. By contrast, in the absence of following these protocols, sound, reliable and consistent competency decisions were unlikely to be made by assessors, which had the potential to undermine the integrity of the VET qualifications that were subsequently issued. 

To assist in meeting assessment requirements, the Australian Skills and Quality Authority (ASQA) provided a guidebook. It suggested that for a:

  • Theory assessment, model answers could be provided to enable the assessor to evaluate against responses provided.
  • Practical assessment, well described skills and observable behaviours should be defined, with underpinning knowledge of the task assessed by questioning how the task was being performed and why. The latter provided assurance to the assessor that the candidate was not mimicking a previously demonstrated task.

While these requirements for assessment applied to nationally recognised units of competency and qualifications, it did not apply to enterprise-based assessments conducted by rail transport operators. This included the practical assessments of the mentor driver and trainee driver performed by SSR in 2020. For these assessments, it was up to SSR to satisfy itself that the practical assessment adequately proved competence of its rail safety workers. It is worth noting that SSR was a registered training organisation and therefore familiar with the national assessment requirements. As such, it would be reasonable, and consistent with ONRSR’s Application of the AQF to rail safety worker competence assessment policy, that SSR would follow these same assessment principle and rule requirements during the delivery of its own enterprise‑based assessments, in the absence of any comparable alternative. 

In short, assessments which limited recorded evidence of demonstrated competency to a checkbox of successful completion, were not compatible with the requirements of VET assessments or, with ONRSR’s expectations in instances of enterprise attainment.  

Underpinning procedures

Critical to the training and assessment process is an underpinning procedure with which to benchmark these against. Without a formal procedure to reference, it is not possible to reliably deliver consistent training or assessment; rather, it relies on an individual trainer or assessor’s knowledge, skills, experience and judgement. This is not consistent with competency-based training and assessment principles and, has the potential to result in impartment of non-standard work practices and deficient skill sets.

While Pacific National expected light traction power during a stretch test, this was not contained in formal procedure, training, or assessment documents at the time the mentor driver was assessed as competent in shunting. Of note, after the accident the mentor driver stated that they had always understood stretch tests to be conducted by gravity/roll back, with light traction power used where there was a desire to capture the action on the data logger. This is at odds with what should have been trained and assessed while the mentor driver worked for Pacific National.

Similarly, while SSR stated to OTSI that it considered a successful stretch test could be conducted by a gravitational ‘bump’, without necessarily applying traction power, this too was not contained in any formal procedure, training, or assessment documents. As such, it is unclear how SSR’s trainers, assessors and train crew could have been aware of SSR's expectation, and therefore been consistently applying its expectations in practice. 

In summary, the mentor driver and trainee driver were assessed by several organisations as competent in the stretch test process, utilising both VET and enterprise-based assessments. It is acknowledged that, according to SSR, their understanding of the stretch test process was consistent with its expectations. However, assurance they did so prior to the accident was largely ineffective given that:

  • no benchmark existed to inform these competency judgements
  • insufficient evidence of competency had been collected
  • SSR’s unwritten procedural expectation (on which the competency was stated to be based) differed somewhat to other larger rail freight operators. 

In the case of the latter, this applied to the mentor driver given they were employed by one of these operators immediately prior to commencing with SSR.

Driver knowledge of coupler functionality

An integral design characteristic of automatic couplers is for the knuckle to remain unlocked after the control rod has been operated and released. The purpose of this safety design feature is to allow the knuckle to be manually opened by hand for coupling where it has not sufficiently opened, and to allow workers to stand clear of the rolling stock profile during uncoupling. 

However, this safety design feature requires the knuckle to be fully opened to dislodge the locking block tongue outwards off the set shelf, allowing the locking block to again drop and lock the knuckle when it is again closed. If this does not occur, the knuckle will remain closed but unlocked at the end of coupling operations regardless of how much inwards pressure is exerted. As a result, the train will separate when it is next moved with a draft (stretched) force as occurred in this accident.

The mentor driver’s previous shunting competency assessments (2016, 2017, 2019 and 2020) and associated training materials from both their previous employing operator and SSR, did not contain an explanation or operational requirements of this safety design feature. This was confirmed in a follow-up conversation with the mentor driver, who advised they had been taught only to open the knuckle in instances where there had been trouble in locking it during a coupling operation. In this case the ‘problem knuckle’ was to be fully opened and then closed (locked), with the other coupler’s knuckle then used to complete the coupling manoeuvre. As such, it is quite possible that identified instances of knuckles not locking previously may well have been related to the safety design feature operating as designed, that is, keeping the knuckle unlocked as it had not yet been fully opened.

In summary, the mentor driver had a misunderstanding of how an aspect of the automatic coupler’s safety design features operated. The knowledge and competency in operation of this would be a reasonable expectation for the role. 

Coupler instruction, training and assessment

A full understanding of the equipment is key in ensuring its correct operation. With this consideration, a review of SSR’s training and assessment materials was undertaken for the national unit of competency TLIC4074 (shunt, couple and uncouple rail vehicles) in relation to automatic coupler functionality and stretch tests. This unit of competency would be delivered to new employees who did not have prior shunting qualifications. 

It was found that the training materials did not explain:

  • a coupler design safety feature, which required an unlocked knuckle to be opened to allow relocking
  • visual limitations relating to the locking block position on bottom operated couplers.

While the training materials referenced an ability for locking blocks to jam, resulting in a knuckle remaining unlocked, it did not provide an explanation as to a possible cause (for example, the tongue of the locking block remaining on the set shelf), or how to rectify the situation. 

To identify situations where the locking block had not dropped, multiple references to stretch tests were made throughout the training materials. However, they did not describe the process by which these stretch tests were to be conducted. This was also reflected in the practical assessment of a stretch test, where no detail was provided of which skills and observable behaviours were to be demonstrated, or a record made of the underpinning knowledge of the task. SSR’s TLIC4074 training and assessment materials did not contain details of how to conduct a stretch test, as it did not have a procedure which described how it was performed. Therefore, there was no benchmark with which to underpin this competency. 

As a result, it was possible that learners could misunderstand the process of a stretch test and automatic coupler operation at the completion of their training. Further, it would be possible to go an extended period without these knowledge deficiencies being detected, given that SSR’s driver and driver’s assistant practical re-assessments did not contain these provisions. 

Risk identification and assessment

SSR, as an accredited rail transport operator (RTO), was required by the Rail Safety National Law (NSW) to manage its risks ‘so far as is reasonably practicable.’ Management of risk requires a formal process of identification, assessment, control, monitoring and review of all risks as they apply to the assessed task. A key component of this process is communication and consultation with internal and external stakeholders. For this reason, the Rail Safety National Law (NSW) stated that risk management consultation should include:

  • those that may be affected by the SMS, such as rail safety workers 
  • health and safety representatives (where applicable)
  • relevant unions
  • other RTOs (where interface agreements were required) 
  • the public (where appropriate).

SSR conducted a review of the risk assessment for its shunting operations in March 2019. The review team consisted of SSR managers and directors, most of who had previous experience as either a driver or driver’s assistant, with no stakeholders identified. Although incorrect coupling was not identified as a hazard, a risk control of competency in shunting was noted within the risk assessment. Issues surrounding the assurance of this competency are discussed in Assurance of competencywithin this safety analysis.

In relation to its Ardglen banking operations, SSR conducted a risk assessment review in October 2020. Although stakeholders for this operation were identified as SSR traincrew, SSR service planners and ARTC train control, the review team consisted of SSR managers and directors, who had a variety of previous operational experience. While this risk assessment identified the risk of train separation due to incorrect coupling, the risk control was limited to a stretch test at the time of the shunt. That is, the possibility of a train separation en route from other causes, such as rough track or mechanical failure, resulting in a collision was not considered. 

SSR highlighted during the investigation that it had extensive experience in both banking and push-pull operations, with this being the first accident due to a train separation during that time. An analysis of 1,261 rolling stock operator reports to ONRSR of train separation events nationally during the 5 year period of 2017 to 2021, found that the cause of 21% (264) could not be determined, with a further 44% (560) attributable to mechanical failure of the coupling. With an average of over 200 separation events a year, train separation events are a foreseeable risk in rail operations. 

For the SSR banking operation between Werris Creek and Pages River, the crew of the banking locomotives were seated in the rear locomotive, facing opposite to the direction of travel. Given the separation event happened on a straight section of track, the crew did not identify the separation when checking the rear facing mirrors at the time of the brake pipe pressure loss. Instead, had the crew been in the lead banking locomotive, facing the rear of 5446, the separation would have been identified and appropriate action taken to avert a collision. 

It is critical to note however, that a train separation can occur at any location within a train. If the separation were to have occurred on one of the last few wagons, the crew would similarly have had no vision of the separation event. In this case, while any detached wagons on the rear portion would have retained their braking capacity if the crew had bailed off the banking locomotive’s brake cylinder pressure, the wagon brakes would have needed to act not only on their own weight, but also the added weight of the banking locomotives with brakes fully released. That is, deceleration would have been at a reduced rate to that if the banking locomotive’s brake cylinder pressure had been retained.

As discussed in Emergency response to brake pipe pressure loss, SSR had not considered emergency response procedures for banking locomotives and the uniqueness of that operating environment in the case of train separation or derailment. It cannot be said with certainty that these risks during banking operations would have been identified and controlled had consultation with operational stakeholders occurred, given that the SSR managers and directors involved generally came from operational backgrounds. However, the risk of reasonably foreseeable risks such as these being missed during the risk assessment process is increased when consultation is limited to predominantly management staff, without the inclusion of those directly affected by the operation, and with recency in similar tasks.

Findings

ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition, ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors. 

Safety issues are highlighted in bold to emphasise their importance. A safety issue is a safety factor that (a) can reasonably be regarded as having the potential to adversely affect the safety of future operations, and (b) is a characteristic of an organisation or a system, rather than a characteristic of a specific individual, or characteristic of an operating environment at a specific point in time.

These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.

From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the separation of, and subsequent collision between, banking locomotives and grain train 5446 near Werris Creek, New South Wales, on 6 January 2022. 

Contributing factors

  • As the banking locomotives were placed on the rear of train no 5446 at Werris Creek and not Chilcotts Creek, the lead banking locomotive was required to be hard coupled to the train. This added an additional risk to SSR’s operations compared to that of other banking operations conducted on the Ardglen Bank.
  • After coupling the banking locomotives to the rear of train no 5446 in Werris Creek Yard, the trainee driver and mentor driver did not perform a stretch test for the bottom operated coupler to confirm the knuckle was locked.
  • While en route and shortly after cresting the hill leaving Werris Creek, coinciding with a release of the grain train's brakes, the banking locomotives separated from the rear of train no 5446.
  • After separation of the banking locomotives from the rear of train no 5446, the banking locomotive's brakes automatically applied. The trainee driver of the banking locomotives released the automatically applied locomotive brakes on two occasions before the collision.
  • The risk assessments conducted by Southern Shorthaul Railroad (SSR) for shunting and banking operations did not include consultation consisting of effective and meaningful engagement with all relevant stakeholders. This increased the potential that risks could be missed during the risk assessment process. (Safety issue)
  • Southern Shorthaul Railroad's (SSR's) emergency response procedures did not include requirements for banking locomotive operations. (Safety issue)

Other factors that increased risk

  • Southern Shorthaul Railroad's (SSR's) training and assessment did not include coupler functionality and the process to ensure correct coupling had occurred. Further, an underpinning procedure for the stretch test (effectively coupled) process did not exist. (Safety issue)
  • The mentor driver was not aware of the safety design feature in automatic couplers which required the knuckle to be opened fully to ensure it would lock after coupling. 
  • Several rolling stock operators (RSOs) assessed the mentor driver and trainee driver as competent in shunting operations through both VET and enterprise-based assessments. However, assurance that the skillset demonstrated had met all the RSO’s competency requirements was largely ineffective, as:
    • there was an absence of national procedures in shunting, resulting in differing procedural requirements between RSOs 
    • RSO procedural guidance for shunting was not always complete, resulting in undeterminable assessment benchmarks
    • competency decisions were reached with insufficient evidence collected to support these assessment decisions, whereby skills and observable behaviours were not defined and the underpinning knowledge of the task observed was not assessed.

Safety issues and actions

Central to the ATSB’s investigation of transport safety matters is the early identification of safety issues. The ATSB expects relevant organisations will address all safety issues an investigation identifies. 

Depending on the level of risk of a safety issue, the extent of corrective action taken by the relevant organisation(s), or the desirability of directing a broad safety message to the rail industry, the ATSB may issue a formal safety recommendation or safety advisory notice as part of the final report.

All of the directly involved parties were provided with a draft report and invited to provide submissions. As part of that process, each organisation was asked to communicate what safety actions, if any, they had carried out or were planning to carry out in relation to each safety issue relevant to their organisation. 

Descriptions of each safety issue, and any associated safety recommendations, are detailed below. Click the link to read the full safety issue description, including the issue status and any safety action/s taken. Safety issues and actions are updated on this website when safety issue owners provide further information concerning the implementation of safety action.

Coupler instruction, training and assessment

Safety issue number: RO-2022-001-SI-01

Safety issue description: Southern Shorthaul Railroad's (SSR's) training and assessment did not include coupler functionality and the process to ensure correct coupling had occurred. Further, an underpinning procedure for the stretch test (effectively coupled) process did not exist.

Safety advisory notice to rolling stock operators

SAN number: RO-2022-001-SAN-01

Knowledge of the design features of automatic couplers, their differences and limitations, particularly with regards to locking mechanisms, is key to understanding the importance of conducting a positive stretch test at the conclusion of a coupling manoeuvre. The ATSB advises that rolling stock operators should ensure their operational staff are advised and assessed on coupler locking design features which assist in maintaining a knuckle in an unlocked state and methods required to ensure the knuckle has again locked after coupling has occurred.

Emergency response to brake pipe pressure loss

Safety issue number: RO-2022-001-SI-02

Safety issue description: Southern Shorthaul Railroad's (SSR's) emergency response procedures did not include requirements for banking locomotive operations.

Risk identification and assessment

Safety issue number: RO-2022-001-SI-03

Safety issue description: The risk assessments conducted by Southern Shorthaul Railroad (SSR) for shunting and banking operations did not include consultation consisting of effective and meaningful engagement with all relevant stakeholders. This increased the potential that risks could be missed during the risk assessment process.

Safety action not associated with an identified safety issue

Whether or not the ATSB identifies safety issues in the course of an investigation, relevant organisations may proactively initiate safety action in order to reduce their safety risk. The ATSB has been advised of the following proactive safety action in response to this occurrence.
Additional safety action by Southern Cross Civil and Rail Training

In mid to late 2019, SCCRT reviewed and updated all TLI42615 (Certificate IV in Train Driving) materials to meet the individual units of competence. Prior to that time, legacy training materials were facilitated as grouped modules with a clustered approach. Included in the 2019 updates was the requirement for supporting evidence to be provided with on-job workbooks demonstrating the trainee had undertaken each task, for example, photographs and video footage of the performance of shunting tasks. Since 2020, further amendments have been undertaken to reflect changes to TLI42621 and TLI42622 (Certificate IV in Train Driving).

In addition to the above, after reviewing the draft report, SCCRT plans to make further amendments to its training materials for TLIC4074 (shunt, couple and uncouple rail vehicles) to strengthen student learning, knowledge, understanding and competence in relation to a ‘stretch test’.

Additional safety action by Pacific National

Pacific National advised that after reviewing the draft report, it had reviewed its training content regarding ‘stretch tests’. As a result, it was in the process of compiling new training materials to incorporate findings with the report.

ATSB comment

ATSB/OTSI welcomes the proactive safety action taken by both Southern Cross Civil and Rail Training and Pacific National, in response to findings within the report.

Safety advisory notice to rail transport operators

SAN number: RO-2022-001-SAN-02

The Australian Transport Safety Bureau strongly encourages rail transport operators, and registered training organisations acting on their behalf, to review and validate their rail safety worker competency assessments. This is to ensure these assessment tools, processes and judgements are reliably meeting the principles and requirements of competency-based training and assessment.

Glossary

AQFAustralian Qualifications Framework. Provided standards and policy for nationally recognised qualifications.
ASQAAustralian Skills Quality Authority. The regulator of the VET sector (except in Victoria and Western Australia).
ARTCAustralian Rail Track Corporation. The rail infrastructure manager for this accident.
CCTVClosed-circuit television.
NCONetwork control officer. Coordinates and manages train paths and track occupancy authorities.
OTSIOffice of Transport Safety Investigations. Based in Sydney, NSW, OTSI undertakes rail accident/incident investigations in NSW on behalf of the ATSB. In this capacity it operates under the provisions of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003 (Cwlth).
ONRSROffice of the National Rail Safety Regulator. Administered and enforced compliance with the Rail Safety National Law and Regulations.
PCSPower control switch. Caused by low brake pipe pressure, this automatically removes traction power and dynamic brake from the locomotive.
RPLRecognition of prior learning. Allowed for the assessment and recognition of competence which had been achieved through prior formal, non-formal or informal learning.
RSNLRail Safety National Law. Legislation which provided for safe railway operations in Australia.
RSORolling stock operator. Operates above rail assets, for example locomotives and wagons.
RTORail transport operator. Encompasses both rail infrastructure managers (track, signalling etc.) and rolling stock operators (locomotives, wagons etc.).
SCCRTSouthern Cross Civil and Rail Training. A registered training organisation that could impart VET qualifications.
SSRSouthern Shorthaul Railroad. The rolling stock operator for this accident.
SMS Safety management system. A systematic approach to organisational safety encompassing safety policy and objectives, risk management, safety assurance, safety promotion, third party interfaces, internal investigation and SMS implementation.
TOCTrain Operating Conditions.
VETVocational Education and Training. A practical alternative to university (higher education) studies, it provided workplace skills and technical knowledge.

Sources and submissions

Sources of information

The sources of information during the investigation included:

  • Aurizon
  • Australian Rail Track Corporation 
  • lead driver of 5446 
  • Office of the National Rail Safety Regulator
  • onsite visits by OTSI
  • Pacific National
  • photographs taken on the day of the accident
  • recorded data from the locomotives on 5446 
  • Southern Cross Civil and Rail Training
  • Southern Shorthaul Railroad
  • trainee driver and mentor driver on the banking locomotives attached to 5446
  • various documents and resources available in the public domain.

References

Vlasblom J, Pennings H, van der Pal J and Oprins E (2020) ‘Competence retention in safety‑critical professions: a systematic literature review’, Educational Research Review, 
(30):1–40, doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2020.100330.

Submissions

Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report. 

A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:

  • Australian Rail Track Corporation
  • Australian Skills Quality Authority
  • driver of the lead portion of 5446
  • mentor driver of the banking locomotives
  • Office of the National Rail Safety Regulator
  • Pacific National
  • Southern Cross Civil and Rail Training
  • Southern Shorthaul Railroad
  • trainee driver of the banking locomotives.

Submissions were received from:

  • Australian Skills Quality Authority
  • Office of the National Rail Safety Regulator
  • Pacific National
  • Southern Cross Civil and Rail Training
  • Southern Shorthaul Railroad

The submissions were reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the report was amended accordingly.

Purpose of safety investigations

The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through: 

  • identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
  • providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.

It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.

Rail safety investigations in New South Wales

Most transport safety investigations into rail accidents and incidents in New South Wales (NSW) are conducted in accordance with the Collaboration Agreement for Rail Safety Investigations and Other Matters between the Commonwealth Government of Australia and the State Government of NSW. Under the Collaboration Agreement, rail safety investigations are conducted and resourced in NSW by the Office of Transport Safety Investigations (OTSI), on behalf of the ATSB, under the provisions of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003.

The Office of Transport Safety Investigations (OTSI) is an independent statutory body which contributes to improvements in the safety of bus, ferry and rail passenger and rail freight services in NSW by investigating safety incidents and accidents, identifying system-wide safety issues and sharing lessons with transport operators, regulators and other key stakeholders. Visit www.otsi.nsw.gov.au for more information.

Terminology

An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.

Publishing information

Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003

Published by: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

© Commonwealth of Australia 2024

Title: Creative Commons BY - Description: Creative Commons BY

Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication

Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.

Creative Commons licence

With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.

Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.

The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.

[1]     Distances measured from Central station in Sydney, NSW.

[2]     All time references in this report are in local time (Eastern Daylight-saving Time).

[3]     Banking is the process of temporarily attaching additional locomotives to a consist for additional traction power up steep uphill gradients. See Ardglen banking operations for further information.

[4]     The independent brake applies and releases the brakes on the locomotive/s only.

[5]     Stretch test: a test in which the couplers are physically verified to have locked securely. See Shunting requirements for further information.

[6]     Brake pipe continuity test: a train brake application and release conducted at the front of the train which is verified as also occurring to the rear of the coupled portion, thereby proving a continuous brake pipe without obstructions.

[7]     Dynamic brake alters the locomotive’s traction motor fields to a generator configuration. This results in a retarding force on the locomotive wheelsets, slowing the train.

[8]     The automatic air brake system operates through changes in air pressure in the train’s brake pipe, which runs the length of the train. Consequently, there is a time lag between brake commands initiated at the front of the train taking effect at the rear of the train.

[9]     PCS: automatically removes traction power from the locomotive when low brake pipe pressure is detected. It is designed to stop traction power working against an emergency braking event.

[10]    Bail-off: the action of releasing a locomotive’s brake cylinder pressure from an automatic brake application (see Independent brake).

[11]    Excessive braking can result in wheel lock. When this occurs, the wheel sliding/skidding along the rail head can result in flat spots on the wheel tread. These can result in wheel damage, rail damage, or derailment. 

[12]    The flowmeter (i.e. brake pipe charging flow indicator) indicates a flow of main reservoir air to the brake pipe in response to a brake release command or, uncommanded drop in brake pipe pressure. See Automatic brake.

[13]    Vigilance penalty: an automatic brake application will occur if a control command is not made or, an acknowledgement button is not pressed periodically on the locomotive. It is designed to stop the train if the driver becomes incapacitated. 

[14]    A rolling stock operator (RSO) that operated above rail equipment, for example, locomotives, wagons etc.

[15]    A driver’s assistant was a second person in the locomotive cabin who was to assist the driver with various tasks, for example signal sighting and obeyance, fault rectification, on-ground operational activities etc. A trainee driver (in addition to driver's assistant responsibilities), was in the process of gaining the knowledge and skills necessary to operate a train.

[16]    That is, 1 m rise in elevation for every 40 m travelled.

[17]    L/V ratio: the ratio between the outward lateral forces of the rail wheel against the rail and the downward vertical forces of the rail wheel to the top of the rail.

[18]    See SSR risk assessments in the section Banking operations for further information.

[19]    Slack: both ‘free slack’ (a small gap between successive coupler knuckles) and ‘spring slack’ (draft gear movement to allow for coupler shock absorption), allows free movement which increases as train length is increased.

[20]    Run-out: a ‘stretching out’ of slack (draft force), where the lead of the train is travelling faster than the rear. 

[21]    Further information relating to nationally recognised qualifications is provided in Training and assessment.

[22]    The act of separation resulted in the knuckle on L277 fully opening, allowing it to lock onto the coupler of BGKF 1122F on impact (see Automatic couplers for further information). 

[23]    Competency: the skills, knowledge and/or qualifications that a person performing the task is required to possess to enable them to perform the task without risk to themselves, others or the safe operation of the railway. Source: ONRSR guideline – identifying rail safety work under the RSNL.

[24]    Rail Safety National Law (NSW), ss.52 & 117.

[25]    See Enterprise training and assessment.

[26]    In Victoria and Western Australia, regulation of VET for domestic students (i.e. not overseas or online students), was provided by the Registration and Qualifications Authority (Vic.) and Training Accreditation Council (WA).

[27]    See AQF assessment.

[28]    See Training and assessment of shunting dutiesfor further information.

[29]    This standard was an enforceable legislative instrument, created under the provisions of the National Vocational Education and Training Regulator Act 2011 (Cwlth).

[30]    Registered training organisation: approved by ASQA to issue nationally recognised qualifications and Statements of Attainment once competence of the candidate was proven.

[31]    Version (2.2) was released in October 2019.

[32]    Safeworking: procedures and technology used for the safe separation between trains, people and plant.

[33]    Rail Safety National Law (NSW), s.117(4).

[34]    Rail Safety National Law National Regulations 2012, Sch.1(15).

[35]    Formal, e.g. non-aligned AQF competency; non-formal, e.g. on-the-job training; informal, e.g. structured enterprise‑based training.

[36]    For a more detailed explanation of train airbrake systems, refer to OTSI/ATSB investigation: RO-2020-022, Derailment involving loaded grain train 3966 near Dombarton, NSW on 15 December 2020.

[37]    The braking capacity on locomotives is higher than that of wagons, which will result in the trailing wagons running into the lead locomotive/s if the locomotive brakes are not bailed-off.

[38]    Push-pull: locomotives located at both the front and the rear of the train to enable ease of change in train direction.

[39]    Trim blocks: brake blocks made of a harder compound, designed to remove minor defects from wheels.

[40]    Class 3 skid: identified by SSR as a 40–60 mm skid, maximum 40 km/h to clear the track section only.

[41]    A description of the train airbrake system and its operation is provided in Train braking systems.

[42]    Commonly referred to as ‘SFAIRP,’ the Rail Safety National Law (NSW), s. 47, defined this as ‘…that which is (or was at a particular time) reasonably able to be done in relation to ensuring safety.’

[43]    Rail Safety National Law (NSW), s. 99.

[44]    While this referred to an earlier version of the standard (ISO 31000:2009), at the time of the accident it remained current.

[45]    Rail Safety National Law National Regulations 2012, Sch. 1, item 13.

[46]    See Ardglen banking operations – History.

Occurrence summary

Investigation number RO-2022-001
Occurrence date 06/01/2022
Location Near Werris Creek
State New South Wales
Report release date 20/08/2024
Report status Final
Investigation level Defined
Investigation type Occurrence Investigation
Investigation status Completed
Mode of transport Rail
Rail occurrence category Collision
Occurrence class Accident
Highest injury level Minor

Train details

Train operator Southern Shorthaul Railroad (SSR)
Train number 5446
Type of operation Bulk grain
Rail vehicle sector Freight
Departure point Narrabri North West Commodities, New South Wales
Destination Bullock Island Graincorp, New South Wales
Train damage Minor

Runway overrun involving Gippsland Aeronautics GA-8, VH-WSB, East Wallabi Island, Western Australia, on 26 December 2021

Final report

Report release date: 27/04/2022

Safety summary

What happened

On the morning of 26 December 2021, the pilot of a Geraldton Air Charter, Gippsland Aeronautics GA-8 Airvan prepared for an air-transport flight from Geraldton, Western Australia to East Wallabi Island. During the preparations, the pilot decided to carry an additional passenger from another flight, which was also scheduled to depart for East Wallabi Island. The pilot later reported that the rearrangement of the passengers resulted in the preparations for the flight being rushed.

Earlier in the day, the pilot had operated a flight in a Cessna 172 with an emergency position indicating radio beacon (EPIRB) positioned on their right hip. The pilot was aware that this would obstruct the flap lever in the Airvan and intended to move the EPIRB to their left hip prior to the East Wallabi flight, but during the rushed preparations, forgot to move it.

As the aircraft approached East Wallabi Island, the pilot attempted to select full flap for the landing, but the EPIRB obstructed the flap lever movement and prevented it from locking into the full flap position. Multiple further attempts to select full flap were unsuccessful, and the approach was continued with only the first stage of flap extended.

During the landing flare, the aircraft floated more than the pilot expected and touched down about midway along the runway (about 350 m from the end of the runway). After touch down the pilot applied normal braking but, as the aircraft approached the end of the runway, they realised an overrun was imminent and applied maximum braking. Despite that, the aircraft did not stop on the runway and overran it by about 15 m. The pilot and passengers were not injured, and the aircraft was substantially damaged in the accident.

What the ATSB found

The ATSB found that an emergency position indicating radio beacon worn by the pilot prevented the selection of full flap. The pilot possibly did not comprehend the effect of the reduced flap setting and continued the approach with the inappropriate flap setting.

During the subsequent landing, the aircraft floated significantly beyond the intended landing point. The pilot did not recognise the risk of a runway overrun and did not conduct a go around or apply sufficient braking to stop the aircraft on the remaining runway.

What has been done as a result

Following the accident, the operator modified their operating procedures to recommend that a process of threat and error management be conducted before all flights.

Safety message

This accident emphasises the need for careful flight preparation. Taking time to confirm that all required actions have been completed prior to departure minimises the chance of in-flight complications. To ensure effective flight preparation, the Civil Aviation Safety Authority publication: Visual Flight Rules Guide advises pilots to ‘give yourself time to review information free from distractions when making pre-flight decisions…avoid flying under time pressure’.

It also underlines the importance of commencing a missed approach early when the approach and landing deviate from the plan and a safe landing cannot be assured.

The Civil Aviation Authority of New Zealand publication: Good Aviation Practice, Mountain Flying recommends that pilots ‘always have a clearly defined decision point where you can go-around if you are not happy that a safe landing is achievable.’ This is especially relevant for operations involving short runways.

 

The investigation

Decisions regarding whether to conduct an investigation, and the scope of an investigation, are based on many factors, including the level of safety benefit likely to be obtained from an investigation. For this occurrence, a limited-scope investigation was conducted in order to produce a short investigation report, and allow for greater industry awareness of findings that affect safety and potential learning opportunities.

The occurrence

On the morning of 26 December 2021, the pilot of a Geraldton Air Charter, Gippsland Aeronautics GA-8 Airvan prepared for an air-transport[1] flight from Geraldton, Western Australia to East Wallabi Island. The flight was planned to carry 6 passengers.

While preparing for the flight, the pilot decided to carry an additional passenger from another flight, which was also scheduled to depart for East Wallabi Island. The pilot later reported that the rearrangement of the passengers resulted in the preparations for the flight being rushed.

Earlier in the day, the pilot had operated a flight in a Cessna 172 with an emergency position indicating radio beacon (EPIRB) positioned on their right hip. The pilot was aware that this would obstruct the flap lever in the Airvan and intended to move the EPIRB to their left hip prior to the East Wallabi flight, but during the rushed preparations, forgot to move it.

At about 1030 Western Standard Time,[2] the flight departed for East Wallabi Island with the pilot and 7 passengers on board (Figure 1).

As the aircraft approached the Island, the pilot positioned the aircraft to join the right base leg of the circuit for runway 36, extended the first stage of flap and observed the windsock indicating a northerly wind.

Figure 1: Flight overview

Figure 1: Flight overview

Source: Google Earth, annotated by ATSB

The pilot turned onto the final leg of the circuit and attempted to select full flap for the landing, but the EPIRB obstructed the flap lever movement and prevented it from locking into the full flap position. Multiple further attempts to select full flap were unsuccessful, and the approach was continued with only the first stage of flap extended.

Runway 36 was 667 m long with a slight downslope. The pilot aimed to touch down in the turnaround area of the runway (Figure 2). As the aircraft crossed the runway threshold at about 70 knots, the pilot reduced engine power to idle and flared [3] the aircraft. During the flare, the aircraft floated more than the pilot expected and touched down near the parking area about midway along the runway (about 350 m from the end of the runway).

Figure 2: East Wallabi Island airstrip

Figure 2: East Wallabi Island airstrip

Source: Google Earth, annotated by ATSB

After touch down, the pilot followed the operator’s normal practice of retracting the flaps and then applied normal braking. As the aircraft approached the end of the runway, the pilot realised an overrun was imminent, and applied maximum braking. Despite that, the aircraft overran the runway by about 15 m (Figure 3). The pilot and passengers were not injured, however the aircraft was substantially damaged, including detachment of a main landing gear leg.

Figure 3: VH-WSB after the runway excursion

Figure 3: VH-WSB after the runway excursion

Source: Operator

Aircraft wing flaps

The Airvan is fitted with manually operated wing flaps with three, selectable positions: retracted, first stage (14° down) and full (38° down). The position of the flaps is determined by notches engaged by the operating lever positioned on the cabin floor to the right of the pilot’s seat. In the retracted and first stage positions, the lever remained below the level of the pilot’s seat bolster. In the full flap position, the lever protruded above the level of the bolster (Figure 4). The aircraft flight manual stated that ‘landings are normally conducted with full flaps’.

Figure 4: Airvan flap lever

Figure 4: Airvan flap lever

Note: The flap lever rests below the pilot seat bolster and is not visible in the retracted and first stage positions (left). The flap lever protrudes above the bolster in the full flap position (right).

Source: Operator

The Civil Aviation Safety Authority publication Flight Instructor Manual (Aeroplane) provides the following information for a landing conducted without flaps which is also applicable (but to a lesser extent) when landing with a flap setting less than full:

The descent path may be flatter, making judgment more difficult…Due to the absence of drag there may be a longer float period.

Landing information

The aircraft departed Geraldton at a calculated take-off weight of about 1,696 kg.[4] The pilot reported the temperature on East Wallabi Island as 28° C. Using this data and assuming no head or tailwind component, the ATSB calculated that after touching down the aircraft required a landing roll of about 190 m to stop using full flaps (the selected first stage flap position should not have significantly altered that distance).

The United States Federal Aviation Administration publication: Airplane Flying Handbook, Chapter 9 Approaches and Landings provided the following information for pilots who encounter floating during landing:

The recovery from floating is dependent upon the amount of floating and the effect of any crosswind, as well as the amount of runway remaining. Since prolonged floating utilizes considerable runway length, it must be avoided especially on short runways or in strong crosswinds. If a landing cannot be made on the first third of the runway, or the airplane drifts sideways, execute a go-around.

Operator’s investigation

The operator’s internal investigation identified that the pilot did not have a full understanding of aircraft drag, effects of flaps, and ground effect. The investigation also noted that the operator’s normal practice of retracting flaps immediately after touchdown to maximise brake effectiveness may have led to the pilot prioritising flap retraction ahead of immediately applying braking action.

Pilot information

The pilot held a Commercial Pilot Licence (Aeroplane) and had a total flying experience of 1,227.6 hours including 528.3 hours in the Airvan. In the previous 90 days, the pilot had flown 80.6 hours, including 29.7 in the Airvan.

The pilot reported being well rested, but mildly unwell on the day. However, there was no indication that the illness reduced their performance. Similarly, the pilot’s general health, fatigue, or distraction were not considered to have contributed to the accident.

Training

The pilot was employed by the operator in July 2019. From that time until November 2019 and again in May 2020 and July 2021, the pilot underwent operator training and proficiency checks that included:

  • stabilised approaches
  • GA-8 Airvan operations
  • East Wallabi Island operations
  • short runway landings
  • go arounds
  • landings

These operator training and checks did not assess the specifics of aircraft drag, effects of flaps or ground effect as they were considered adequately covered during pilot licence testing.

Safety analysis

As the aircraft approached East Wallabi Island, the EPIRB positioned on the pilot’s right hip obstructed the flap lever and prevented their locking in the full flap position. The pilot did not consider a go around to allow for trouble shooting or repositioning of the EPIRB and continued the approach with just the first stage of flap extended. That configuration increased the required landing distance compared to the use of full flaps, although there was still sufficient runway length available to land safely.

During the landing flare the reduced drag of the first stage flap setting, possibly combined with a higher than normal approach speed, led to a longer float. While a go around should again have been considered after the aircraft floated significantly beyond the intended landing point, from the touchdown point it was possible to stop the aircraft in the remaining runway using maximum braking. However, possibly due to the priority given to retracting the flaps and the pilot not immediately recognising the risk of an overrun, maximum braking was not applied until insufficient runway remained to prevent the overrun.

Findings

ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors. 

These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.

From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the runway overrun involving Gippsland Aeronautics GA-8, VH-WSB at East Wallabi Island, Western Australia on 26 December 2021

Contributing factors

  • An emergency position indicating radio beacon worn by the pilot prevented the selection of full flap. The reduced flap setting significantly increased the required landing distance.
  • During the landing, the aircraft floated significantly beyond the intended landing point. The pilot did not recognise the risk of a runway overrun and did not conduct a go around or apply sufficient braking to stop the aircraft on the remaining runway.

Safety actions

Whether or not the ATSB identifies safety issues in the course of an investigation, relevant organisations may proactively initiate safety action in order to reduce their safety risk. All of the directly involved parties are invited to provide submissions to this draft report. As part of that process, each organisation is asked to communicate what safety actions, if any, they have carried out to reduce the risk associated with this type of occurrences in the future. The ATSB has so far been advised of the following proactive safety action in response to this occurrence.

Safety action by Geraldton Air Charter

Following the accident, the operator modified operating procedures to recommend a process of threat and error management be conducted before all flights.

Sources and submissions

Sources of information

The sources of information during the investigation included the:

  • aircraft operator
  • pilot

References

Civil Aviation Safety Authority 2006, Flight Instructor Manual Aeroplane

Civil Aviation Safety Authority 2021, Visual Flight Rules Guide

Civil Aviation Authority of New Zealand 2021, Good Aviation Practice - Mountain Flying

Federal Aviation Administration of The United States 2021, Airplane Flying Handbook

Submissions

Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.

A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:

  • operator
  • pilot

Submissions were received from:

  • operator
  • pilot

The submissions were reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the report was amended accordingly.

Purpose of safety investigations

The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:

  • identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
  • providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.

It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.

Terminology

An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.

Publishing information 

Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003

Published by: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

© Commonwealth of Australia 2022

image_5.png

Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication

Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.

Creative Commons licence

With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.

Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.

The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.

__________

  1.  The flight was operated under Civil Aviation Safety Regulations Part 135 (Air transport operations - smaller aeroplanes).
  2.  Western Standard Time (WST): Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) + 8 hours.
  3.  Flare: the final nose-up pitch of a landing aeroplane used to reduce the rate of descent to about zero at touchdown.
  4.  The maximum take-off weight of the aircraft was 1,814 kg.

Occurrence summary

Investigation number AO-2022-001
Occurrence date 26/12/2021
Location East Wallabi Island
State Western Australia
Report release date 06/05/2022
Report status Final
Investigation level Short
Investigation type Occurrence Investigation
Investigation status Completed
Mode of transport Aviation
Aviation occurrence category Runway excursion
Occurrence class Serious Incident
Highest injury level None

Aircraft details

Manufacturer Gippsland Aeronautics Pty Ltd
Model GA-8
Registration VH-WSB
Serial number GA8-07-125
Aircraft operator GERALDTON AIR CHARTER PTY LTD
Sector Piston
Operation type Part 135 Air transport operations - smaller aeroplanes
Departure point Geraldton Aerodrome, Western Australia
Destination East Wallabi Island, Western Australia
Damage Substantial

Fuel starvation and collision with water involving Rockwell International 114, VH-WMM, 1 km north of Redcliffe aircraft landing area, Queensland, on 19 December 2021

Final report

Report release date: 14/03/2024

Executive summary

What happened

On the morning of 19 December 2021, a Rockwell Commander 114, registered VH-WMM, departed Redcliffe aircraft landing area, Queensland for a private flight. On board were a pilot and 3 passengers. Shortly after take-off, the engine lost power and the pilot elected to return to the airfield. During the return, the aircraft lost altitude and impacted the ocean before becoming inverted. The occupants were unable to escape the aircraft and were fatally injured, and the aircraft was destroyed.

What the ATSB found

The ATSB found that during preparation for the flight, a perceived engine problem distracted the pilot during the conduct of pre-take-off checks. After rectifying the issue, the pilot did not complete the remaining pre-take-off checks (including fuel tank selection) before departure. Before take-off when there was no time pressure (and during the inflight emergency when there was), checks and action items were only done by memory rather than using the pilot operating handbook or third‑party checklists also on board.

While stored in the hangar, most of the fuel moved into the right wing tank. The pilot would have been aware of the fuel imbalance from measuring fuel in both tanks via a dipstick before flight. However, it was likely that the fuel tank selection prior to take-off was to the left fuel tank only, which led to fuel starvation and engine stoppage soon after take-off.

The pilot, likely experiencing the effects of stress and time pressure following the engine power reduction and then stoppage, did not conduct initial emergency actions and attempted to return to the runway for landing. However, the pilot did not maintain glide speed, and the aircraft impacted shallow water prior to reaching the airfield. During the return to the airfield, the pilot had extended the undercarriage for the intended landing. This contributed to the aircraft inverting when it collided with water. This likely resulted in occupant disorientation and added difficulty in operating the exits, reducing their ability to escape.

It is very likely that the passengers did not receive information about the brace position or actions to be taken in the event of a ditching as part of the pre-flight briefing. In the limited time available inflight after the power loss, the pilot also did not provide an emergency briefing or any instructions to passengers prior to impact with the water.

While the pilot was primarily responsible for the operation of the aircraft exits in an emergency, seating a child, who may require assistance, adjacent to an exit instead of an adult meant that a less suitable passenger was available to operate the exit.

Safety message

Use of the approved aircraft checklists, taken from the pilot operating handbook, provides pilots with the appropriate checks to be conducted for the aircraft type. Having these readily available in a written form, for the preparation and conduct of a flight, provides pilots with the detailed normal and emergency checks specific to the aircraft type without having to rely on committing these to memory. This ensures that aircraft are operated in a way that meets aircraft flight manual requirements and limitations.

Distraction can impact proper procedural processes and lead to interruption and omission of safety critical elements before take-off. The habit of restarting an interrupted checklist from the beginning is a means of ensuring that all steps to be performed are done so in order and the checklist is complete.

Proper fuel management will ensure fuel supply to the engine(s) remains uninterrupted at all stages of flight. The ATSB publication, Avoidable Accidents No. 5 - Starved and exhausted: Fuel management aviation accidents (AR-2011-112) outlines strategies and key messages for fuel management.

Thorough pre-flight briefings of passengers on how to operate exits, the brace position and actions that might be required in a ditching or other forced landing are essential to increase post‑impact survivability. Additionally, as supported by guidance, pilots should consider who might be best to assist in the case of an emergency, and brief and seat them accordingly.

The ATSB SafetyWatch highlights the broad safety concerns that come out of our investigation findings and from the occurrence data reported to us by industry. One of the safety concerns is: Reducing the severity of injuries in accidents involving small aircraft. 

 

The investigation

Decisions regarding whether to conduct an investigation, and the scope of an investigation, are based on many factors, including the level of safety benefit likely to be obtained from an investigation. For this occurrence, a limited-scope investigation was conducted in order to produce a short investigation report, and allow for greater industry awareness of findings that affect safety and potential learning opportunities.

The occurrence

On the morning of 19 December 2021, at the Redcliffe aircraft landing area, Queensland, a Rockwell International 114 aircraft, registered VH‑WMM, was being prepared for a local private flight under visual flight rules.[1] On board for the flight were the pilot and 3 passengers. The weather conditions and visibility were good, with light winds from the east.

Closed circuit television (CCTV) showed the pilot conducting a pre-flight inspection of the aircraft. This included draining a small amount of fuel from each fuel tank drain to check for any water contamination and using a dipstick to check the fuel tank quantity of each tank. 

A passenger video (see Appendix - Sequence of events) was recovered from a mobile phone which showed portions of the taxi, before take-off checks, and the accident flight. Several witnesses at the airfield, in boats near the airfield, and in other aircraft also observed the flight of VH-WMM (Figure 1).

Before the take-off, passenger video showed the pilot conducting before take-off checks (from memory) and did not show the use of any written checklists. While conducting the engine run-ups, the pilot perceived a technical difficulty with the aircraft, and the checks were paused. After notifying a ground crew member by phone, the pilot taxied back toward the ground crew who was walking towards the aircraft on the taxiway. The ground crew member recalled that through hand signals, the pilot identified the issue as misidentification of the mixture control for the propeller pitch control and communicated that they had identified and corrected the problem.

The pilot then taxied again for runway 07 without continuing or restarting the interrupted before take-off checks and continued direct to the runway holding point. The occupants of VH-WMM then discussed where other traffic was in the circuit, before entering and backtracking to the end of the runway. VH-WMM then turned and commenced the take-off at 0908 local time.

After take-off from runway 07,[2] the aircraft’s undercarriage and flaps were retracted, and 62 seconds later, while in a left climbing turn, the engine RPM started to fluctuate, followed by a large drop in engine power 3 seconds later. The (adult) passenger, seated on the rear-right side of the aircraft then asked the pilot about fuel coming out of the top of the right wing; however, the pilot did not respond to the question. The video also did not indicate the pilot conducting any engine troubleshooting activities. The pilot made 2 further left turns, which were consistent with manoeuvring the aircraft back toward the western end of runway 07 (Figure 1), and the stall warning sounded twice. About 17 seconds after the power reduction (1 minute 31 seconds after take-off), the engine stopped. 

Four seconds later, the video recorded the undercarriage warning bell followed by the stall warning. Based on the recorded sounds, it is likely the pilot responded by lowering the landing gear. Another pilot who was on final approach for runway 07 heard the pilot of VH-WMM broadcast on the radio that they were returning to the airfield.[3] 

Figure 1: Redcliffe aircraft landing area and VH-WMM approximate flight path and accident site

Figure 1: Redcliffe aircraft landing area and VH-WMM approximate flight path and accident site

Source: Google Earth, annotated by the ATSB

Over 24 seconds, the stall warning sounded another three times, followed by a turn directly toward the runway and then further stall warnings, two successive drops of the right wing and then the sounding of the ‘stall’ voice alert.

Three seconds later, as the aircraft neared the mangrove tree line to the north of the airfield, it contacted the water, about 170 m from the shoreline. The aircraft overturned and came to rest inverted in about 2 m of water. 

The pilot of another aircraft that was inbound to Redcliffe who had also heard the pilot of VH‑WMM make the returning to the airfield call, was alerted to the possibility of an accident from an unknown person on the radio upon arrival. After observing an aircraft in the water, the pilot contacted Brisbane air traffic control (ATC) to advise them of the accident. The pilot remained overhead the accident site while boats arrived at the scene and continued relaying information to ATC. 

Witnesses at the airfield and on nearby boats contacted emergency services and the Australian Volunteer Coast Guard. After being notified by a witness on a kayak, a nearby vessel made its way to the aircraft, arriving about 5 minutes after the accident. Following the impact with water, the inverted orientation of the aircraft meant that the door handles were submerged. First responders reported that it was difficult to locate the handles to open the doors from the outside. When inverted on the seabed in mud and silt, the upper door latches were also unable to be located. The disturbance of the mud/silt further reduced visibility of the exits and their operating handles. 

A coast guard vessel arrived onsite; however, the crew were also unable to gain access into the aircraft’s cabin. Queensland Police Service divers arrived at the aircraft about 2 hours after the accident. They observed the water to be about 1.5 m deep. Upon entering the water, police observed that visibility was very poor. The pilot’s door was shut and could not be opened. The right door was unlocked and slightly ajar, and police were able to open the door with some difficulty. The pilot and 3 passengers were fatally injured, and the aircraft was destroyed. 

Context

Pilot information

The pilot held a valid Private Pilot Licence (Aeroplane) and a Class 2 aviation medical certificate, valid until February 2023. The pilot held single and multi‑engine aeroplane ratings and endorsements for manual propeller pitch control, retractable undercarriage, and formation flying. At the time of the accident, the pilot had logged 334.3 hours in VH-WMM and had about 505 hours total aeronautical experience. 

The flight instructor who conducted the pilot’s last flight review in July 2021 stated that the pilot was assessed on engine failure after take-off. They also described that the assessed procedures on that review were similar to the accident flight, insofar as location of engine power loss and the actions that were to be taken as a result. During the flight review, the pilot had performed all actions to a satisfactory level.  

Pilot medical history

A review of the pilot’s Civil Aviation Safety Authority (CASA) medical file identified that the pilot had disclosed a hypertension condition and that they had been prescribed medication for it but did not list any other health issues or concerns.

Discussion with the pilot’s next-of-kin and general practitioner (GP) identified that the pilot was a long term, type 2 non-insulin dependent diabetic. The pilot had been prescribed medication for at least 10 years with medical records indicating tracked blood glucose readings back to January 2003, and an immediate family history of non-insulin dependent diabetes. The pilot had also been diagnosed with high cholesterol and had been prescribed medication for its treatment. The GP was also aware of a family history of heart disease. 

Of the last 3 CASA aviation medical examinations, the pilot had not declared their high cholesterol, diabetic status, and diabetes medication to their CASA designated aviation medical examiner (DAME), however had disclosed family history of both diabetes and heart disease to the DAME. Regarding the question in relation to diabetes on the pilot’s pre-examination medical history, the pilot indicated ‘unsure’, which was later changed by the DAME to ‘no’ during the examination.

Toxicology reports showed that the pilot of VH-WMM had detectable quantities of several substances, including a prescribed medication, paracetamol, and an over-the-counter sedating antihistamine. A carbon monoxide concentration of less than 5% was also detected in the analysis.

The ATSB sought advice from a specialist toxicologist regarding the potential effects the detected substances may have had on the pilot during the accident flight. The advice indicated that the level of antihistamine detected in the samples was low and suggested the drug had been used between 12 and 24 hours prior to the accident. They also reported that although the medication the pilot had been prescribed may have increased the sedating effects of the antihistamine, given the low levels detected it was unlikely there was any significant impairment of the psychomotor skills[4] required to fly an aircraft.

The specialist toxicologist also identified that there may have been an interaction between the multiple antihypertensive medications that the pilot had been prescribed[5] to lower blood pressure. However, from the passenger video it was noted that the pilot did not appear to be physically incapacitated, so it is very unlikely the pilot experienced any form of incapacitation prior to the accident.  

Aircraft information 

General information

The Rockwell International 114 is a 4-seat, single-engine aeroplane with fully retractable, trailing link undercarriage. It is powered by a 6-cylinder Lycoming IO-540 fuel-injected engine and is fitted with a 3-blade constant-speed propeller. Passenger and pilot access is by a door on each side of the aircraft cabin (Figure 2).

VH-WMM was manufactured in the US in 1977 and was first registered in Australia in May 2013. The last periodic inspection was conducted on 7 July 2021. At the time of the accident, VH-WMM had accrued a total time in service of 3,431.4 hours and had flown about 11 hours since the last inspection.

Figure 2: VH-WMM

Figure 2: VH-WMM

Source: Nathen Sieben, annotated by the ATSB 

Fuel system

The Rockwell 114 fuel system consists of 2 integral (wet wing)[6] fuel tanks, 1 in each wing, with a fuel gauge for each tank located in the cockpit. The fuel capacity is 132.5 L for each tank, with 128 L considered usable. Both fuel tanks supplied the engine through the fuel selector, gascolator,[7] electric fuel pump and an engine driven fuel pump. The fuel selector valve had 5 positions, which allowed the pilot to select OFF, LEFT, BOTH, RIGHT and OFF positions. 

The last refuelling of VH-WMM occurred before a flight on 16 October with an uplift of about 120 L of AVGAS, taking the total quantity to about full tanks. VH-WMM was then operated for about 2.2 hours over 2 flights, prior to the accident flight. On the day of the accident, the ATSB calculated that about 115 L of fuel remained on board, equivalent to about half tanks. 

CCTV at Redcliffe airfield showed that prior to the flight, the wings of VH-WMM were not level while parked on the tarmac. The right wing at the tip was about 60 cm lower than the left, indicating a fuel imbalance, where the right wing contained a greater fuel quantity than the left wing. The right-wing low condition indicated that fuel crossflow from the left to right fuel tanks may have occurred while VH-WMM was hangered. 

It is a known issue with the Rockwell International 114 that when the fuel selector is not placed in the OFF position when parked, fuel can flow from one tank to the other. Once a crossflow has started, the increasing fuel weight will also increase the lean of the aircraft, further promoting the fuel crossflow. This results in further uneven fuel distribution, and sometimes an overflow of fuel through the wing tank fuel vents when this imbalance fills one tank completely. The ‘local fix’ amongst the Rockwell 114 community to prevent the crossflow was to set the fuel selector to OFF when the aircraft was parked for an extended period of time. The possibility of fuel crossflow in VH-WMM was also known to the pilot. 

A review of the aircraft’s logbooks showed that in April 2011, a maintenance intervention was performed on the fuel system due to a crossflow defect occurring when the fuel selector was set to BOTH fuel tanks. The fuel selector position of VH-WMM was unknown prior to the day of the accident, however it is likely that it was not selected to the OFF position.

Undercarriage system

The Rockwell 114 is equipped with a hydraulically operated undercarriage. The aircraft is fitted with an undercarriage warning system. A switch is mounted on the throttle quadrant which connects to an undercarriage warning bell, activating whenever the throttle is brought to idle while the undercarriage is retracted. 

Stall warning

The Rockwell International 114 is fitted with an aural stall warning system, that provides an audible tone to indicate that the aircraft speed is slowing to a speed that it can no longer produce lift in flight.

On board video recorded the stall warning sounding 13 seconds after the engine experienced the large drop in power. The stall warning continued sounding intermittently throughout the remainder of the flight, indicating that the aircraft was only marginally maintaining airspeed above the stall speed. The stall warning horn activated multiple times during the final approach until impact with water. This indicates that the aircraft would have been within 3-4 kt of the straight and level flapless stall speed of about 63 kt.

VH-WMM was also fitted with a voice alert system. This unit was an electronic device which detected the activation of the existing aircraft stall and undercarriage warning systems. It was configured to place a voice warning directly into the pilot headset and through a built-in speaker in the unit itself. In this situation, a pilot who may not hear the aircraft-generated stall warning horns because of noise cancelling headsets, will have an electronic voice annunciation of the warning. 

A witness who had flown with the pilot previously described the system as functional and that it was an effective warning tool. The passenger video detected one annunciation of ‘stall’ from the built-in speaker, just prior to impact. It is unknown if the system was alerting the pilot through the headsets during the flight, however it is likely that the system was functioning, as other pilots who had been on board for previous flights had observed its operation.

Engine information

The engine fitted to VH-WMM was last overhauled in July 1998 and had accrued about 988 flight hours in operation. The overhaul schedule as listed in Lycoming Service Instruction SI 1009BE was 12 years or 2,000 hours, whichever occurred first.  

Although the engine had exceeded the calendar schedule of the manufacturer’s time between overhaul, this was permissible when the engine was maintained in accordance with the CASA on‑condition[8] requirements. At the last annual inspection in July 2021, the maintenance organisation had completed a piston engine condition report verifying the engine serviceability, which then permitted the engine to continue in service.

Site & wreckage information

Onsite examination

The wreckage was located about 1 km north of the Redcliffe airfield, on a tidal flat (Figure 3). The accident occurred about 40 minutes before high tide, and the water depth at the time of the accident was about 2 m. The aircraft impacted the water on a heading of about 218° in an upright, slight right-wing low, nose-down attitude, with the undercarriage in the extended position, and with the wing flaps retracted. 

Ground scars observed on the tidal flat indicated that after entering the water, the aircraft nose wheel and propeller contacted the seabed leading to the aircraft overturning, resulting in sudden deacceleration and the aircraft coming to rest inverted. Witnesses described the water directly around the aircraft to be murky due to the mud and silt seabed having been disturbed by the aircraft impact. The left door (pilot door) was in a closed and latched condition when the ATSB arrived onsite. The right door was found by police divers to be slightly ajar, and difficult to open during the recovery operation. 

Figure 3: VH-WMM accident site at low tide

Figure 3: VH-WMM accident site at low tide

Source: ATSB

The aircraft fuselage underside and right wing showed evidence of hydraulic[9] compression from impacting the water surface, and the engine had separated from the aircraft. The impact to the fuselage underside damaged the fuselage skins forward and aft of the wing main spar carry‑through, resulting in a large hole. The engine firewall had been punctured by the engine and the left rear side window was broken. The identified damage would have allowed water ingress into the fuselage. Fuel was visibly leaking from the right underwing fuel vent, and a strong fuel smell was evident at the site. 

Wreckage examination

The wreckage was recovered to a secure storage facility for a detailed examination. ATSB investigators established flight control continuity before the rear of the fuselage and empennage were separated to facilitate transport from the recovery point.  

A further flight control examination was performed with no defects noted. All components of the aircraft were identified and accounted for, and no pre-existing defects were noted with the airframe or engine.

Fuel system examination

Examination of the aircraft fuel system was carried out and found that the fuel selector was set to the LEFT tank at the time of the accident, and the auxiliary fuel pump was switched OFF. The gascolator was disassembled and contained water. After recovery of the wreckage, the fuel tanks’ contents were drained and consisted of:  

  • right wing: about 85 L of AVGAS recovered, with no visible water
  • left wing: about 25 L of water, with no visible AVGAS.
Engine & propeller examination

The engine and propeller displayed no pre-existing damage. The propeller damage was indicative of low rotational energy at the time of impact and exhibited damage to the blades and spinner due to impact with the seabed. The engine was externally examined, all components were accounted for, and the engine was able to be rotated. The engine was disassembled and examined at a CASA-approved engine overhaul facility under the supervision of the ATSB. The engine showed no evidence of pre-impact mechanical discontinuity or defects which would inhibit normal operation. 

Examination and testing of the engine fuel system was performed at a separate CASA-approved overhaul facility under ATSB supervision. Some system components had internal corrosion; however, this was most likely due to saltwater immersion. After removal of the corrosion, the system components tested correctly for operation. 

The fuel control unit (FCU) initially could not be tested. A disassembly of the FCU found internal corrosion within the regulating system and the centre body seal was found to be separated. The centre body seal was examined at the ATSB’s technical facilities in Canberra. ATSB determined that the internal seal separation had occurred when the FCU was disassembled for examination and was not a prior defect. 

Rockwell 114 procedures

Before take-off checklist 

At each critical phase of aircraft operation, pilots refer to checklists to guide them through specific items to configure the aircraft for the next planned phase of the flight. The Rockwell 114 pilot’s operating handbook (POH) [10] stated in 3 separate checklists,  ‘interior’, ‘before starting engine’, and ‘before take-off’ checklists, that the fuel selector valve is to be set to the BOTH position before the aircraft is ready for take-off.

Figure 4 shows the Rockwell 114 ‘before take-off’ checklist as detailed in the POH. Annotations highlight where the interruption occurred at the beginning of the accident flight, and the steps not completed as identified in the passenger video. The POH was located at the accident site at the rear of the pilot seatback, and passenger video showed that it was not accessed during the before take-off checks or during the flight.

Figure 4: Before take-off checklist

Figure 4: Before take-off checklist

Source: Rockwell 114 pilot’s operating handbook, annotated by the ATSB

Third-party checklists

CCTV footage showed the pilot passing a folder to the adult passenger who placed it into the rear of the pilot seatback prior to engine start. This folder was found on-site in the rear of the pilot seatback pocket and contained the third-party checklists inside. Both of these checklists had interpretations of the Rockwell 114 POH checklists and had differences to the approved manufacturer’s documentation. This included changes in the checklist sequence, and omissions of some elements including the absence of one of the fuel selector checks. 

CASA issued AC 91-22v2.0 Aircraft checklists, in November 2021 to provide guidance on establishing and using aircraft checklists and is derived from Civil Aviation Safety Regulation 91.095 Compliance with flight manual. This stated that any third-party checklists ‘must concisely convey each procedural step in correct sequence’ to ‘ensure aircraft are operated in a way that meets flight manual requirements and limitations.’ 

The US Federal Aviation Administration released a safety alert for operators (SAFO) 17006, in April 2017, warning pilots and operators of the risks of using commercially available and personally derived, third-party checklists. 

An acquaintance who had regularly flown with the pilot reported that the pilot would also use generic mnemonic checklists that had been committed to memory, instead of the POH or the third‑party checklists. The commonly used mnemonic covered some, but not all of the checks required by the POH checklist.  

Engine failure management

The Rockwell 114 POH emergency procedures checklist for an in-flight engine failure stated that the glide speed of 82 kt should be adopted, the auxiliary fuel pump selected on, mixture full rich, and the fuel selector be placed on the fuller tank to rectify possible fuel starvation. 

Maintaining the published glide speed in flight gives the optimal amount of lift for the least amount of drag, thereby giving the greatest glide distance for the amount of height lost during the descent.

Rockwell 114 ditching procedure 

A ditching is a controlled emergency landing on water. The Rockwell 114 POH ditching procedure identified that on approach to a ditching, the airspeed should be maintained at 82 kt. 

The procedure followed on to list: transponder (if installed) set to 7700, and a mayday call should be made. The emergency locator transmitter should be activated if installed, seats, seatbelts, shoulder straps and loose objects should be secured, flaps should be up, cowl flaps closed, and the undercarriage retracted. 

On final approach, flaps should be set to 20°, airspeed reduced to 74 kt, the undercarriage should remain retracted, and propeller set to high RPM. On touchdown, the elevator should be full aft, and the fuel selected to OFF.

Ditching guidance

In 2004 the ATSB made recommendation R20010258 which stated:

The Australian Transport Safety Bureau recommends that the Civil Aviation Safety Authority educate industry on procedures and techniques that may maximise the chances of survival of a ditching event. Part of that education program should include the development of formal guidance material of the type contained in the UK CAA General Aviation Safety Senses leaflet 21A Ditching.

In response to the recommendation CASA published CAAP 253-1(1) Ditching. This guidance was reissued in the form of AC 91-09 v1.0 and included but was not limited to the following safety advice about conducting a ditching:

For an aeroplane, it is likely to end up in a nose down vertical position after impact. Opening a forward door in these circumstances to escape may cause rapid water entry. Planning for this circumstance should include consideration of which exit might be opened prior to and after impact and briefing passengers on precautions when releasing seat belts. Any briefing should consider the prospect that the pilot may not be able to assist due to their prominent position where impact forces may be concentrated. An able-bodied passenger near an accessible exit would be the best resource for survivability in this situation.

The guidance also recommended unlatching a door prior to impact and providing passengers with a briefing, which included the brace position.[11]

Survival aspects

Passenger seating, exit location, and operation

The pilot (P) was seated in the front left seat location. The 3 passengers consisted of an adult and 2 children.[12] One child (C) was seated in the forward right seat next to the pilot and another child (C) was seated in the left-rear behind the pilot. The adult (A) passenger was seated in the rear‑right (Figure 5). Both aircraft doors were at the front row.

Figure 5: Seating positions

Figure 5: Seating positions

Source: Rockwell annotated by the ATSB

Figure 6 shows the aircraft doors, which were designed as both normal and emergency exits. Both doors had the same operation, which required 2 opening mechanisms to be manipulated, both when operating from inside or outside. One handle was located above the passenger/pilot head that needed to be rotated downwards to unlatch. The second handle was fitted to the forward lower part of the door and was a lever type arrangement, which was required to be pulled inwards to unlatch the 2 lower latches. Each door needed to be pushed outwards to open. There was no emergency jettison mechanism. 

Figure 6: Location of door interior operating handles

Figure 6: Location of door interior operating handles

Source: ATSB

CASA produced guidance for the allocation of passengers to exit row seats in multi-part advisory circular (AC) Passengers seated in emergency exit row seats for parts 121, 133 and 135 operators, however this AC was not applicable to private flights. 

In addition to passenger suitability, the AC identified risks associated with seating inappropriate persons at exits and recommended that operational procedures should be used to address this risk. 

Applicable risks included:

• exits being opened when they should not be e.g., a passenger opens the exit without assessing the outside conditions 

• operation of exits by passengers who are not aware of the instructions specific to that exit e.g. how to open, remove and discard the exit 

• passengers seated in an emergency exit row having an adverse reaction to the emergency due to inadequate briefings 

• passengers that are not suitably able-bodied, lacking the strength and ability to remove the exit, attempting to open the exit, and delaying or impeding an evacuation process. 

In addition, CASA guidance[13] identified that pilots should consider the possibility of incapacitation, and seat and brief an able-bodied person accordingly. However, passenger composition and operational considerations such as weight and balance must always be considered to determine passenger seat allocation. 

Pre-flight, exit and emergency briefings 

Civil Aviation Safety Regulations (CASR) 1998 Part 91 (General Operating and Flight Rules) manual of standards, Division 20.3 Passenger safety briefings and instructions which came into effect just prior to the accident on 2 December 2021,[14] required, among other things, that passengers be briefed on:

(f)    how and when to adopt the brace position;

(g)   where the emergency exits are, and how to use them;

(p)   the requirement that:

             (i)  passengers seated in emergency exit rows must be willing and able to operate the exit in the event of an emergency; and

            (ii)  such passengers must not have a condition that will cause them to obstruct the exit or hinder an emergency evacuation

While they had to be briefed, there was no legislative requirement to assess the suitability of a person[15] in an exit row for a private flight.

Guidance[16] on passenger safety briefings relevant for small aircraft operators included: 

  • to include the brace position in the pre-flight safety briefing
  • to advise passengers to adopt the brace position in an emergency
  • if the flight involves overwater operations, passengers are briefed on ditching procedures.
Briefings in practice

A witness who the accident pilot regularly flew with reported that the pilot would normally provide a briefing about the seatbelts and the operation of the aircraft exits. The instructor who assessed the pilot in their most recent flight review provided confirmation of consistent elements normally included in the pilot’s briefing.

The ATSB was unable to determine what information was provided to the passengers prior to flight on the day of the accident. Video footage captured during the emergency showed that the pilot did not provide an in-flight emergency briefing to passengers about the nature of the emergency or what actions to take.

Occupant injuries

A post-mortem examination of the pilot and passengers was conducted on behalf of the Queensland Coroner. The examination found all occupants had sustained injuries which may have caused some incapacitation but were insufficient to have been fatal. The reports found that the deaths were consistent with drowning. The report also detailed evidence of injuries consistent with being caused by wearing a harness or seatbelt.

Other information

Pilot medical requirements

As outlined above, of the last 3 CASA aviation medical examinations, the pilot had not declared their diabetic status or diabetes medication to their CASA designated aviation medical examiner (DAME).

The disclosure to DAMEs was required due to the nature of type 2 non-insulin dependent diabetes and its effect on aviation participants. The CASA Clinical practice guidelines for type 2 diabetes website stated their concerns:

Effect of aviation on [diabetes] condition:

• Difficulty with regular blood-sugar monitoring

• Irregular meal and sleep times

• Sedentary occupation

• Access to emergency sugar

Effect of [diabetes] condition on aviation:

• Overt incapacitation

- Cardiovascular event

- Cerebrovascular event

• Subtle incapacitation - end-organ damage

- Visual impairment (fields, low contrast sensitivity, colour)

- Impaired motor and sensory nerve function

- Impaired autonomic function (hypoglycaemia awareness). 

Pilots are permitted to hold a licence after a diabetes diagnosis. The CASA website further stated:

Type 2 diabetes is an aeromedically significant medical condition. Pilots and [air traffic] controllers who have been diagnosed with Type 2 Diabetes are required to ground themselves and notify this condition to their DAME.

In cases where the condition can be managed appropriately, and once cleared by the DAME, in accordance with the CASA guidelines, ongoing monitoring of the diabetes must be provided to CASA to prove that it is able to be managed and does not affect the pilot’s ability to fly. 

Safety analysis

Introduction

Shortly after take-off, VH-WMM likely experienced fuel starvation leading to a complete loss of engine power. During the attempted return to the airfield without power, the pilot did not maintain an adequate glide speed, and the undercarriage was extended, thereby reducing glide range, which resulted in the aircraft colliding with water before it reached the airfield and becoming inverted about 170 m from shore. 

This analysis will explore the power loss on take-off, flight planning and decision making of the pilot in command, and post impact survivability factors.

Checklist use

The passenger video identified that the pilot became distracted with a perceived engine problem during the before take-off checks and taxied back towards the groundcrew member. However, after realising that they had mis-identified the wrong engine control, the pilot then proceeded to the runway and conducted the take-off, without further completion of the required checks.

One essential aspect of the POH checklist stated that the fuel selector was to be set to BOTH. This ensures a positive supply of fuel can be delivered to the engine from both fuel tanks during take-off. There were two versions of the checklists on board the aircraft: the official aircraft POH included this item in 3 separate checklists, while the third-party checklists included it twice. While it is likely that the distraction affected the pilot’s completion of the ‘before take-off’ checklist items, the fuel selector was also not set to BOTH on the ‘interior’ or ‘before starting engine’ checks. 

Should a third-party checklist be used, it must be checked to ensure that it contains the correct information that is applicable for the aircraft being operated and that the checklist is verified against the approved POH checklists. The ATSB was advised that the pilot sometimes referred to the third-party checklists, however it is unlikely that the third-party checklists were referred to on the day of the accident as the folder containing the checklists were located in the pilot seat back pocket and not readily at hand.

The POH was carried on board the aircraft on the day of the accident, and the passenger video showed it was not referred to during the flight. 

On this basis, it is likely the pilot performed the before take-off checks from memory or used a mnemonic checklist to perform the before take-off checks which were ultimately interrupted. Before take-off, there is no time pressure (as there was inflight after the engine power loss), so there was opportunity to consult the written checklists to ensure all steps were completed. Conducting aircraft checks from items committed to memory can lead to checks being skipped or an assumption that a check has been completed when it has not. Also, when a checklist is interrupted, the habit of restarting from the beginning is a means of ensuring that all steps to be performed are done so in order and the checklist is complete.

Fuel imbalance

Analysis of CCTV imagery indicated it was likely that VH-WMM had a substantial quantity of fuel in the right wing, and that the pilot would have been aware of the imbalance after physically using a dipstick to check the aircraft fuel tanks during the pre-flight checks on the ground outside the hangar.

The fuel selector was found to be on the left tank after the accident and there was no video evidence of the pilot changing it during the flight. Therefore, the fuel selector was likely on the left tank during take-off. Due to the fuel imbalance, the left tank likely had minimal fuel to sustain engine operation during the climb out, which would result in the engine being starved of fuel, lose power, and begin to surge, and eventually stop. This is consistent with no fuel being found in the left tank after the accident. 

If the fuel selector was placed on BOTH tanks, then it is likely, even with one fuel tank having most of the fuel and the other almost empty, that fuel supply to the engine would remain unaffected. Excess fuel in the right tank may have led to the observed fuel coming from the right wing during the flight.

Therefore, with the aircraft’s remaining fuel supply most likely in the right tank, and with the fuel selector likely set to LEFT prior to take-off, the engine became starved of the available fuel supply in the aircraft’s right fuel tank, leading to the engine stopping. 

Engine power loss management

ATSB found that few, if any, initial emergency actions took place in response to the loss of engine power to rectify a possible fuel starvation as per the Rockwell 114 procedures. The aircraft had sufficient fuel for flight in the right wing, but the fuel selector was found to be selected to the now empty left tank, and the auxiliary fuel pump was off during the emergency. 

In addition, the pilot did not maintain the published glide speed of 82 kt as demonstrated by the numerous stall warnings that sounded repeatedly, indicating a speed within 3-4 kt of the straight and level flapless stall speed (63 kt). Airspeed management was made more difficult by the extension of the landing gear, which may have been an automatic reaction by the pilot in response to hearing the undercarriage warning bell sound while the pilot was managing the emergency.

Not maintaining the glide speed and the landing gear extension increased the vertical rate of descent and reduced the glide range of the aircraft. However, video evidence suggests the pilot continued with their initial plan to glide to the runway. In addition, the extended landing gear was an unfavourable configuration for the subsequent collision with water.

There was no available evidence to indicate that the pilot’s response (actions and inactions) to the emergency was affected by a medical issue, or similar factors. However, the pilot was making decisions during the emergency under a high level of stress and time pressure. A substantial amount of research has shown that people often do not make optimal decisions in such situations.

Some commonly reported effects of stress and/or time pressure include attentional narrowing, with people searching fewer information sources (Staal 2004) and focusing on cues that are perceived to be the most salient or threatening (Burian and others 2005, Wickens and Hollands 2000). Working memory and the ability to perform complex calculations is impaired (Burian and others 2005), and the ability to retrieve declarative knowledge (or facts) from long term memory is affected (Dismukes and others 2015). In addition, a person under stress and time pressure will generally consider fewer alternatives, and not be as systematic when evaluating alternatives (Dismukes and others 2015, Staal 2004).

Collision with water

It is likely that the pilot never intended to ditch the aircraft. Rather, the reduced speed of the aircraft below the glide speed, exacerbated by the undercarriage extension, led to a reduced glide range and inability to reach the runway at Redcliffe. The sounding of the ‘stall’ alert just before the collision indicates the aircraft could no longer maintain lift and the aircraft collided with water 3 seconds later. 

It is likely that under the stress of the situation, the pilot’s attention narrowed and their focus on landing back on the departure runway likely hampered their ability to consider a forced landing on water (ditching). Had the pilot recognised that the aircraft would not be able to glide to the runway, there was a brief opportunity (about 30 seconds) to attempt a controlled landing on water before the aircraft’s speed reduced to the stall speed.

If this had been the case, there were several actions the pilot would have had to remember (due to the limited time remaining) and complete to ensure a safe ditching. From the Rockwell 114 POH procedure, key actions were to ensure the undercarriage was retracted and the flaps were selected to 20° on the final approach to land on the water. 

Use of flap in the final stages of the ditching would have provided a reduced stall speed, therefore allowing the aircraft to touch down at a lower, controlled speed. Touching down on the water while not at the appropriate speed, and with the undercarriage extended, contributed to the aircraft inverting after colliding the water.

Further, although there was no reference in the POH to the pre-impact position of emergency exits (cabin doors) prior to a ditching, unlatching of cabin doors can allow quick egress from the aircraft after ditching. In this accident, given the brief opportunity available for such considerations, it was not considered feasible that all actions were possible. 

Due to the inverted orientation of the aircraft during the crash sequence and its submersion in murky water, the aircraft occupants were probably panicked, confused, and disorientated following the collision. Once the cabin filled with water, visibility would have been extremely low, which would have further reduced the likelihood of occupants being able to visually locate and operate the aircraft door handles. With the aircraft inverted, it is likely the occupants would have also been disoriented to the extent that it made opening the closed doors more difficult, reducing their ability to escape.

Pre-flight and emergency briefings 

Research has shown that more knowledgeable passengers perform better in an emergency (Meng-Yuan, 2014). It could not be determined what information was provided to the passengers prior to flight, however based on accounts from persons who had flown with the pilot previously, including their flight instructor, it is likely that any briefing given did not include any information about the brace position or what to do in the event of a ditching. This meant that the passengers were likely unaware of actions that may assist survival such as opening the aircraft door or adopting a brace position.   

Video footage recorded during the accident sequence showed that the pilot also did not provide passengers an in-flight emergency brief or instruct them on any actions they should take. This accident highlights the importance of providing instructions to passengers before a flight commences as often emergency situations are time limited and there may not be an opportunity to do so once something occurs.  

Providing information on the adoption of the brace position or how to, and when to open an emergency exit in a ditching situation will increase the likelihood of passengers taking appropriate action in an emergency. 

Passenger seating and emergency exit operation

Post-mortem examinations identified that the occupants of the aircraft were not fatally injured during the accident sequence. There was no readily available assistance nearby the accident site, and therefore the occupants would have had to extricate themselves from the aircraft.

The 2 emergency exits available to the occupants were more accessible to persons seated in the front of the aircraft. The exits required manipulation of both a handle on the door and a latch at the top. For the rear passengers, it is likely that they would have had difficulty (particularly with their seatbelt on) to reach the latch at the top of the door if required to operate the exit. The rear seat occupants would have also been restricted in accessing the doors and exiting the aircraft due to the presence of the front seat occupants. 

After the accident, police divers were unable to open the pilot’s left door, and only opened the other (right) door with difficulty. For the injured pilot and right front seat occupant of VH-WMM, who was a child, it is highly unlikely they would have had the post-accident capability to open the doors. The right door was observed unlocked and ajar by police divers following the collision, suggesting the possibility that an attempt had been made to open the door.

Guidance suggests that pilots should determine the most appropriate person to assist in an emergency and to brief that person accordingly, therefore, in this case, seating a child who has less physical and mental capability rather than an adult next to an exit, meant that the most suitable person (the adult) was not in the best position to assist themselves and others in the event of an emergency. 

Diabetes

The pilot had been diagnosed with type 2 non-insulin dependent diabetes which was managed with prescription medication by the pilot’s GP. A review of the pilot’s CASA aviation medical information indicated that this significant medical condition was disclosed in the pilot medical history as ‘unsure’ to the CASA DAME in the previous 3 aviation medical renewals, all of which were changed to ‘no' at the DAME examination prior to submission to CASA.

It was important to note that having type 2 non-insulin dependent diabetes did not mean that this condition would be an immediate disqualification of the pilot’s licence. However, due to the aeromedically significant nature of diabetes, it was important for this to be fully disclosed with the pilot’s DAME and to CASA. Without this interaction, it was a missed opportunity for the pilot’s condition to be monitored at a safe level required to exercise the privileges of a pilot’s licence. 

Findings

ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition, ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors. 

These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.

From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the fuel starvation and collision with terrain involving a Rockwell International 114, VH-WMM, 1 km north of Redcliffe aircraft landing area, Queensland, on 19 December 2021. 

Contributing factors

  • An unsafe condition was created by not referring to the approved checklists in the pilot operating handbook. Checklists located in the pilot operating handbook would have prompted the pilot on 3 occasions to set the fuel selector to BOTH prior to take-off.
  • A perceived engine problem distracted the pilot during the conduct of pre-take-off checks. After rectifying the issue, they did not complete the remaining pre-take-off checks (including fuel tank selection) before departure.
  • A fuel imbalance and likely an incorrect fuel tank selection prior to take-off, led to fuel starvation and engine stoppage soon after take-off.
  • The pilot, likely experiencing the effects of stress and time pressure following the engine power reduction and then stoppage, did not conduct initial emergency actions and attempted to return to the runway for landing but did not maintain glide speed, and the aircraft impacted shallow water prior to reaching the airfield.
  • During the return to the airfield, the pilot extended the undercarriage, contributing to the aircraft inverting when it collided with water. This likely resulted in occupant disorientation, difficulty in operating the exits, and reduced their ability to escape.

Other factors that increased risk

  • It is very likely that the passengers did not receive pre-flight information about the brace position or what to do in the event of a ditching. In the limited time available inflight after the power loss, the pilot also did not provide an emergency briefing or any instructions to passengers prior to impact with the water.
  • While the pilot was primarily responsible for the operation of the aircraft exits in an emergency, seating a child, who may require assistance, adjacent to an exit instead of an adult meant that a less suitable passenger was available to operate the exit if required.
  • The pilot had a diagnosed type 2 diabetic condition and did not directly declare this to the DAME during multiple medical renewals. 

Sources and submissions

Sources of information

The sources of information during the investigation included:

  • Civil Aviation Safety Authority
  • Queensland Police Service
  • Australian Volunteer Coast Guard
  • accident witnesses
  • CCTV footage
  • passenger mobile phone recordings
  • the pilot’s general practitioner
  • the pilot’s designated aviation medical examiner
  • the flight review instructor
  • maintenance organisation

References

Australian Government 2021, AC 91-22 Aircraft checklists v2.0, Civil Aviation Safety Authority, Canberra, ACT, viewed 18 December 2023, < AC 91-22 v2.0 - Aircraft checklists (casa.gov.au)>

Australian Government 2022, Type 2 Diabetes - Non-insulin dependent - Low risk of hypoglycaemia, Civil Aviation Safety Authority, Canberra, ACT, viewed 7 February 2022, < Type 2 Diabetes - Non-insulin dependent - Low risk of hypoglycaemia | Civil Aviation Safety Authority (casa.gov.au)>

Australian Government 2023, Avoidable Accidents No. 3 - Managing partial power loss after take-off in single-engine aircraft, Australian Transport Safety Bureau, Canberra, ACT, viewed 8 February 2022, < Avoidable Accidents No. 3 - Managing partial power loss after take-off in single-engine aircraft | ATSB> 

Australian Government 2023, AC 91-09 Ditching v1.0, Civil Aviation Safety Authority, Canberra, ACT, viewed 25 January 2022, < AC 91-09 v1.0 - Ditching (casa.gov.au) >

Australian Government 2023, Part 91 (General Operating and Flight Rules) Manual of Standards 2020, Civil Aviation Safety Authority, Canberra, ACT, viewed 25 January 2022, Part 91 (General Operating and Flight Rules) Manual of Standards 2020 (legislation.gov.au)> 

Australian Government 2023, Passenger safety information, Civil Aviation Safety Authority, Canberra, ACT, viewed 25 January 2022, < Multi-Part AC 91-19, AC 121-04, AC 133-10, AC 135-12 and 138-10 - Version 1.1 (casa.gov.au)>

Australian Government 2023, Passenger safety information, Federal Register of Legislation, Canberra, ACT, viewed 24 January 2022, <Civil Aviation Order 20.16.3 - Air service operations - Carriage of persons (02/12/2004) (legislation.gov.au)>

Burian BK, Barshi I & Dismukes K 2005, The challenge of aviation emergency and abnormal situations, National Aeronautics and Space Administration Technical Memorandum NASA/TM-2005-213462. 

Casner SM, Geven RW & Williams RT 2013, ‘The effectiveness of airline pilot training for abnormal events’, Human Factors: The Journal of the Human Factors and Ergonomics Society, vol. 55, pp.477-485.

Chaiken, S. R., Kyllonen, P. C., & Tirre, W. C. (2000). Organization and components of psychomotor ability. Cognitive Psychology, 40(3), 198-226.

Dismukes RK, Goldsmith TE & Kochan JA 2015, Effects of acute stress on aircrew performance: Literature review and analysis of operational aspects, National Aeronautics and Space Administration Technical Memorandum NASA/TM-2015-218930.

United States Government 2017, Safety Concerns with Using Commercial Off-the-Shelf (COTS) or Personally Developed Checklists, Federal Aviation Administration, Washington, DC, viewed 10 January 2024, < SAFO 17006: Safety Concerns with Using Commercial Off-the-Shelf (COTS) or Personally Developed Checklists (faa.gov)>

Kahneman D 2011, Thinking, fast and slow, Allen Lane London.

Klein G 1998, Sources of power: How people make decisions, Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Landman A, Groen EL, van Passen VV, Bronkhorst AW & Mulder M 2017, ‘The influence of surprise on upset recovery performance in airline pilots’, The International Journal of Aviation Psychology, vol. 27, pp.2–14.

Lycoming Engines 2021. Service Instruction No 1009BE Time Between Overhaul (TBO) Schedules, viewed 7 December 2021, Lycoming Engines <Service Instruction No. 1009 BE | Lycoming>. 

Meng-Yuan, L. 2014, An evaluation of an airline safety education program for elementary school children. Evaluation and Program Planning, Science Direct, viewed 21 January 2023, < An evaluation of an airline cabin safety education program for elementary school children - ScienceDirect>

Precision Airmotive Corporation 20200, Training Manual RSA Fuel Injection System, viewed 6 June 2023, <15-812_b.pdf (precisionairmotive.com)>

Precision Airmotive Corporation 2020, RSA Fuel Injection system schematic wallchart, viewed 24 March 2022, < precisionairmotive.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/WALLCHART_rsa.pdf>

Staal MA 2004, Stress, cognition, and human performance: A literature review and conceptual framework, National Aeronautics and Space Administration Technical Memorandum NASA/TM-2004-212824.

Wickens CD & Hollands JG 2000, Engineering psychology and human performance, 3rd edition, Prentice-Hall International Upper Saddle River, NJ.

Wikipedia 2023, Rockwell Commander 112/114 family, viewed 14 January 2022, Wikipedia < Rockwell Commander 112 - Wikipedia>

Submissions

Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report. 

A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:

  • the Civil Aviation Safety Authority
  • the National Transportation Safety Board
  • the pilot’s last flight review flight instructor
  • the pilot’s ground crew member
  • medical subject matter experts.

Any submissions from those parties was reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the draft report was amended accordingly.

Appendix

Sequence of events

The sequence of events below lists the key activities and audio from the passenger recorded video. This recording was started at 0902 and 25 seconds. The time listed in the table below is added to this time stamp. The video began during the taxi back toward the ground crew after the perceived engine problem.

Table 1: Sequence of events from accident flight video 

Time (m:ss) from recording startTime (m:ss) after take-off commencementActivityComment
1:50 Stop at holding pointDiscussing location of other traffic
2:18 WMM enters and backtracks runway 07 
3:00 – 3:21 Take-off  
3:300:09Undercarriage retractsMotor heard during gear retraction
3:560:35Left turnAircraft over water
4:050:44Engine RPM decreasePilot reduces power after take-off
4:090:48Flaps seen retractingCaptured on video
4:150:54Left turnWMM now about 90° to runway heading
4:321:11Engine RPM fluctuatingDistinct rise and fall of engine RPM
4:351:14Large drop in engine RPM 
4:381:17Passenger asks pilot about fuel coming out of right-wing fuel cap 
4:38 & 4:421:17 & 1:21Two left turnsWMM now on downwind leg to airfield
4:48 & 4:51 1:27 & 1:30Stall warning sounds 
4:521:31Engine stopsDistinct ‘whomp’ sound from engine, usually heard when a piston engine stops
4:561:35Undercarriage warning bell followed by stall warning‘Click’ sound, followed by a wind noise. Gear extension most likely set here.
5:021:41Pilot speakingRadio call for return to runway
5:18, 5:20 & 5:241:57, 1:59, & 2:03Stall warning sounds 
5:252:04WMM turns directly toward runway 
5:26 to 5:402:05 to 2:19Stall warning multiple sounds 
5:402:19Right wing drops 
5:422:21

Right wing drops

Electronic voice calls “stall”

Aircraft stall warning remains on

Electronic voice is an alert from the Voice Alert System – heard only once
5:452:24Aircraft impacts water 

Source: ATSB based on passenger mobile phone recording

Purpose of safety investigations

The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through: 

  • identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
  • providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.

It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.

Terminology

An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.

Publishing information

Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003

Published by: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

© Commonwealth of Australia 2024

image_5.png

Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication

Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.

Creative Commons licence

With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.

Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.

The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.

[1]     Visual flight rules (VFR): a set of regulations that permit a pilot to operate an aircraft only in weather conditions generally clear enough to allow the pilot to see where the aircraft is going.

[2]     Runway number: the number represents the magnetic heading of the runway. In this case, 07 equates to 70°.

[3]     Radio communications on the common traffic advisory frequency at Redcliffe Aerodrome were not recorded.

[4]     Psychomotor skills refer to the co-ordination of perception and action and require either complex perceptual discrimination or a complex motoric response (Chaiken and others, 2000).

[5]     Records showed that the pilot had been prescribed 4 antihypertensive medications and had regularly been dispensed these medications in the months before the accident. Only 1 of these medications was detected in the toxicology analysis, however the type of analysis conducted would not detect the other 3 medications. 

[6]     Wet wing – the wing structure forms an integral fuel tank instead of a bladder or metal fuel tank. 

[7]     Gascolator – a fuel filter fitted at the lowest point of the fuel system.

[8]     On-condition: Performed only when the condition of an item demands, instead of at scheduled intervals.

[9]     Hydraulic: in this context is the deformation of the aircraft skin around its structural members (such as ribs). This deformation occurs by the action of water on the aircraft skin during the accident sequence.

[10]    While Rockwell uses the term pilot’s operating handbook, other manufacturers, and generic terms may include aircraft flight manual, flight manual, owner’s handbook, operating manual, or owner’s manual.

[11]    Brace position – adopted for ditching or crash-landing; shoes removed, bent forward with arms protecting head.

[12]    A child as defined by CASA is a person who has turned 2 but has not turned 13.

[13]    Civil Aviation Advisory Publication (CAAP) 253-1(1) Ditching (2004) now AC Ditching (2021).

[14]    The previous CAO 20.16.3 Air service operations - carriage of persons required that passengers be briefed to determine if they were willing and able if seated in emergency exits and CAO 20.11 Emergency and life-saving equipment and passenger control in emergencies required briefing on the location of the emergency exits, but not how to use them and did not include the brace position.

[15]    A suitable person has been defined in the CASA dictionary as someone that is reasonably fit, strong, and able to assist with the rapid evacuation of the aircraft in an emergency; and would not, because of a condition or disability, including an inability to understand oral instructions, hinder other passengers during an evacuation of the aircraft in an emergency or the aircraft’s crew in carrying out their duties in an emergency.

[16]    CASA guidance publications Cabin safety bulletin 12 - General aviation passenger briefings (2018), Civil Aviation Advisory Publication (CAAP) 253-1(1) Ditching (2004) now AC Ditching (2021), and Multi-part AC Passenger Safety Information (2021).

Preliminary report

Report release date: 28/02/2022

This preliminary report details factual information established in the investigation’s early evidence collection phase and has been prepared to provide timely information to the industry and public. Preliminary reports contain no analysis or findings, which will be detailed in the investigation’s final report. The information contained in this preliminary report is released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003.

The occurrence

On 19 December 2021, at about 0908 Eastern Standard Time,[1] a Rockwell International 114, registered VH-WMM, departed Redcliffe Aerodrome, Queensland, for a private scenic flight under visual flight rules. On board were the pilot and 3 passengers. The weather conditions were fine, with light winds from the east.

A number of witnesses located at the aerodrome, on the water in pleasure craft, and in other aircraft, observed VH-WMM (Figure 1). Witnesses at the aerodrome stated that, after VH-WMM took off from runway 07,[2] the landing gear was retracted and, a short time later, the engine ran rough for a brief period before stopping completely.

Another pilot was on their final approach for runway 07 and observed VH-WMM airborne. As that pilot was making their landing, they heard the pilot of VH-WMM broadcast on the radio that they were returning to the aerodrome.[3]

According to witnesses, the pilot of VH-WMM made 2 left turns, which were consistent with manoeuvring the aircraft back toward the western end of runway 07. During the return to the aerodrome, the pilot extended the landing gear. Description of the flight from the witnesses was consistent with controlled flight during this period.

As the aircraft neared the mangrove tree line to the north of the aerodrome, it was observed to descend and ditch into the water, about 170 m from the shoreline. During the ditching, the aircraft flipped over, coming to rest inverted in about 2 m of water.

Witnesses at the aerodrome and on board nearby boats, contacted emergency services and the Australian Volunteer Coast Guard. After being notified by one of the witnesses, a nearby vessel made its way to the aircraft, arriving about 5 minutes after the accident. The vessel’s occupants stated there was low visibility in the water and the fuselage was resting inverted on the seabed. This led to difficulty for first responders identifying how to open the aircraft doors.

The pilot of another aircraft flying overhead observed VH-WMM ditch in the water and contacted air traffic control (ATC) to advise them of the accident. That pilot remained overhead the accident site while boats arrived at the scene, and relayed information to ATC. A Coast Guard vessel arrived onsite; however, the crew were also unable to gain access into the aircraft’s cabin.

Queensland Police Service divers arrived a number of hours later, confirming that the pilot and 3 passengers had been fatally injured. The aircraft was destroyed. 

Figure 1: Redcliffe Aerodrome and VH-WMM approximate flight path and accident site

picture1-ao-2021-053.png

Source: Google Earth, annotated by the ATSB

Context

Pilot information

The pilot held a valid Private Pilot Licence (Aeroplane) with the last flight review in July 2021, and a Class 2 Aviation Medical Certificate, valid until February 2023. The pilot held single and multi‑engine aeroplane ratings and endorsements for manual propeller pitch control, retractable undercarriage and formation flying. At the time of the accident, the pilot had about 504 hours total aeronautical experience.

Aircraft information

General information

The Rockwell International 114 is a 4-seat, single-engine aeroplane with fully retractable landing gear. It is powered by a 6-cylinder Lycoming IO-540 fuel-injected engine, and is fitted with a 3-blade constant-speed propeller.

VH-WMM was manufactured in the United States in 1977 and was first registered in Australia in May 2013. The last periodic inspection was conducted on 7 July 2021. At the time of the accident, VH-WMM had accrued a total time in service of 3,431.4 hours and had flown about 11 hours since the last inspection.

The aircraft type has 2 doors for pilot and passenger access, one on each side at the front of the aircraft cabin (Figure 2).

Figure 2: VH-WMM

picture2-ao-2021-053.png

Source: Nathen Sieben, modified by the ATSB

Site and wreckage information

The wreckage was located about 1 km north of the Redcliffe Aerodrome, on a tidal flat (Figure 3). The accident occurred about 40 minutes before high tide, and the water depth at the time of the accident was about 2 m.

The aircraft had impacted the water in a slight nose-down and upright attitude with the landing gear in the extended position. After contacting the water, the aircraft flipped over in the direction of travel, resulting in the aircraft being inverted.

The impact had torn the engine from its mounts and there was structural damage to the fuselage underside and right wing. Fuel was leaking from the right underwing fuel vent, and a strong fuel smell was evident at the site. The flaps were in a retracted position at the time of the accident.

Figure 3: VH-WMM accident site at low tide

picture3-ao-2021-053.jpg

Source: ATSB

Wreckage examination

A marine salvage company recovered the aircraft the following morning on high tide and, after floating the wreckage to the Scarborough boat ramp, it was transported to a secure storage facility for a detailed examination (Figure 4). Removal of the rear fuselage and engine was carried out to necessitate transportation by road.

The examination revealed:

  • all components of the aircraft were accounted for at the accident site
  • no pre-impact defects were identified
  • a quantity of fuel was removed from the aircraft
  • the engine and propeller were able to be rotated.

Figure 4: VH-WMM recovered for examination

picture4-ao-2021-053.png

Source: ATSB

Further investigation

To date, the ATSB has:

  • recovered and examined the aircraft wreckage
  • conducted witness interviews
  • conducted a disassembly and examination of the engine
  • examined the maintenance history of the aircraft
  • examined security camera footage from the aerodrome.

The investigation is continuing and will include:

  • a disassembly of the propeller
  • testing of retained engine components
  • analysis of data recorded from onboard systems
  • a review of mobile phone footage.

Should a critical safety issue be identified during the course of the investigation, the ATSB will immediately notify relevant parties so appropriate and timely safety action can be taken.

A final report will be released at the conclusion of the investigation.

Purpose of safety investigations

The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:

  • identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
  • providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.

It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.

Terminology

An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.

Publishing information 

Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003

Published by: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

© Commonwealth of Australia 2022

image_5.png

Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication

Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.

Creative Commons licence

With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.

Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.

The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.

__________

  1. Eastern Standard Time (EST) is Universal Time Coordinated (UTC) +10 hours.
  2. Runway number: the number represents the magnetic heading of the runway. In this case, 07 equates to 70°.
  3. Radio communications on the common traffic advisory frequency at Redcliffe Aerodrome were not recorded.

Occurrence summary

Investigation number AO-2021-053
Occurrence date 19/12/2021
Location 1 km north of Redcliffe Aerodrome
State Queensland
Report release date 14/03/2024
Report status Final
Investigation level Short
Investigation type Occurrence Investigation
Investigation status Completed
Mode of transport Aviation
Aviation occurrence category Collision with terrain
Occurrence class Accident
Highest injury level Fatal

Aircraft details

Manufacturer Rockwell International
Model 114
Registration VH-WMM
Serial number 14229
Aircraft operator Private
Sector Piston
Operation type Part 91 General operating and flight rules
Departure point Redcliffe Airport, Queensland
Destination Redcliffe Airport, Queensland
Damage Destroyed

Collision with terrain involving Air Tractor AT-400, VH-ACQ, 75 km west-south-west of Moree, New South Wales, on 4 December 2021

Final report

Report release date: 10/03/2023

Executive summary

What happened

On 4 December 2021, the pilot of an Air Tractor AT-400 aircraft, registered VH-ACQ and operated by Aircair Aviation Operations Pty Ltd (Aircair), was conducting aerial spraying operations on a property 75 km west-south-west of Moree, New South Wales.

At 0632 Eastern Daylight-saving Time, the aircraft took off from the property’s airstrip with the first spray load. The pilot then completed 10 spray loads, each time returning to the airstrip where the loader mixed about 1,250 L of chemical into the aircraft’s hopper. During that period, the loader also refuelled the aircraft twice.

Prior to departing with the eleventh load, the loader again refuelled the aircraft to full and mixed chemical into the hopper. The aircraft then returned to the western side of the target block, where the pilot had been spraying in a racetrack pattern on the previous load. After descending to recommence spraying towards the south, the aircraft climbed and turned away to track north and overfly a flood-affected area. The pilot radioed the company operations manager expressing concern about the weather conditions and the potential for chemical to drift onto a neighbouring property. About 5 minutes later, the aircraft returned to the target block, this time on the eastern boundary.  

The pilot then conducted 2 ‘smoker’ runs to assess the drift, followed by 5 back-to-back (parallel) spray runs. At the end of the fifth spray run, the aircraft was observed to climb then enter a right procedure turn. During the turn, the aircraft descended rapidly, collided with terrain, and was subsequently destroyed by fire. The pilot sustained fatal injuries.  

What the ATSB found

The ATSB found that the aircraft was too close to the start of the spray run during the turn, which probably resulted in the pilot tightening the turn. This almost certainly resulted in an aerodynamic stall at a height too low to recover before colliding with the ground.

Mishandling the turn was probably a result of the combined effects of the pilot experiencing high workload and fatigue due to long flight and duty times, inexperience, the complexity of the task and the weather conditions. The combination of these factors would likely have identified an elevated flight risk, had an aerial application-specific flight risk assessment been conducted. However, it was not a requirement to conduct a flight risk assessment or to have a flight risk assessment tool.

The pilot was almost certainly wearing a helmet and 4-point restraint increasing their chances of survival in an accident. However, the aircraft’s fuel tanks ruptured during the accident sequence resulting in a fire and fatal thermal injuries to the pilot.

The aircraft was not fitted with a crash-resistant fuel system, nor was it required to be under the standards in place at the time of manufacture. The current standards also do not require it. The ATSB found that on average, post-impact fire in VH-registered certified aeroplanes results in one fatality every 2 years in Australia. As such, post-impact fire presents a significant risk of fire-related injuries and fatalities to occupants of general aviation aeroplanes.

What has been done as a result

As a result of this accident, Aircair has implemented additional fatigue management measures, which include an assessment of other factors that may contribute to fatigue and flight risk, within the regulatory fatigue requirements.

In August 2022, the operator’s pilot group completed training with an expert instructor in advanced stall and spin prevention, recognition and recovery. The operator is investigating ways to incorporate such training into its pilot induction program.

Safety message

An aerodynamic stall occurs when the aircraft’s wing exceeds the critical angle of attack. The angle of attack of the wing is caused by the angle of deflection of the elevator, independent of the airspeed, pitch attitude, angle of bank, weight and power. Therefore, pilots should remain aware that if they pull the control stick (or column) back too far and deflect the elevator too far, it will increase the angle of attack of the wing beyond the critical angle and stall it. The control stick position at which an aircraft will stall is therefore also independent of airspeed, pitch attitude, angle of bank, weight and power, but specific to the aircraft and may change with flap configuration. To un-stall the wing, the pilot has to move the control stick forward to a position corresponding to an angle of attack below the critical angle of attack.

Aircair pilots who completed the advanced stall/spin training (after the accident), found that discovering the stall stick position and its independence of other factors was very beneficial, particularly because they frequently operated at low level in a loaded aircraft, often towards the margins of the aircraft’s flight envelope. They also identified that the stall stick position in Air Tractor aircraft was forward of other aircraft types they had flown.

The US Federal Aviation Administration’s Airplane Flying Handbook (2021) stated that reducing the angle of attack is crucial for all stall recoveries. As aerial application pilots are usually operating at a height too low to recover from a stall, stall prevention by maintaining an awareness of elevator control input is key to preventing similar accidents.

The 2014 US National Transportation Safety Board Special investigation report on the safety of agricultural aircraft operations identified that risk management guidelines and best practices specific to aerial application operations were necessary to help operators and pilots mitigate their unique risks. These practices should include checklists for performing flight risk assessments to identify hazards specific to the task. Mitigation strategies should then be implemented to support pilot decision-making, particularly during high-risk activities.

Post-impact fire has been found to present a significant risk to aircraft occupants, including those conducting aerial application operations. Crash-resistant fuel systems have been proven effective in helicopters and in automotive applications. Implementing requirements for similar engineering countermeasures in existing, newly manufactured and newly certified FAR 23 aeroplanes, would reduce the incidence of fire-related serious injuries and fatalities in otherwise survivable accidents (TSB, 2006).

 

The occurrence

On 4 December 2021, the pilot of an Air Tractor AT-400 aircraft, registered VH-ACQ and operated by Aircair Aviation Operations (Aircair), was conducting aerial application (spraying) operations on a property 75 km west-south-west of Moree, New South Wales.

At 0604 Eastern Daylight-saving Time,[1] the aircraft departed Moree Airport and tracked to the property’s airstrip, 43 km south-west of Moree Airport. A loader was stationed at the property’s airstrip, whose role was to mix and load chemical into the aircraft’s hopper, and to refuel the aircraft.

A GPS tracker onboard the aircraft recorded data at 15-second intervals. The data showed that commencing at 0632, the aircraft took off from the property airstrip and sprayed 11 loads over the course of the morning.

For the first 8 loads, the aircraft remained within sight of the loader. Those loads were sprayed using a racetrack pattern (Figure 1). Each of the 8 loads took about 20 minutes, except the third load, which took 32 minutes as it included clean-up spray runs (across the direction of the pattern) and tracking to the next target area. Each time the aircraft landed at the airstrip, the loader mixed chemical and water totalling 1,250 L into the hopper. On 2 of those occasions, the loader refilled the aircraft fuel tanks.

Figure 1: Racetrack spray pattern

Figure 1: Racetrack spray pattern

Source: ATSB

At 0914, while the pilot conducted the seventh load, the operations manager sent the pilot a text message advising that 4 of the target fields marked on the map were no longer to be sprayed (marked in orange in Figure 2). On the next (eighth) load, the pilot overflew an area marked on their map to be sprayed that day, which was adjacent to a river and under water due to flooding. As a result, the pilot radioed the operations manager to ask whether to spray the flood-affected area. The operations manager reported that they contacted the property owner but were subsequently unable to communicate with the pilot via radio to provide a response. 

Figure 2: Operating area including target spray blocks, location of airstrip, property boundary and neighbouring house 

Figure 2: Operating area including target spray blocks, location of airstrip, property boundary and neighbouring house

Source: Aircraft operator information overlaid on Google Earth, annotated by the ATSB

At 1053, the aircraft took off with the tenth load and continued to fly north-south racetrack patterns from the western side of blocks 127 and 128, followed by an inspection of the northern end of the target area, before returning to land at the airstrip again at 1120. The loader then filled the aircraft with fuel and loaded 1,250 L of chemical into the hopper. While the loader did those tasks, the pilot had a snack and a drink, and conducted a walk-around of the aircraft, which they had done consistently during refuelling breaks throughout the day.

At 1126:15, the aircraft departed on the eleventh load and tracked again towards blocks 127 and 128 to recommence spraying the next run from where they had left off (as can be seen in Figure 3), in the racetrack pattern. The pilot commenced a run to the south, but before reaching the target crop, the aircraft climbed and turned left. The aircraft then overflew the northern boundary of block 127, which was also the property boundary. The operations manager heard the pilot on the radio expressing concern about the potential for chemical spray to drift towards a house on the neighbouring property due to the wind. The aircraft then tracked north and again overflew the flood-affected area (top of Figure 2 and Figure 3), before returning to the north‑eastern end of block 127 (Figure 3).

Figure 3: GPS data showing the aircraft’s track on the accident load

Figure 3: GPS data showing the aircraft’s track on the accident load

Source: Aircraft operator TracPlus data overlaid on Google Earth, annotated by the ATSB

A witness reported that on the first and second runs along the eastern boundary, which were towards the south and north respectively, the pilot used smoke to assess the drift from the wind, before commencing spraying on the next (third) run. Instead of a racetrack pattern, the pilot conducted back-to-back spray runs with a procedure turn at each end. In a procedure turn, the aircraft is initially turned away from the direction of the turn, usually about 45°, before reversing the direction and completing the turn to position the aircraft on the reciprocal heading for the next spray run (Figure 4).

Figure 4: Back-to-back patterns with procedure turns

Figure 4: Back-to-back patterns with procedure turns

Source: Aerial Application Pilots Manual (Aerial Application Association of Australia, 2011), annotated by the ATSB

After the two ‘smoker’ runs, the aircraft sprayed 4 runs. At 1145, the aircraft commenced a spray run towards the south, at the end of which the aircraft climbed. The aircraft’s last recorded position was at 1145:30 about 170 m beyond the southern end of the field and 180 ft above the ground.

A witness (‘Witness 1’, Figure 5) located in the neighbouring paddock to the east, observed the aircraft turn slightly left then enter a right turn, consistent with a procedure turn. During the turn, the witness observed the aircraft’s nose pitch down and it descended rapidly, right‑wing low, then disappeared behind trees. The witness reported seeing a black plume of smoke rise almost immediately afterwards.

Figure 5: Aerial photo of target spray area taken 10 December 2021, showing accident site and witness location  

Figure 5: Aerial photo of target spray area taken 10 December 2021, showing accident site and witness location

Note: The yellow lines represent the block boundaries.

Source: Aircraft operator, annotated by the ATSB

Another witness positioned about 1 km south of the accident site, observed the aircraft’s distinct yellow colouring as it descended among trees and impacted the ground. The witness estimated this was followed within about 2 seconds by flames and smoke. The pilot was fatally injured, and the aircraft was destroyed.

Context

Pilot information

Medical, licence and qualifications

The pilot held a valid Class 1 Aviation Medical Certificate issued on 15 October 2021 with no recorded medical issues and was reported to have been fit and healthy. The pilot’s Commercial Pilot Licence (Aeroplane) was issued on 30 March 2021.

The pilot also held ratings for:

  • single-engine aeroplane
  • low-level
  • aerial application[2]

and endorsements for:

  • tailwheel
  • manual propeller pitch control
  • gas turbine engine.

The pilot attained Spraysafe accreditation[3] through the Aerial Application Association of Australia (AAAA) on 2 July 2021 and had been issued a Pesticide Licence by the New South Wales Environment Protection Authority on 24 August 2021.

At the start of the accident day, the pilot had accumulated 372.5 flying hours, 203.3 of which were conducting aerial application operations (including training), 31.7 of which were in VH-ACQ. 

Recent history

The pilot’s recent sleep-wake and work history was determined from a combination of interviews, text messages, logged flight times and recorded flight data.

The pilot lived about 30 km from their assigned base and about 70 km from the operator’s Moree base. In late November, the pilot’s commute was increased by about 1 hour as a road was inaccessible due to flooding.

On 2 December 2021 (2 days prior to the accident), the pilot left home at about 0600, returned at 2000 for dinner and was in bed by 2100. That day, the pilot recorded 13 hours of duty time and 8 hours of flight time. The pilot had described this as a huge day – the most spraying so far in one day – and was very tired at the end of the day.

The day prior to the accident, the pilot was awake by 0412 and left for work at 0530. That day, the pilot recorded 13 hours of duty time and 7.9 hours of flight time. At 1816, the pilot sent a text message to a friend stating that they were about to fall asleep in the aeroplane (but did not advise the operator), before ferrying the aircraft to Moree Airport for maintenance, arriving at about 1900. Rather than drive home, the night before the accident, the pilot stayed with another company pilot in Moree. The company pilot reported that the accident pilot was happy and was proud of having sprayed 1,100 hectares that day and 1,000 hectares the previous day. They went out for dinner at about 2100 and went to bed between 2200 and 2215. Others described the pilot that evening as a bit tired but nothing out of the ordinary.

The accident day was the pilot’s ninth consecutive day of duty. That morning, the pilot was awake by 0510 and picked up another company pilot at 0530. They purchased breakfast, snacks and lunch from a petrol station before heading to Moree Airport. The company pilot recalled that the pilot reported having had a good sleep, appeared fresh and not tired, and was very happy that morning. Other company pilots who had seen the pilot in the 24 hours prior to the accident reported that the pilot did not seem overwhelmed or stressed.

For the 3 days prior to the accident, the recorded flight times were the longest consecutive logged by the pilot (7.7, 8.0 and 7.9 hours) and the longest duty times (12, 13 and 13 hours).

Flight training

The pilot completed their commercial pilot licence flight test on 24 March 2021 with 166 hours total flying time. The pilot had completed an integrated training course, combining ground theory training with practical flight training for their private and commercial pilot licences. During this training, the pilot was described as a good student who was well-prepared, focused and dedicated. The pilot’s non-technical skills were assessed as being very good, and their aircraft handling skills were described as exceptional – including maintaining the aircraft well within the required tolerances in steep turns, practice forced landings and circuits. 

Aerial application training

The pilot commenced training for aerial application and low-level ratings on 15 June 2021, and achieved those, along with a tailwheel endorsement, on 30 June 2021. At that time, the pilot had accrued 204.3 hours total flying time. This included the aerial application rating training, which consisted of 31.1 hours dual (including test) and 5.5 hours solo aerial application flight time, conducted in a Piper PA-25 two-seat dual-control aircraft.

The instructor who conducted the pilot’s aerial application rating and endorsement, noted in the second lesson (16 June) that the pilot had carried out stalls in all configurations at 1,000 ft above ground level. The pilot was reported to have handled these well for their total flying experience and achieved a good standard in recovery from stalls during climbing turns with left- and right-wing drops.

The lesson conducted on 20 June was conducted on a field similar to the accident field – with a diagonal boundary and trees – and included conducting back-to-back runs with procedure turns (Figure 6). On the training day, the wind was about 5 kt in the downwind direction at the diagonal boundary. The lesson notes indicated the pilot initially had difficulty lining the aircraft up on the spray run after the turn. The notes from the following day’s lesson (21 June) included ‘needs to back off on turns, pulling too tight…at times near stall’. A similar comment was made on 28 June. The instructor reported providing feedback to the operator of VH-ACQ (Aircair), to keep an eye on this aspect, but overall assessed that the pilot flew very well when taking into account the limited hours of experience at that time. 

Figure 6: Diagonal boundary paddock example  

Figure 6: Diagonal boundary paddock example  

Source: ATSB

Employment at Aircair

The pilot was inducted into Aircair Aviation Operations (Aircair) in July 2021, and initially commenced working as ground crew – mixing and loading chemical. On 9 September, the pilot satisfactorily conducted an operational proficiency check flight with the chief pilot in a Cessna 185 aircraft. The pilot’s first aerial application job at Aircair was on 15 September 2021 in a Cessna 188B (C188B) aircraft – a conventional single-seat, piston-engine, strut-braced low-wing agricultural aircraft – having completed 2.4 hours of familiarisation in the aircraft in the previous 2 days. The pilot’s emergency dump training[4] in the C188B aircraft was assessed satisfactory on 21 October 2021, although recorded in the pilot’s logbook as 13 October.

The pilot then conducted aerial application in the C188B aircraft and on 22 November 2021, the chief pilot signed off that the pilot had completed the required 110 hours of aerial application under supervision. At that time, the pilot had accrued 321 hours of flying time.

The pilot was described as having a natural ability to pick things up quickly, flew very nicely and did everything they were asked to. The chief pilot and general manager of Aircair assessed that the pilot was then ready to progress to turbine-engine aircraft.

Gas turbine design feature endorsement

On 26 November 2021, the pilot commenced gas turbine engine endorsement training. The Civil Aviation Safety Regulations Part 61 Manual of Standards Schedule 2 detailed the skills and knowledge required to operate a gas turbine powered aircraft on the ground and in the air during normal and abnormal operations. The elements specified in the Schedule were starting, stopping and managing a gas turbine engine, and managing abnormal and emergency actions applicable to a gas turbine engine.

The endorsement required the pilot to complete ground (theory) components including studying the applicable flight manual, and then submit a written exam on the engine and aircraft to the examiner, which the pilot completed on 26 November 2021.

The pilot also received ground familiarisation of the engine and aircraft, followed by 7.5 hours of flight time in a two-seat dual-control turbine Air Tractor AT-504 aircraft. This included normal and abnormal situations, stalls and steep turns, and aerial application operations. The pilot’s stall training in the AT-504 aircraft consisted of climbing to a safe height, at which the supervising pilot demonstrated a straight and level stall, with the accident pilot following on the controls. The supervising pilot pointed out the stall buffet and the stall stick position, then demonstrated recovery from the impending stall, by reducing back pressure on the control stick. The supervising pilot commented that the AT-504 always tended to drop the right wing about 5° in the stall. The accident pilot then conducted two stalls. On the second of those, during the recovery, the aircraft nose lowered, and, assuming the aircraft had recovered from the stall, the pilot reapplied back pressure. However, as the wing was still stalled at the time, this action resulted in a secondary stall, from which the pilot performed a successful recovery.

Having demonstrated the ability to identify and recover from stalls, the pilot then conducted their first aerial spraying activity under supervision in the AT-504. The supervising pilot reported that the pilot had initially applied too much back pressure on the control stick (‘pulled too hard’) during the turn. This was due to trying to keep the aircraft too close to the paddock and led to a stall buffet during the turn. The supervising pilot reported that they reiterated the importance of the stall stick position, and the need to reduce back pressure on the control stick. The amount of force required on the control stick depended on the trim setting. If the aircraft was trimmed such that forward pressure was required during a spray run, the back pressure required to stall the aircraft was small.

The supervising pilot also reported advising the pilot to increase the amount of initial turn (‘fade’) away from the direction of the turn in the procedure turn, so the resulting turn was not as tight. They commented that the pilot subsequently flew the spray pattern ‘beautifully’.

The pilot received their gas turbine endorsement on 27 November 2021. The pilot had completed the requirements of the endorsement; however, it was noted that the theory examiner had signed off the endorsement although the flying component was conducted by a different pilot. At the time the theory component was conducted, a dual-seat aircraft was not available to conduct the in-flight competencies, and as a result, the examiner would have had to observe the pilot solo in a single seat aircraft from the ground. The operator assessed it would be more effective and safer to wait until the dual-seat aircraft was available. The theory examiner was not available when the dual-seat aircraft became available and the flying component was supervised by a pilot whose instructor rating was not current as it had not been renewed, primarily due to COVID restraints. They had however, previously conducted 5 gas turbine endorsements before their rating lapsed, and subsequently renewed their instructor rating in 2022.

Transition to the AT-400

On the morning of 28 November, the pilot conducted circuits in the AT-504 in preparation for transitioning to the single-seat AT-400 aircraft.

The operator reported that they had put many less-experienced pilots in VH‑ACQ over the last 40 years, primarily because it never lacked take-off performance, even when fully loaded. They assessed that the biggest differences the pilot would have found in transitioning from the C188B to the AT-400, were that the operating speed of VH-ACQ was about 20 kt faster, it was heavier and had more inertia. Due to its inertia, it would take longer to recover from an impending stall than the C188B. The operator noted that the cockpit layout of VH-ACQ was very similar to the C188B but more ergonomic. The main difference was the Satloc GPS display, which had a touchscreen in the C188B, but a keypad in the AT-400. The pilot had reportedly noted during their endorsement that this was something they would have to get used to.

Before the accident pilot’s first flight in the AT-400 (VH-ACQ), the Aircair general manager reported briefing the pilot about the aircraft. This included cautioning the pilot to keep the airspeed up in the turns because of the shorter wings, without Hoerner wing tips (Appendix A – Hoerner wingtips), and higher wing loading[5] than the AT-504. As a result, VH-ACQ tended to give less pre-stall buffet indication before stalling. However, the general manager advised the pilot that the stall characteristics were similar to the AT-504, in that the AT‑400 would likely drop a wing in a stall and stall recovery required the pilot to reduce back pressure on the control stick. This was consistent with descriptions by other pilots who had flown VH-ACQ. They described it as providing a stall buffet later in an impending stall than an AT-502. Additionally, that it tended to drop a wing when close to the stall, and that all Air Tractors can produce a significant wing drop when close to the stall in an unbalanced turn.

On 29 November, the pilot conducted familiarisation and circuits in VH-ACQ, before commencing revenue operations with a reduced hopper load (1,000 L), mentored from the ground by the chief pilot. The next day, the chief pilot approved an increase to 1,200 L hopper loads for 3 days, before assigning a maximum hopper load of 1,300 L on 3 December. That was still the pilot’s assigned limit on 4 December.  

The chief pilot reported that the pilot appeared to be coping well with the transition to VH-ACQ. The pilot had described the transition to the AT-400 as ‘like learning to fly again’ and had remarked that they loved flying VH-ACQ. The pilot had reportedly commented that because of the air conditioner in VH-ACQ, they did not get as tired as when flying the C188B. The pilot and chief pilot had spoken each day that the pilot flew VH-ACQ, up to the accident day. The chief pilot reported that this included discussion of general management of the turbine engine, and that the pilot had not indicated any deficiency in operating the aircraft.

Ongoing supervision and mentoring

During the pilot's flights at Aircair, they were typically supervised either by the chief pilot or the general manager flying in the same area or observing from the ground. Regardless of having completed the mandatory supervised hours, the chief pilot advised that inexperienced pilots were typically ‘spoon fed’ up until 800–900 hours of agricultural flying.

The pilot had been conducting aerial spraying on the same property on the 2 days before the accident. The chief pilot had briefed the pilot at the end of the day prior to the accident, and discussed what blocks had been done, which to do next and the expected weather noting the wind direction and forecast high temperature. The chief pilot was absent on the accident morning and did not speak to the pilot.

The chief pilot reported that they would have been on the radio with the pilot if they had not been called away on leave that day. As a result of that leave, on the day of the accident, the pilot was unsupervised for the first time. However, the Aircair general manager radioed the pilot at 0645 to check how they were going, and the pilot responded that they were good and had a plan for the day’s operation.

Aircraft information

VH-ACQ

VH-ACQ was an Air Tractor Incorporated AT-400 single-seat low-wing tailwheel agricultural aircraft manufactured in the United States (US) in 1980. It was first registered in Australia – to Aircair – in November 1980 to operate in the Agricultural category, and was later operated in the Restricted category.[6] The Certification basis was US Federal Aviation Regulation (FAR) 21.25(a)(1) and the aircraft met the structural requirements of FAR 23, basis February 1, 1965, through Amendment 23-9. The flight criteria, propulsion, system and equipment items met the requirements of Appendix B, Civil Aeronautics Manual (CAM) 8, November 15, 1951, as amended through January 10, 1956.

The aircraft was powered by a Pratt & Whitney PT6A-15AG turboprop engine, which drove a Hartzell HC-B3TN-3D three-blade constant speed reversible pitch propeller.

The aircraft was fitted with two fuel tanks, located in the inboard section of each wing and an integral part of the wing structure. Both tanks gravity fed into a small header tank, located behind the hopper. Their combined total fuel capacity was 476 L, of which 454 L was usable. This equated to a maximum usable fuel weight of 363 kg (using a specific gravity of 0.8 for Jet A1 fuel). The aircraft was also fitted with dispersal equipment for spraying and spreading, and a system that allowed the hopper contents to be dumped if required. The hopper had a capacity of 1,514 L.

Maintenance history

The aircraft was maintained by a Civil Aviation Safety Authority (CASA)-authorised maintenance organisation in accordance with a CASA-authorised system-of-maintenance. A periodic inspection, including annual, 150 and 300-hourly, was completed on 28 September 2021, with the current maintenance release issued at that time. Scheduled and preventative maintenance conducted during this time included:

  •  engine overhaul and fitment of an overhauled propeller assembly
  •  replacement of lower spar caps (due life limit), with wing disassembly allowing for wing repairs and hopper refurbishment
  •  testing of the airspeed indicator, altimeter, compass and pitot/static system
  •  corrosion treatment and repainting.

At the time of the accident, the aircraft had accrued 18,869.2 hours total time in service. The aircraft had flown 4 hours 42 minutes since maintenance, having undergone a scheduled 75-hour inspection the evening prior, which included checking air and fuel filters, tyres, brakes and governor. The maintenance release had likely been destroyed in the post-impact fire and was not recovered from the accident site. However, there was no report of any aircraft defects prior to the accident. Furthermore, a general review of the maintenance records did not identify any anomalies.

Aircraft operating weight

The AT-400 type certificate data sheet[7] specified a maximum weight of 2,722 kg (6,000 lb). For VH-ACQ to operate above that weight, Air Tractor Service Letter 304 – Establishing and operating with a special purpose operating weight for Air Tractor aircraft, applied. The Service Letter referenced methods described in CAM 8 to enable operations up to a maximum recommended weight of 3,565 kg (31% overload). A placard affixed to the aircraft stated the maximum take-off weight as 3,565 kg. The Service Letter stated:

When operating at weights above the certificated maximum weight, please note that the stall speeds will increase from the published stall speed numbers in the Airplane Flight Manual. For example, when operating at a 31% overload weight, the stall speed will be approximately 15% higher than at the certificated maximum weight. During the required flight check, the new stall speeds should be determined.

On 23 October 2018 at 18,098.2 hours total time in service, the airframe logbook included an entry stating that the aircraft was flight checked on that day in accordance with CAM 8.10-3(e). It was found to be safely controllable and to operate satisfactorily with the hopper load of 1,356 kg and aircraft total weight of 3,565 kg.

Accident load weight and balance

The Airplane Flight Manual (AFM)[8] for VH-ACQ included a load data sheet to calculate the aircraft’s weight and balance. The sheet contained a table with entries for the weight, arm and moment of the aircraft with sprayer and spreader configurations, pilot, baggage, hopper and fuel. The table also provided forward and aft centre of gravity (CG) limits for weights up to 2,269 kg and for 2,722 kg, with a straight-line variation between those points.

For the accident load, VH-ACQ had been refuelled to full and the hopper loaded to about 1,250 L. Using a fuel consumption rate of 225 L/hr for spraying based on the company’s operations manual, the probable fuel remaining was approximately 387 L (310 kg). The pilot had completed 4 spray runs about 1,700 m long at an 18 m wide swath, using a chemical application rate of 18 L/ha, which left about 1,030 L in the hopper. The accident weight was therefore approximately 3,066 kg, below the demonstrated maximum gross weight of 3,565 kg, and the CG was about 534 mm aft of the datum. This was within extrapolated CG limits.

The hopper load calculation table for VH-ACQ stated that with full fuel, the maximum permissible hopper load was 1,348 kg.

Fuel tank certification and testing

For the aircraft’s certification, CAM 8.3052 Tank Tests required that all fuel tanks should be pressured tested to 3.5 PSI to provide an indication of the ability of the tank to resist distortion and leakage under vibratory, accelerating, and surging loads, which may be encountered in flight and landing conditions.

FAR 23.967 (e)(1) stated that the fuel tank must withstand 9 G ultimate fore and aft load from emergency landing conditions. Air Tractor simulated this in testing by converting the acceleration to an internal pressure. Air Tractor provided an extract of the engineering report covering the fuel tank testing. Their testing found that using 20 PSI, the fuel tanks were capable of withstanding 27 G before leaking.

These two requirements were for flight, landing and emergency landing conditions, but did not assess the tank for tolerance to direct impingement. There was no requirement in the design standards for normal category aeroplanes to be tested for fuel tank crashworthiness.

Installed GPS systems

Systems

The aircraft was fitted with a TracPlus surveillance system, which provided real-time tracking through a satellite or mobile phone network. It reported position, altitude, and speed at set time periods, in this case every 15 seconds. The ATSB obtained TracPlus data for the accident day and several previous flights.

A Satloc aerial guidance system provided the pilot with guidance commands to fly accurate spray patterns. It was set to record at 2-second intervals. The Satloc data from the accident flight was unrecoverable due to extensive fire damage to the Satloc unit. However, the ATSB obtained Satloc data for several of the pilot’s previous flights. 

Satloc increase/decrease

The Aircair Air Tractor fleet all had the same control stick switch configuration. The Satloc stick switch (button) provided a ‘remote’ function to increase or decrease the run number, which could also be done on the Satloc keypad (Figure 7).

Figure 7: Satloc stick switch and keypad

 

Figure 7: Satloc stick switch and keypad

Source: ATSB

The Satloc keypad could be set to either increase or decrease the run numbers. When set to increase, pressing the stick switch (button) once, increased the run number by one, and when set to decrease, pressing the stick switch once decreased the run number by one. When a pilot had set up the Satloc GPS to spray a racetrack pattern, then changed to fly a back-to-back pattern, they would then be spraying every second run number (with the alternate numbers on the other side of the programmed racetrack pattern). Therefore, the next parallel spray run required the switch to be double-clicked at the end of each run to spray the adjacent, parallel run.

The stick switch could only make the run numbers go one way: up if increase was set or down if decrease was set. Therefore, if a pilot inadvertently clicked the button too many times and needed to go back, that would have to be done using the keypad.

When the Satloc was set to decrease, this swapped the direction function of the keypad buttons: the up arrow on the keypad (labelled ABC) would then decrease the run number and the down arrow on the keypad (labelled DECR) would increase the run number. Reportedly, this frequently resulted in pilots pressing the incorrect (for example, up arrow) button first, then having to press the correct one (for example, down arrow) multiple times. This would require ‘head in cockpit’ time and the potential for distraction from controlling the aircraft. The US Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Advisory Circular 137-1A stated that pilots should ‘use extreme caution when using GPS swath-marking equipment to prevent diverting attention away from the task of flying the aircraft safely’. 

Meteorological information

Bureau of Meteorology

Between 0600 and 1145 on the accident day, the pilot was operating within the NSW - West subdivision of the Bureau of Meteorology Graphical Area Forecast.[9]. The forecast for NSW - West issued at 0323 on 4 December and valid 0400–1000 was for visibility greater than 10 km and no cloud. The graphical area forecast issued at 0325 and valid 1000–1600 included scattered high cloud above 10,000 ft and, from 1100, isolated cumulonimbus clouds with visibility reducing to 2,000 m in isolated thunderstorms and rain. Moderate turbulence below 10,000 ft was forecast in thermals and dust devils[10] from 1200.

The nearest Bureau of Meteorology weather station was at Moree Airport, 80 km east-north-east of the property airstrip. The aerodrome forecast[11] for Moree Airport issued at 0424 and valid from 0600–1900 included wind from 360° at 8 kt, changing from 1100 to 240° at 14 kt and CAVOK.[12] Between 1100 and 1500, there was a 30% probability of variable winds at 20 kt gusting to 40 kt with visibility reducing to 2,000 m in thunderstorms with rain and associated scattered cloud at 800 ft above aerodrome elevation. The maximum temperature was forecast to reach 34 °C.

Oz Forecast

For more accurate local weather information (temperature and wind speed/direction), company pilots usually referenced the closest Oz Forecast weather station. The wind was measured 2 m above ground level and recorded in km/h and degrees true (°T). The nearest Oz Forecast weather station was located 11 km west of the property airstrip. Data from that weather station recorded at 15-minute intervals and converted to kt, is shown in Table 1.

Table 1: Weather recorded at 15-minute intervals from 0600–1200 EDT

TimeTemperatureWind direction (°T)  Wind speed (kt)  Wind gust (kt)
060021.62500.51.6
061521.52272.45.4
0630222304.05.9
064522.82274.15.9
070023.92254.25.9
071524.82194.67.0
073025.62174.37.0
074526.31964.55.9
080027.11944.47.0
081527.51955.17.6
083028.11915.810.3
084528.41926.611.3
090029.21987.112.4
091529.61907.611.3
0930302096.010.3
094530.31925.39.7
100030.92215.411.3
101531.32215.410.3
103031.82205.711.3
104532.22288.214.0
110032.52159.617.3
111532.323010.617.3
113032.52139.416.7
114532.622510.218.4
120032.522110.318.9

Source: Oz Forecast

At the time of the accident (1145), the wind was from the south-west at 10 kt gusting to 18 kt and the temperature was 32.6 °C. On the last spray run, as the aircraft had been tracking south, the wind was primarily a headwind. As the aircraft started to turn, it initially encountered more of a crosswind. The accident occurred as the wind became a quartering tailwind, but before completion of the turn to the north.

Other observations

A witness described the wind at about the time of the accident as ‘chopping and changing directions, was more stop and start again…gusts on and off’. The loader also described the weather as ‘windy’ and reported that the wind had become stronger throughout the morning.

At the time of the accident, the Aircair general manager was flying near Moree Airport, where the temperature was about 32 °C. They described the flying conditions as starting to get ‘bumpy and uncomfortable’ and about 30 minutes after the accident, as ‘quite windy and rough’. They reported that on the accident day, the wind had started from the north-east and went around to the north-west during the morning, in the usual summer pattern, but that it was stronger than normal, and increased around the time of the accident.

Another company pilot operating in the area that day recalled that it was the first hot, rough day of the season.

The chief pilot reported that on the evening before the accident flight, during their briefing with the pilot, they discussed the forecast 35 °C temperature. This included discussion of the associated increased thermal activity, which may lead the pilots to cease spraying operations.

At the time of the accident, the sun was not in a position to affect the pilot’s visibility.

Operational information

Work orders

The pilot had operated at the same property on 2–4 December. The blocks allocated to the pilot to be sprayed were depicted on multiple work orders for the property, one of which is depicted in Figure 8. Of the blocks depicted in Figure 8, on 4 December the pilot sprayed blocks M10, M11, M24, M25, M118, before commencing blocks 127 and 128. Block 117 was the wet area along the river and 123, 124 and 125 were not to be sprayed (although as they had powerlines in them, the pilot had been told not to spray them anyway).

Figure 8: Work order map depicting areas to be sprayed and location of the accident site

Figure 8: Work order map depicting areas to be sprayed and location of the accident site

Source: Aircraft operator, annotated by the ATSB

Field selection

The operator reported that they selected blocks for spraying appropriate to a pilot’s experience and ability – including the block shape and whether there were powerlines in or near the target area. The accident pilot had not yet sprayed a block with a powerline in it, but had sprayed blocks with a powerline along one edge in the previous two weeks. Although not documented, it was reported that when any new aspects of the spraying task were introduced, the chief pilot or general manager would be there to mentor the pilots – either on the ground or flying next to them. The gradual progression to more complex blocks continued with the pilot’s transition to a more powerful, faster, heavier aircraft.

The field the pilot was spraying at the time of the accident (127 and 128 – Figure 8) was selected by the chief pilot because it was considered suitable for the pilot’s level of experience, with no powerlines or difficult obstacles. The blocks sprayed by the pilot the previous day were irrigated blocks – squarer and more defined. The accident field was a dry-land block with a few small trees. The field was near rectangular, but it had a diagonal border at the southern end, and the eastern and western fence lines were not quite parallel. The diagonal border angled down toward the western side, which would have made the back-to-back spray runs with a procedure turn at each end slightly more difficult for the pilot when incrementing runs from east to west. This is because with a diagonal end, each subsequent time the pilot pulled the aircraft up to make the procedure turn, the aircraft had to be further beyond the boundary to allow enough distance to line up for the next run (Figure 6).

Back-to-back pattern

According to the AAAA Aerial Application Pilot’s Manual (2011), the back-to-back pattern was the most common pattern flown prior to the availability of on-board GPS systems. It was usually the first pattern pilots learnt in their initial aerial application rating training. Flying back-to-back patterns was the preferred pattern when working around a hazard, such as a powerline, tree, susceptible crop, or house. This was because in a back-to-back pattern, the aircraft would be gradually moving towards a hazard. In contrast, when flying a racetrack pattern, the aircraft moves away from the hazard, which could be more easily forgotten on the next run. In a back-to-back pattern, during the procedure turn at the end of each run, the aircraft is turned through 180°. During the turn, ‘most of the speed is squandered and you arrive back on the same [reverse] heading at which you started the turn, with time and speed both going in the wrong direction’ (AAAA, 2011).

The operator reported that during a procedure turn, pilots judge how far to turn away (fade) by using the GPS light bar for guidance, counting (for example, for 3 seconds) in their head, or by feel, before banking the opposite way around the turn. If they do not get it right, it can be difficult to line up on the next run. In that case a pilot would normally skip that run and write the missed run number on their hand. They would then either return to spray it later or leave it and advise the operations manager at the end of the day, so that it would get done another day. The chief pilot reported having previously seen the pilot with missed run numbers written on their hand.

In a procedure turn, after the fade, as a pilot banked to turn the aircraft in the opposite direction, they would extend some flap during the turn, usually up to about 15° in the Air Tractor aircraft. They would then retract the flap as the aircraft lined up for the next spray run. The chief pilot reported that the key instrument referenced by a pilot during the turn was the airspeed indicator, while also cross-referencing the GPS light bar, and using the turn and balance indicator (ball) to ensure a balanced turn. The target airspeed they were referencing on the airspeed indicator depended on the aircraft weight.

Flight and duty review

Aircair flight and duty time limitations were in accordance with Civil Aviation Safety Regulations Part 137.Q. The key limitations were:

  • maximum flight time of 170 hours in 28 days and 1,200 hours in 365 days
  • daily tour of duty limit of 14 hours including a rest period of at least 8 hours after a duty of 10 hours or less, or 10 hours after a duty of more than 10 hours
  • following a tour of duty of more than 10 hours, a pilot was permitted to recommence after 9 hours off duty, if they believed they were mentally and physically fit to do so and would not breach any other regulation in the subpart
  • at least 36 hours continuous off duty in any 14 days
  • 44 hours cumulative duty time limit in 3 days (72 hours) and 98 hours in 7 days (168 hours). 

The Aircair Administration and Policy Manual stated that for aerial application operations, duty time was calculated from 30 minutes prior to the flight to 15 minutes after the flight. The regulations defined flight time as commencing when ‘the aircraft first moves under its own power for the purpose of taking off’.

On the accident morning, the aircraft engine started at 0553, take-off roll commenced at 0559 and it took off at 0600. According to Aircair’s procedures, recorded duty time would commence no later than 0529, although the pilot arrived at the airport at about 0550. According to the operator’s flight and duty records, the pilot had been on duty for 13 hours the previous day, having commenced duty at 0700 and ended at 2000. Recorded data showed the aircraft was shut down at 1919 that evening and duty time should therefore finish no earlier than 1934.

As the previous day’s duty time exceeded 10 hours, the pilot was required to have a rest period of 10 hours, but could recommence duty after 9 provided the pilot assessed themselves ‘mentally and physically fit to do so’. The pilot’s start time was close to the 10-hour rest period, accounting for imprecision of the recorded duty times. It could not be determined whether the pilot made this assessment, however, regulations required pilots to ensure they were fit for duty prior every flight. Civil Aviation Safety Regulation 137.300 described that a pilot was not fit for duty if they had not had adequate rest, food or drink; or was adversely affected by a medical condition or a psychoactive substance.

The pilot commenced flying for Aircair on 9 September 2021 and flew 15.5 hours total for the month. In October, the pilot flew 54.8 hours in the C188B aircraft, over 18 days, with the longest flight time 7.3 hours on 6 October followed by 6.3 hours on 7 October. From 1 to 24 November, the pilot conducted 50.4 hours in the C188B. In that period, the longest flight time was 6.6 hours on 16 November which was also the longest duty day of 10.5 hours. The previous longest flight time recorded was on 6 October (7.3 hours). Both those days had been preceded by significantly shorter flight times.

The pilot’s most recent day off work prior to the accident was 25 November. After their day off, on 26 November the pilot commenced the transition to turbine-engine aircraft. Figure 9 and Table 2 show the pilot’s flight and duty records from 26 November to 3 December. The first time (ever) that the pilot flew VH-ACQ, was 5 days before the accident on 29 November. On that day, the pilot was awake at 0454 and home at 2126, having logged 5.6 hours of flight time in VH-ACQ.

Figure 9: Recorded flight and duty times from 26 November to 3 December 2021

Figure 9: Recorded flight and duty times from 26 November to 3 December 2021

Source: Aircraft operator data analysed by the ATSB

Table 2: Flight and duty records from 26 November to 3 December 2021

DateAircraftFlying hoursActivityDuty hours (and times)
26 NovAT-5040.9Dual training10 (0800–1800)
27 Nov

AT-504

CA188B

6.1 (dual)

1.7

2.6 training plus 3.5 spraying

Spraying

10 (0700–1700)
28 Nov

AT-504

CA188B

0.5

3.0

6 circuits ICUS

Spraying

6 (0800–1400)
29 NovVH-ACQ (AT-400)5.65 circuits (Tracplus shows 4 circuits at Moree) plus spraying 1,000 L load limit8.5 (0800–1630)
30 NovVH-ACQ2.5Spraying 1,200 L load limit6 (0930–1530)
1 DecVH-ACQ7.7Spraying 1,200 L load limit12 (0730–1930)
2 DecVH-ACQ8.0Spraying 1,200 L load limit13 (0700–2000)
3 DecVH-ACQ7.9Spraying 1,300 L load limit13 (0700–2000)

In the 8-day period since the pilot’s last rest day, there were some discrepancies between the logged flight and duty times and the recorded GPS data for the aircraft. On 3 December, the aircraft was rolling at 0647, 13 minutes prior to the recorded duty commencement. On 29 November, the aircraft landed at 1841 and on 26 November, the aircraft landed at 1932, both times after the recorded end of duty period. It was the pilot’s responsibility to enter the flight and duty times and it could not be determined how the inconsistencies occurred. The chief pilot reported that they checked the entered data occasionally.

Operational tempo

A review of text messages the pilot sent to a friend (but not to the operator) showed that since October and throughout November, the pilot had often mentioned that they felt tired, and had frequently been awake at or before 0500, and getting to bed after 2100. 

The accident pilot had flown more than 30 hours in VH-ACQ in the 4 days prior to the accident. The chief pilot commented that the company pilots had been doing a lot of flying and were approaching the flight and duty limits every day. Other company pilots reported that they had been working long, but not excessive, days. Further, that although they had early starts, they were not finishing very late.  

On the day before the accident, the chief pilot had reported being worried about the company pilots with the workload ahead. The chief pilot sent a text message to check they were all managing the workload and reminding them to work together with each other and the ground crew, stick to the routine and keep it simple. Later that day, a company aircraft struck a powerline, which resulted in minor damage and no injuries to the pilot.

In response, on the morning of the accident flight, the chief pilot sent a message to all company pilots, reminding them, among other things, to be aware of the effects of successive early starts and late finishes. The message advised pilots to manage their time and rest when they could, consider load sizes particularly following refuelling, maintain wire awareness, and to be safe, have fun and keep it simple.

Communications

The UHF radio in VH-ACQ had malfunctioned on the day prior to the accident and been fixed that evening. The UHF radio was used to communicate with the operations manager, other company pilots in the area and normally, with the loader. However, the loader did not have a radio that day as they were not driving a (company) vehicle fitted with one. Normal procedure involved the pilot communicating with the loader via radio so the loader could prepare the next chemical load prior to landing. The operator also had a procedure for loaders to operate with an unserviceable UHF, which required the loader to either mix load by load only, or to continue mixing until further notice, and to have a mobile phone. The loader had a mobile phone.

During refuelling prior to the accident load, the pilot sent a text message to the operations manager and received an immediate response. After departing with the accident load at about 1130, a company pilot operating in the area heard the accident pilot on the radio to the operations manager advising of their concern about drift onto neighbouring property and that the wind was picking up. That company pilot later reported that they thought the pilot sounded nervous. The operations manager reportedly responded suggesting they could spray a different area or cease operating.

Analysis of recorded data

The TracPlus data for 4 December 2021 indicated that the pilot had not flown a hazard check of any block before commencing spraying or conducting clean-up runs. This meant the pilot had not overflown the south-eastern area of the block (127 and 128) where the accident occurred.

For the accident load, several data points were recorded at the northern and southern ends during the turns. Analysis of these points indicated the maximum height reached during the turn at each end of the field was about 250 ft above the ground.

Analysis of Satloc data from the pilot’s flight the day prior to the accident, showed that in more than 75% of procedure turns, the peak angle of bank was 50–70° and peak acceleration was between 1.5 and 1.9 G. The angle of bank exceeded 80° three times and the peak G on average occurred at about the same time as the peak angle of bank. In the turn technique described in the AAAA’s Aerial Application Pilot’s Manual (AAAA, 2011), the peak G would be reached before the peak angle of bank:

A key pilot technique in aerial application is to unload the aircraft from excessive G before applying aileron to initiate a turn. This is most likely to be relevant during a pull out of a paddock at the end of a run. Pull back to get out of the paddock and establish the aircraft in a climb, unload the G, and then initiate the turn. 

The Satloc data from the day prior to the accident also showed that during back-to-back spray runs with procedure turns, the aircraft was usually lined up (within half a swath width) on the next spray run about 200 m prior to the crop boundary.

Aerodynamic stall

A wing generates lift when the airflow around the upper and lower surfaces results in a pressure difference between those surfaces. At a certain angle of attack (the relative angle between the chord line of the wing and the approaching airflow), which is a characteristic of the wing design, the flow over the upper surface of the wing separates from the surface. This condition is known as an aerodynamic stall (or simply a stall) and results in a rapid reduction in the lift generated and an increase in drag. Due to the sudden reduction in lift from the wing and rearward movement of the centre of lift, an uncommanded nose-down pitch ensues.

A wing drop occurs when one wing stalls before the other, which can be exacerbated by uncoordinated (or ‘unbalanced’) flight. A cross-control stall occurs when the critical angle of attack is exceeded while aileron is applied in one direction and rudder in the opposite direction.

As a loss of altitude also occurs during recovery from a stall, it is possible to stall with insufficient height above the ground to recover. The AFM for VH-ACQ stated the altitude loss from a wings-level stall was 220 ft at 2,722 kg gross weight. The main indications of an impending stall in the AT-400 are airframe buffeting (vibration) and an aural stall warning (horn).  

Aerofoils of the type used on aircraft such as the AT-400, typically stall at angles of attack of around 16°. This critical angle of attack can be exceeded at any airspeed, any (pitch) attitude and any power setting. As most small aircraft do not have an instrument that indicates the aircraft’s angle of attack, the angle of attack at which the stall occurs may be referenced to an airspeed. The AFM for VH-ACQ provided stall speeds at 2,722 kg gross weight, power off, wings level (0° angle of bank), in a balanced level turn at selected angles of bank, and with the flaps up (retracted) and flaps down (fully extended) (Table 3).

Table 3: Angle of bank and stall speed at 2,722 kg, power off (adapted from AFM)

Angle of bank0°15°30°45°60°
Stall speed (kt) – flaps up6667717893
Stall speed (kt) – flaps down5960637083

However, the airspeed at which a stall will occur is not fixed to a single value, and varies with weight, centre of gravity, load factor,[13] and power setting. Tight turns and rapid pull-ups increase the load factor and therefore increase the stall speed. A stall that occurs at a stall speed greater than the +1 G stall speed, such as when turning or pulling up, is termed an accelerated stall. Increasing an aircraft’s weight by 25% will result in the stall speed being about 12% faster.

At the probable aircraft weight at the time of the accident (3,066 kg), the stall reference speeds in the AFM (Table 3) would increase by a factor of 1.06. For the referenced angle of bank stall speeds, if the pilot did not move the control stick aft to maintain level flight, and the aircraft descended while turning, (at the same radius), the G would be less, therefore the stall speed would be lower than when maintaining a level turn.

The primary control for angle of attack is the aircraft’s elevator. Pulling back on the control stick will increase the angle of attack and pushing forward will decrease the angle of attack. If a pilot pulls the stick too far back and deflects the elevator too far, it will increase the angle of attack of the wing to the critical angle and stall it. The elevator control stick (or column) position at which the critical angle of attack is reached is independent of factors including airspeed, angle of bank, power, and pitch attitude. Recovery from a stall requires reducing the angle of attack by moving the control stick forward, which normally means lowering the aircraft nose (pitching down). A secondary stall can result following a stall if, during the recovery, the pilot again pulls the stick past the position at which the critical angle of attack is reached in an effort to regain horizontal or climbing flight too quickly.

As VH-ACQ was the ‘first of type’ AT-400 registered in Australia, flight tests were conducted at Ballarat airfield, Victoria, on 31 October and 2 November 1980. At the flight-tested weight of 3,042 kg, the report concluded that the handling characteristics were acceptable. It found the airframe (pre-stall) buffet was felt at 76 kt indicated airspeed (IAS) with the flaps up (fully retracted) and was ‘not violent’. There was a ‘clear and distinctive’ stall warning onset at 80 kt IAS with flaps up (fully retracted) and at 68 kt with flaps down (fully extended). The stall characteristics were described as ‘satisfactory’.

Human performance considerations

Workload

Workload is defined as the sum of task demands placed on an individual’s cognitive resources that are used for attention, perception, decision making and action (Skybrary, 2010). Humans are limited in the amount of new information the brain can process at once. Once the limit of cognitive resources has been reached, performance starts to decline with increased error rates and/or delayed responses. Factors that can increase workload include excessive task demands, time pressures, a lack of operator skills and knowledge, or environmental conditions (NASA, 2010).

Task complexity and an individual’s level of experience and knowledge can have a significant impact on their workload (Li and others, 2021). Less experienced pilots typically have a higher cognitive workload compared to those that are more experienced due to their continual learning and development of skills. A more experienced and knowledgeable individual can rapidly interpret a situation based on past experiences and knowledge, and subconsciously pattern-match. This frees up cognitive capacity for a pilot to maintain vigilance and monitor performance, and, if they choose, reflect on their actions, whereas a less experienced individual may not (Byrne and others, 2013).

Green and others (1996) described the effect of practice on motor skills such as flying an aeroplane. With experience, skill acquisition progresses from the cognitive phase, in which the learner has to think consciously about the action, through the associative phase and on to become automatic, and the skill can then be executed without conscious control. Until this occurs, central processing capacity is needed to perform the task. Thus, a pilot with fewer hours in an aeroplane type would be expected to experience a higher workload than a more experienced one for the same task.

The instructor who conducted the pilot’s aerial application rating described the increase in workload for a pilot progressing from the C188B to the AT-400 as: ‘The workload is just so high for [the AT-400 aircraft] – they’re fast, nippy in the turn. If you are going to fly it on the edge, things are going to happen. It has more than double the weight and inertia’ of the C188B. They further reported that aerial application work is ‘not mundane’, that the pilot would be concentrating all the time, and has to consider other factors such as drift and temperature, in addition to flying. To conduct effective aerial application, while manoeuvring the aircraft at low altitude, a pilot must visually scan external cues and monitor internal resources (NTSB, 2014).

High workload is associated with increased error rates and reduced safety margins (Harris, 2011). It also leads to a degradation in performance and at extremely high levels of workload, important information may be missed due to the narrowing or focussing of attention onto only one aspect of the task (Green and others, 1996).

Fatigue

Overview

The Civil Aviation Safety Regulations define fatigue for a flight crew member (FCM) as:

a physiological state of reduced alertness or capability to perform mental or physical tasks, which:

  • may impair the ability of the FCM to safely operate an aircraft
  • is caused by 1 or more of the following: 
    • the FCM’s lack of sleep;
    • the FCM’s extended wakefulness;
    • the FCM’s circadian phase at any relevant time;
    • the FCM’s workload of mental activities, or physical activities, or mental and physical activities at any relevant time.’

The International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) (2020) defines fatigue as:

… a physiological state of reduced mental or physical performance capability resulting from sleep loss or extended wakefulness, circadian phase, or workload (mental and/or physical activity) that can impair a person’s alertness and ability to perform safety-related operational duties.

Factors that can cause fatigue include (CASA, 2012):

  • emotional strain
  • mental workload
  • strenuous or sustained physical exertion
  • inadequate food and fluid intake
  • adverse environmental conditions, such as extremes of temperature, low light levels, vibration and confined spaces
  • disrupted and lost sleep.

Mental fatigue results from long periods of cognitive activity. Its effects can include reduced concentration and manual dexterity, increased reaction time, performance monitoring, error management and decision making (Boksem and others, 2005; Bafna & Hansen, 2021, CASA, 2012; Heywood 1999).  

Self-assessment of fatigue

Although there are some known limitations of self-rated fatigue, research on airline flight crew has shown correlation between self-rated fatigue and performance in vigilance tasks, for example using the Samn-Perelli 7-point fatigue scale[14] (Garwon, 2016, Petrilli, 2007 and Roach, 2012). There was no regulatory or operator requirement for pilots to determine (or provide) a standardised fatigue estimation prior to, or during, operations.

Sleep and time of day

Inadequate quantity and quality of sleep is a contributor to fatigue. Most people generally require 7–8 hours of sleep to achieve a maximum amount of alertness and performance. Sleep debt can be cumulative and can result in degraded performance and uncontrolled sleep episodes (Orlady & Orlady, 1999; Hawkins, 1993). The pilot’s 72-hour history indicated they had adequate sleep opportunities in the preceding nights and the pilot was reported to have no sleeping issues.

Circadian rhythms are the body’s internal clock that regulates the sleep-wake cycle and repeats roughly every 24 hours. According to the International Civil Aviation Organization (2016) there are two times of peak sleepiness within a 24-hour cycle. The main peak is in the early morning between 0300–0500 known as the window of circadian low, another smaller peak around 1500–1700 is known as the afternoon nap window. For each individual these times can vary. The period between when the pilot arrived at Moree Airport and the accident was outside these peak sleepiness times.

Effect of multiple long days

The instructor who conducted the pilot’s aerial application rating, when asked what the effect of the previous long days would be, reported that it was not just the last couple of days; the season had effectively continued since July without a break. Research has found self-ratings of fatigue (Rithemeister and others 2021) and risks of successive incidents both increase for each consecutive day worked (Folkard and Akerstedt 2004).

As documented by ICAO (2020) biomathematical modelling is ‘a computer programme designed to predict aspects of a schedule that might generate an increased fatigue risk for the average person, based on scientific understanding of the factors contributing to fatigue…All bio-mathematical models have limitations that need to be understood for their appropriate use.’ Biomathematical models can only forecast the effects of sleep and circadian rhythms[15] on performance and cannot account for other factors known to impact performance such as training, experience, stress and illness. Additionally, the models were not designed for aerial agricultural operations and did not consider the pilot’s cognitive workload.

The ATSB used two software programs, Sleep Activity Fatigue Task Effectiveness-Fatigue Avoidance Scheduling Tool (SAFTE-FAST) and Fatigue Assessment Tool by InterDynamics (FAID) Quantum, which are biomathematical models to assess fatigue based on the pilot’s duty hours and sleep opportunity in the days leading up to the accident. Each model has specific applications and limitations.

SAFTE-FAST predicts future performance based on the recent sleep history of the projected population or individuals. The output is a performance score indicating a percentage of cognitive effectiveness at a point in time. The lower the performance score, the higher the effect of fatigue. The model is based on biological determinants of fatigue such as: hours of sleep, hours of wakefulness, current sleep debt, the circadian process and sleep fragmentation (awakenings during a period of sleep) that reduce quality (Hursh and others 2004). SAFTE-FAST indicated that the pilot’s performance was not affected by sleep history and circadian processes.

FAID uses work hours as its input to predict the effect on fatigue and performance of different duty periods or work schedules. The FAID output is a score indicating different levels of fatigue exposure for different work hours. The higher the FAID score, the higher the fatigue exposure. The FAID score is based on the following biological determinants of fatigue: time of day of work and breaks, duration of work and breaks, work history in the preceding 7 days, and biological limits on recovery sleep (InterDynamics n.d). FAID indicated a high fatigue exposure risk for the pilot on the accident day, but lower (although still high) at the time of the accident than the start of the day.

The outputs of the two models were inconsistent. The differences in results can be explained by the underlying parameters in each model.

Time on task

Agricultural operations are known to place high demands on the pilot’s attention for sustained work periods, which can result in a degradation of performance, even if the pilot has obtained adequate sleep. This is due to the continuous, repetitive, low altitude flying associated with this type of operation, while also managing the spray application (NTSB, 2014).

Rosa and others (2020) found that during a simulated 11-hour flight mission, participants' self-ratings of fatigue increased over time and their response time was slower after 7 hours. This demonstrates that sustained attention and vigilance were adversely affected by time on task.

Having started the aircraft’s engine at 0553, the pilot had been operating for nearly 6 hours when the accident occurred at 1145. Consistent with previous days and normal operations, the pilot took short breaks while the loader was refuelling, to get out of the aircraft, eat and drink. These breaks occurred approximately every hour and would last about 10 minutes. One fatigue countermeasure is activity breaks. These can reduce the impact of accumulating workload and alertness and performance will improve briefly due to providing a mental break from a continuous task (Caldwell 2008; Mallis and others 2022). Therefore, breaks can be temporarily beneficial in reducing the effects of fatigue.

Combined effects of workload and fatigue

Fatigue and workload can have similar effects on vigilance, perception and reaction/response times. A study of workload and fatigue in rail workers (Fan & Smith, 2017) found that both high workload and fatigue were associated with performance impairments. High workload was also found to increase fatigue, which then leads to a reduction in performance. The United Kingdom Civil Aviation Authority Flight-crew human factors handbook – CAP 737 (2016) described symptoms of increasing workload, including attentional and task focusing, task shedding, increased fatigue, and chance of error. It stated that:

Sustained workload contributes to fatigue. Very high workload (particularly fast onset) and feelings of not coping with the workload can cause high arousal or stress. All these things make error more likely.

The handbook lists effects of fatigue, similar to those associated with mental fatigue described earlier, including reduced awareness, easy distraction and increased slips and mistakes.

Accident site and aircraft damage  

Accident site and impact

The wreckage was located at the southern end of a stand of trees and had been subject to a significant post-impact fuel-fed fire. There were no powerlines in the area and there was no evidence the aircraft struck a tree or bird prior to the collision with terrain.

On-site examination of the wreckage and surrounding ground marks indicated that the aircraft impacted terrain upright, in a nose-down attitude of about 40°, with the right wing down about 10°. The propeller, main wheels and wing leading edge impacted the ground first (Figure 10), during which the fuselage right bottom longeron[16] fractured and punctured the right wing main spar (Figure 11). Two propeller blades were located at the engine point of impact.

Figure 10: Initial impact points – right wing, main landing gear and propeller

Figure 10: Initial impact points – right wing, main landing gear and propeller

Source: ATSB

Figure 11: Fuselage frame longeron fracture and associated impact damage with main spar damage to right wing

Figure 11: Fuselage frame longeron fracture and associated impact damage with main spar damage to right wing

Source: ATSB

Forward momentum then collapsed the forward section of the fuselage and resulted in the main spar rotating about 120° and separating from the fuselage. The aircraft then continued a short distance rotating to the right, consistent with a right turn/spin, and came to rest facing approximately east.

The engine fractured in half around the flange ‘C’ area (ring of bolts joining the exhaust casing to the gas generator casing), with the gas generator module remaining near the fuselage. The propeller hub, with propeller blade, the engine power section module, including power turbine wheel, was recovered about 27 m from the impact point, in the direction of the target crop (north). The liberated compressor turbine disc was found a further 30 m beyond the hub in a similar direction (north-east), and at the edge of the fire zone (Figure 12).

The flame front and debris trail were in the direction of the wind (towards the north-east) and towards the target crop (north). The propeller hub displacement and fire zone were consistent with the aircraft’s trajectory prior to the loss of control, and with ignition at the final resting place. There was no evidence of fire at the initial impact point.

Figure 12: Overview of accident site and fire zone

Overview of accident site and fire zone

Source: ATSB

Wreckage examination

Although the throttle position could not be determined from the wreckage, examination of the damage to the engine and propeller blades was consistent with the engine producing power at impact. Seat frame distortion was consistent with a nose-down attitude at impact. Although impact and fire/heat damage precluded inspection of some control tubes and cables, flight control continuity was established via examination of connections, for example steel rod ends securely attached to bellcranks.

Aircraft configuration

Flap actuator measurement and corresponding flap setting indicated the flaps were extended about 18°. Due to impact damage, the position of the dump lever and of the hopper door could not be determined.

Fuel testing

A fuel sample was collected from the operator’s fuel tank at the property. The fuel was tested for the presence of water with none identified. A visual inspection did not identify any particulate matter in the fuel. There were also no reports of fuel quality concerns with the operator’s other aircraft using the same fuel source.

Survivability

Post-mortem and toxicology results

An autopsy report was prepared for the NSW Coroner. The report provided to the ATSB included the results of a post-mortem examination conducted by a forensic pathologist and toxicology testing.

The post-mortem examination found one minor fracture and multiple heat-related injuries, with no (life-threatening) traumatic injuries identified. No natural disease pathology was identified and no substances likely to have contributed to the accident were found in the toxicology results. The cause of death was found to be the effects of fire.

Restraint and helmet

The pilot’s seat was fitted with a 4-point harness, the webbing of which was destroyed by the fire. Despite this level of damage, the left and right lap belt attach points were found secured and the lap belt and shoulder harness steel buckle was secured. Additionally, the lap belt and shoulder harness webbing had been replaced in January 2020, and therefore would be very unlikely to have failed due to deterioration.

The pilot was always known to wear a helmet and was almost certainly wearing it at the time of the accident.

Impact force analysis

The ATSB analysed deformation of the pilot’s seat frame to determine peak impact deceleration. The pilot’s seat frame was bent at the two seat attachment locations, but the seat pan was undeformed. This indicated that the angle of deceleration was mostly forward rather than vertical. It was assessed that the seat rail was at the lowest height adjustment. The 4-point restraint was being worn at impact.

In conducting a dynamic loads analysis, a conservative evaluation of the peak deceleration for the pilot seat was 75 G. Based on a stall speed with flaps retracted of 60 kt, this equates to a square wave deceleration pulse[17] duration of 42 milliseconds.

The Aircraft crash survival design guide Volume 2 – Impact conditions and human tolerance (Coltman and others, 1989) placed this forward deceleration in the ‘area of severe injury’. Severe injury included life-threatening injuries such as major haemorrhages, spinal, abdominal and thoracic injuries, multiple fractures, concussion and long-time unconsciousness (Eiband, 1959). This was based on experiments of whole-body impact tolerance conducted on human volunteers to (mostly) subcritical levels, and test animals. Whole-body tolerance criteria were assessed with subjects seated in the upright posture and wearing full-torso restraints (and in some cases head restraint). The tolerable magnitude of accelerative force is a function of the duration; higher G were tolerated for a shorter pulse duration.

Post-impact fire safety

Post-impact fire and survivability

A potentially survivable accident is one in which the impact forces are within the limits of occupant tolerance, the aircraft structure preserves the required survival space, and the occupant restraint is adequate. As detailed below, for aircraft (including fixed and rotary wing) with a maximum certified take-off weight of 5,700 kg or less, post-impact fire (PIF) has been shown to contribute significantly to injuries and fatalities in accidents that are otherwise potentially survivable (TSB, 2006).

Aircraft certification requirements

Aircraft certification is found primarily in three regulatory structures: the US Federal Aviation Regulations (FARs), the Canadian Aviation Regulations, and the European Aviation Safety Agency requirements. These requirements are harmonised such that light aircraft manufactured in the US, Canada and Europe all meet basically the same standards.

Part 23 of the FARs prescribes the airworthiness standards for aeroplanes in the normal, utility, aerobatic, and commuter categories. There are only three FAR 23 fuel system certification requirements designed to reduce the risk of PIF. These specifically apply to aircraft with retractable landing gear in the event of a wheels-up landing.

The AT-400 aircraft was certificated under FAR 21 in the restricted category. It met the structural requirements of FAR 23, and the flight criteria, propulsion, systems and equipment items of CAM 8, Appendix B (FAA TCDS A9SW).

Fuel tanks in accident impacts

In an accident impact, metal fuel tanks are prone to rupturing, allowing fuel to spill. The rupture of the tank causes the fuel to escape at high pressure and velocity which in turn causes the fuel to form a fine mist, which can be ignited by a source such as a hot engine or electrical arcing, and produces a very intense fire.[18]  

The rupturing of the tanks results from high fluid pressures caused by inertial accelerations during the impact. The pressure distorts the tank walls and rupture will occur when the strain[19] of the distortion reaches the rupture strain (also known as the ‘ultimate’ or ‘fracture’ strain) of the tank wall material.

To improve crashworthiness, fuel bladders and cells have been constructed of materials that are less prone to rupturing, that is, they have a higher rupture strain. These are able to withstand more deformation and a puncture is less likely to expand or tear and form a larger opening from which fuel can escape.   

The rupture strain for airframe aluminium (2024-T3 alclad sheet) is about 18%. Elastomers[20] tolerate severe deformation without rupturing – for a typical elastomer, the rupture strain is about 300% – significantly higher than metals. Additionally, even if elastomeric walls are punctured, the probability of fuel misting is very low because the flow rate for the puncture is much less than through a split tank wall. As an example, Robinson R44 helicopter bladder tanks are elastomer.

The resistance of elastomers to rupture and puncture can be substantially increased by incorporating high-strength fibres, such as Kevlar, into the material. For ultimate post-crash fire resistance (as in motor racing), fuel tanks (or cells) use double elastomeric walls with material such as Kevlar in the outer layer. This substantially reduces the probability of tank wall rupture, puncture and of fuel misting.

Prevention of post-impact fires

The US National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) special study report General Aviation Accidents: Postcrash Fires and How to Prevent or Control Them (NTSB, 1980), found that PIF occurred in about 8% of the 22,002 general aviation accidents in the US during 1974–1978. Fatalities resulted from about 59% of the accidents involving PIF and 13.3% of the accidents without fire. The study tested the hypothesis that PIF occur more often in severe accidents. Severe accidents included collisions with the ground or objects such as trees/poles, stall/spin accidents, and some following engine failure/malfunction. These made up almost 80% of fatal accidents. In severe accidents, fatalities occurred in 18% of the accidents without PIF, but in more than 60% with PIF. For non-severe accidents, less than 1% involved fatalities without PIF and 19% involved fatalities with PIF. The report summarised that fire, rather than impact, was the major contributor to fatalities in general aviation accidents involving PIF.

The study found that PIF was occurring in survivable accidents. It noted that in contrast to civil aviation, the US Army had used fuel containment technology to dramatically reduce fire injuries and deaths. A crash resistant fuel system is designed to absorb energy in controlled failures of sacrificial structures to minimise impact loads on the fuel tank and eliminate the escape of flammable fluid in a crash. The intent was that the aircraft occupants would then have sufficient time to escape or be rescued without the threat of fire.

The report identified that technology for crash-resistant fuel systems existed (in 1980) suitable for general aviation aircraft. The 1980 NTSB special study report stated that ‘the concept of fuel containment is both feasible and achievable now’. The report Tests of Crash-Resistant Fuel System for General Aviation Aircraft (Perrella, 1978) concluded that lightweight, flexible, crash-resistant fuel cells used in combination with self-sealing break-away fuel-line couplings can effectively reduce PIF in general aviation aircraft equipped with wing tanks. Safety fuel cells were developed in the 1960s to prevent post-crash fuel-fed fires in race cars to improve survivability.

However, aircraft design and certification regulations did not reflect the technologies available. In response, the US NTSB issued 6 recommendations to the US Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) to implement regulations aimed at addressing the issue of post-crash fires – A-80-90 to A-80-95.

On 17 September 1985, the FAA issued an advance notice of proposed rulemaking that informed the public of the FAA’s intent to formulate rules to improve the crash-resistance of small airplanes' fuel systems and requested economic and technical information to assist in economic analysis and technical decisions for future rulemaking.

After several years of studies and discussions, on 20 May 1988, the FAA advised the NTSB that they had drafted a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM). On 14 February 1990, the FAA issued an NPRM proposing changes to the airworthiness standards to improve the crash resistance of fuel system on normal, utility acrobatic, and commuter category airplanes. These proposed design changes were to limit fuel spillage near ignition sources and would provide additional time for survivors of an accident to evacuate the aeroplane.

After some changes and review of the NPRM, in 1995, the FAA concluded that the recommendations could not be justified on a benefit-to-cost basis and therefore planned to take no action on these recommendations.

In 1996, the NTSB assessed that no tangible action had occurred in the 16 years since the issuance of these recommendations, and classified recommendations A-80-90 to -92 as closed with unacceptable safety action.

Since that time, crash-resistant fuel bladders/tanks have been introduced in rotorcraft. Crash-resistant fuel system technologies have also advanced significantly, particularly in motor sports.

Regulation of helicopter fuel systems

In 1994, US helicopter standards FAR 27.952 and FAR 29.952 introduced fuel system crash resistance tests and features for new design certification. These were introduced because it was estimated at the time that 5% of occupants in survivable rotorcraft accidents were killed or injured by PIF. There were no equivalent test requirements for fixed wing aircraft.

Research for ATSB investigation AO-2013-055, found that in Australia from 1993 to 2013, PIF occurred in 7 of 47 impact-related accidents (with usable fuel remaining) involving Robinson R44 helicopters not fitted with bladder tanks. Six of those accidents resulted in fatalities. The investigation found that PIF occurred in a significantly higher proportion of accidents involving R44 helicopters without bladder-type tanks than in other similar helicopter types. In response to ATSB safety recommendation AO-2013-055-SI-01, in April 2013, CASA issued an airworthiness directive requiring Australian operators of R44 helicopters to comply with the manufacturer’s service bulletin to replace all-aluminium fuel tanks with bladder-type tanks on R44 helicopters. Since then, there have been 68 R44 and R44 II accidents in Australia, 4 of which had PIF. There were no recorded fatalities as a result of PIF in R44 helicopters in that period.

Transportation Safety Board of Canada safety issues investigation

The Transportation Safety Board of Canada (TSB) conducted a safety issues investigation – Post‑impact fires resulting from small-aircraft accidents. The investigation examined TSB data for the 13,806 accidents involving aircraft weighing 5,700 kg or less, that occurred between 1976 and 2002. The TSB determined that PIF had occurred in 521 (3.8%) of those accidents, resulting in 728 (22%) of the 3,311 total fatalities. Of the 728 fatalities, 205 were assessed as due to fire as were 80 of the 231 total serious injuries. The aircraft included 382 production aeroplanes, 94 production helicopters, 27 amateur-built aeroplanes, 2 amateur-built helicopters, 1 gyroplane and 17 ultralights. Two of the accidents were mid-air collisions between 2 aeroplanes.

The investigation found that PIF presented a significant risk of fire-related injuries and fatalities to the aircraft occupants following a collision because of:

  • the proximity of fuel to the occupants
  • limited escape time
  • limited energy-absorption characteristics of the airframes in crash conditions
  • high propensity for immobilising injuries
  • inability of firefighters to suppress PIFs in time to prevent fire-related injuries and fatalities.

The investigation concluded that there should be improvements to prevent PIF and reduce fire-related injuries in otherwise survivable accidents. It found that ‘the most effective defence against post-impact fire is to prevent the fire from occurring at impact, either by containing fuel or preventing ignition, or both’.

The investigation also reviewed the history of post-impact fire safety action and identified that previous attempts to amend certification requirements for small aircraft had been unsuccessful. The report stated that post-impact fire-resistant fuel system technology had been demonstrated to be effective in race car and automotive applications, and in certified civilian helicopters. However, there was no requirement to incorporate these engineering countermeasures into new or existing small aeroplanes (or helicopters certified before November 1994).

While acknowledging the difficulty of implementing design improvements in new and existing (FAR 23 and equivalent) aircraft, the investigation found that doing so would reduce the incidence of fire-related injuries and significantly increase the rate of occupant survival.

ATSB post-impact fire occurrences

Post-impact fire data

As not all accidents were likely to have a post-impact fire risk, ATSB identified a subset of accidents, which were impact-related and therefore expected to be more likely to result in fire. The ATSB occurrence database held records of 316 collision with terrain or controlled flight into terrain (CFIT) accidents involving VH-registered (fixed-wing) aeroplanes between 2012 and 2021.

PIFs occurred in 34 (11%) of these accidents. Of the 316 accidents, 81 resulted in fatal injuries, 24 of which had PIF, in 36 the highest injury level was serious, 5 of which had PIF, and 199 resulted in only minor or nil injuries, 5 of which had PIF. As a proportion of PIF accidents, 71% were fatal, 15% were serious injury accidents and 15% resulted in minor or nil injuries. By comparison, 20% on non-PIF accidents were fatal, 11% resulted in serious injuries and 69% in minor or nil injuries.

Figure 13: Proportion of accidents with and without PIF

Figure 13.jpg

The 316 accidents resulted in a total of 137 fatalities and 61 serious injuries. The 34 PIF accidents accounted for 35 of the fatalities (26%) (similar to the TSB issues investigation which found 22%), and 10 (16%) of the serious injuries (Table 4).

Table 4: Number of fatal and serious injuries in PIF vs all aeroplane accidents 2012-2021

All collision accidents (316 total)
Injury categoryNumberRates per accident
Fatalities1370.43
Serious injuries610.19
All accidents resulting in PIF (34 total)
Injury categoryNumberRates per accident
Total fatalities351.03
Total serious injuries100.29
Fatalities due to fire50.15
Serious injuries due to fire40.12
Survivability analysis

The ATSB analysed available information from the 34 PIF accidents to determine which fatalities and serious injuries were due to fire or impact. Information sources included post-mortem reports, coroners’ reports and published ATSB investigation reports. Post-mortem reports were not available for all the fatal accidents and were generally only of flight crew (not passengers). Further, for non-fatal injuries, recorded details of the injuries were limited. For this analysis, the severity was assessed as having been increased due to fire only where burns or smoke inhalation were specifically mentioned. Where information was unavailable, these were not counted as fire-related injuries/fatalities. As the NTSB found, fire rather than impact was the major contributor to fatalities in general aviation accidents involving PIF.

There were 2 accidents in which the cause of death was a combination of multiple injuries and fire, and where the injuries included head/skull injuries. These were assessed as probably not survivable because head injuries and skull fractures were significantly associated with mortality in studies of falls from heights and motor vehicle accidents (Liu and others, 2009, Papadimitriou-Olivgeris and others, 2020).

In 5 of the 34 PIF accidents (15%), a total of 5 fatalities were assessed as a result of fire following survivable injuries received in the impact. This was about 4% of all the VH-registered aeroplane impact-related accident fatalities. Two additional accidents resulted in a total of 4 serious injuries due to fire. Detail of the analysis is in Appendix B. In summary, analysis of the 34 PIF accidents found:

  • 5 were considered survivable without the post-impact fire, where occupants were fatally injured
  • 18 in which the accident impact was not considered survivable or were probably not survivable
  • 2 resulted in serious fire-related injuries
  • 9 in which occupants egressed and survived without further injury.

Five of those 34 accidents with a post-impact fire occurred during aerial application operations:

  • 2 were probably not survivable as the occupants sustained multiple injuries including skull fractures
  • 1 in which the occupant survived and exited the aircraft before it was destroyed by post-impact fire
  • 1 in which the pilot died from the effects of fire
  • 1 in which the pilot died from the effects of fire and sustained injuries that would probably have prevented the pilot extricating themselves from the wreckage.
Fuel tank type

Three types of fuel tanks were used in the accident aircraft – integral, rigid and bladder tanks:

  • Integral fuel tanks are part of the aircraft structure. They are manufactured by assembling parts of the aircraft structure with sealant to form a fuel-tight compartment, most commonly in the wings.
  • A rigid tank can be made of various materials including aluminium alloy, steel or composites. They are usually removable and mounted into the airframe structure.
  • A bladder type fuel tank is a rubber/elastomer cell dependent on the structure of the cavity it sits in to support the weight of the fuel within it. Bladder (or ‘bag’) tanks have historically been installed in the wing in lieu of sealing the structural components but not made of crash-resistant materials. Crash-resistant materials are capable of providing impact and puncture resistant fuel bladders and cells such as those used in helicopters and racing cars.

For the aircraft involved in the 34 PIF accidents:

  • Non-crash-resistant bladder tanks were fitted in 2 aircraft involving 6 fatalities. No serious injuries were recorded for those aircraft and neither accident was survivable.
  • Rigid tanks were fitted in 9 of the aircraft involving 7 fatalities, none of which were survivable. Two resulted in serious injuries that were not fire related.
  • Integral tanks were fitted in 23 of the aircraft involving 22 fatalities, 5 occupants of which would have survived without for the fire. In those aircraft, 8 serious injuries occurred, 4 of which were attributable to fire.

Organisational information

Aircair overview

Aircair was founded in 1980 and was one of the largest aerial application operators in Australia. The CASA-issued Air Operator’s Certificate current at the time of the accident was re-issued to Aircair on 11 June 2021, valid until 30 June 2024. Under the certificate, Aircair was authorised to conduct aerial application and aerial work operations. At the time of the accident, Aircair had a fleet of 13 aircraft conducting application operations and engaged 12 pilots. As well as VH-ACQ, the aircraft fleet included a radial-engine Air Tractor AT-301, turbine-engine AT-502, AT-504 and AT-802 type aircraft, and a piston-engine Cessna 188B, which the company had purchased specifically for the accident pilot to operate during their initial supervised hours of aerial application operations.

Safety management

At the time of the accident, although Aircair was not required to have a safety management system, they had implemented the AAAA’s Aerial Improvement Management System (AIMS). AIMS was designed to meet the safety management and quality assurance requirements of the multiple regulators that an aerial application employer is bound by, including CASA. AIMS incorporated safety management of all facets of the business, including aviation, and was designed to integrate with the company’s Operations Manual.

The AIMS section associated with planning and conducting an application detailed that the operations manager or general manager could select a particular pilot for a given application based on their experience. The section also included a detailed drift risk assessment, which was to be followed by a plan to manage the application risks, including identifying if a forecast temperature would result in a decision to cease spraying. There was no requirement for the risk assessment to be documented or retained. The chief pilot reported having discussed the application plan and forecast with the pilot the evening prior to the accident, and the pilot had confirmed the temperature spray limit with the operations manager while the aircraft was being refuelled shortly before the accident. 

The AIMS section also required the pilot to complete a hazard check on arrival to the treatment area.

Similar occurrences

Loss of control in flight

The CASA Advisory Circular 61-16 – Spin avoidance and stall recovery training (CASA, 2020), stated that stall-spin accidents accounted for about a quarter of all general aviation accidents worldwide. Further, that other than those which occurred during dual flight instruction, most of those losses of control occurred at a height too low for recovery.  

The ATSB occurrence database recorded 269 accidents that occurred due to a loss of control between 2010 and 2020 involving (fixed-wing) aeroplanes. Of those accidents, 32 occurred while manoeuvring or conducting airwork, 17 of which resulted in fatal injuries. Of the 32 accidents that occurred during manoeuvring/airwork, 14 were conducting aerial application or mustering operations.

The following is a sample of ATSB investigations into fatal accidents that resulted from an aerodynamic stall at a height too low to recover before the aircraft impacted terrain.

AO-2008-069

The pilot of a Piper Aircraft PA36-375 Pawnee Brave was conducting aerial baiting operations in the Pilton Valley, Queensland when the aircraft collided with terrain. The aircraft was seriously damaged by impact forces and a post–impact, fuel- and magnesium-fed fire. The pilot was fatally injured.

The investigation found that the topography of the area and the strong gusty wind conditions at the time, probably resulted in turbulence that increased the hazardous nature of the low-level application task. It is likely that the pilot lost control of the aircraft as a result of that turbulence, at a height from which recovery was not possible before the aircraft struck the ground.

AO-2009-070

The pilot of a Cessna A188B aircraft was fatally injured when the aircraft impacted terrain during spraying operations. The investigation determined that the aircraft stalled at an altitude from which the pilot was unable to recover before the aircraft impacted terrain.

AO-2011-082

A PZL-Mielec M18A Turbine Dromader aircraft impacted terrain on a cotton station near Dirranbandi, Queensland while conducting aerial spraying. The pilot was fatally injured, and the aircraft was destroyed by impact forces.

The ATSB found that, for reasons that could not be determined with certainty, the aircraft departed from controlled flight during a turn at low height and the pilot was unable to recover before impacting the ground.

AO-2012-059

The owner-pilot of a Cessna 150 aircraft was aerial stock mustering on a cattle station about 55 km north-east of Bourke, New South Wales. The aircraft was observed circling over an area (where cattle were not moving,) then entered a steep descent followed by the sound of an impact. The aircraft was seriously damaged, and the pilot sustained fatal injuries.

The ATSB found that, while manoeuvring at low level, the pilot inadvertently allowed the aircraft to aerodynamically stall, resulting in a high rate of descent and collision with terrain. There was insufficient information about pilot control inputs to establish the factors that precipitated the stall.

AO-2014-192

On 29 December 2014, a Cessna 172S aircraft departed Cambridge Airport, Tasmania to photograph yachts participating in the 2014 Sydney Hobart race. On board the aircraft were the pilot and a photographer.

At about 1815, the aircraft commenced low-level photographic runs on yachts. Shortly after completing a run on one yacht at a height of about 50 ft, the aircraft entered a steep climbing turn. The aircraft had almost completed a 180° turn when the upper (right) wing dropped sharply while the aircraft’s nose pitched down to almost vertical. The aircraft impacted the water’s surface in an almost vertical nose down attitude with wings about level. Both aircraft occupants were fatally injured, and the aircraft was substantially damaged.

As a result of the steep climbing turn, the aircraft’s upper wing aerodynamically stalled, resulting in a rapid rotation out of the turn. The steep pitch attitude indicated that, because of the stalled upper wing, the aircraft entered a spin. There was insufficient height for the pilot to recover the aircraft.

Addressing loss of control in flight occurrences

The US FAA Airplane Flying Handbook (2021) chapter 5 Maintaining aircraft control: upset prevention and recovery training, stated that a loss of control in flight (LOC-I) is the leading cause of fatal general aviation accidents in the US and commercial aviation worldwide. The text listed situations that increase the risk of loss of control, including uncoordinated flight, distraction, turbulence and poor risk management. It further stated that in situations where a LOC-I can occur, pilots must recognise when the aircraft is approaching a stall or has stalled and execute the correct procedure to recover the aircraft. This requires training that includes slow flight, stalls, spins, and unusual attitudes.

US FAA Advisory Circular 120-109 – Stall prevention and recovery training was aimed at reducing LOC-I accidents and incidents. The circular stated that a ‘recurring causal factor in LOC-I accidents and incidents is the pilot’s inappropriate reaction to impending stalls and full stalls’. Further, the circular advised that reducing the angle of attack was the most important pilot action to recover from an impending or full stall and therefore this should be emphasised in stall training. 

Safety analysis

Introduction

On the morning of 4 December 2021, after completing the fifth spray run of the eleventh chemical load on a property near Moree, New South Wales, VH-ACQ was observed to climb, enter a right procedure turn, then descend rapidly and impact terrain, followed almost immediately by an intense fuel-fed fire.

The investigation found no evidence of a bird or tree strike, or anything likely to have jammed the flight controls affecting controllability. Continuity of the flight controls was established, the main wing spar was intact, and the engine was making power and driving the propeller when the aircraft impacted the ground. At the time of the accident, the aircraft was below the maximum take-off weight approved for aerial application operations and the centre of gravity was within the extrapolated limits.

This analysis will discuss development of the accident sequence and the effect of the environmental conditions. The pilot’s experience and how this contributed to workload and fatigue will also be examined. Further, it will consider the management of flight risk and factors affecting survivability.

Loss of control

Witness observations of the aircraft turning and descending rapidly were consistent with an aerodynamic stall and loss of control in flight. These observations were consistent with the accident site, in which the aircraft wreckage was confined in a small area, with evidence of a high vertical impact and low forward speed.

The last recorded GPS position left of the last spray run and about 180 ft above the ground, was consistent with the pilot conducting a right procedure turn – a shallower turn about 45° to the left, followed by a steeper right turn – at the end of the spray run. That last recorded height was very likely not the maximum reached, as the data from previous turns showed the aircraft generally climbed to about 250 ft above the ground.  

The loss of control in flight was consistent with a rapid entry to the stall. That stall was a result of the angle of attack being too high from moving the elevator control stick position too far aft while increasing the bank angle during the turn. The stick force experienced by the pilot on the elevator control depended on the trim position, which could not be determined. Regardless of the stick force, the stick position that a pilot needs to set to recover from a stall will be the same. Stall prevention requires monitoring the position of the elevator control stick, awareness of its position at which the aircraft will stall, and to maintain the control stick forward of that position. Stall warning or buffet should alert the pilot to move the stick forward, but the pilot may have had very little warning. The pilot reportedly had the stall stick position demonstrated, and although they had on occasion pulled the stick back too far in a turn during training, this was a common training error, which the pilot had been observed to have rectified. Analysis of recorded GPS data from the pilot’s flights prior to the accident, showed the pilot generally employed sound technique in the turns.  

The Airplane Flight Manual stated that the aircraft would lose 220 ft in recovering from a straight and level stall at the published maximum weight, based on flight testing. Recovery height would be increased by an accelerated stall and uncoordinated turn. Accident site analysis showed the aircraft impacted the ground nose-down and wings almost level, which suggested the pilot had acted to recover from the stall but had insufficient height to complete the recovery.

Effect of field shape

As evidenced by the recorded GPS data, the pilot had not flown hazard checks on the accident day. The operator assessed that as the pilot had overflown the accident block several times in the previous days, they were probably familiar with it. However, it could not be determined whether the pilot had identified the uneven southern boundary and shape of crop to be sprayed before commencing the accident turn.

Due to the shape of the target block, the pilot needed to turn the aircraft further beyond the southern boundary or wider than the previous turns, to line up on the next spray run at a suitable height to commence spraying. Consideration of additional turn radius was also required due to the 10–18 kt gusty south-westerly wind becoming a tailwind during the turn, thereby pushing the aircraft closer to the crop.

The recorded GPS data from the pilot’s flights on the day prior to the accident showed that the aircraft was usually lined up on the next spray run about 200 m prior to the crop boundary. The location of the accident and the position where the loss of control occurred was about 110 m south of the target crop. At that point, the aircraft was too high and too close to the southern boundary to manoeuvre safely to commence spraying the crop at the start of the next spray run. From this position, the pilot likely attempted to tighten the turn rather than miss the additional crop (and skip that spray run).

Experience, workload, and fatigue

Experience

The pilot had commenced aerial application training immediately after attaining a commercial pilot licence in the minimum timeframe. On achieving their aerial application and low-level ratings, the pilot commenced aerial application operations as an employee of the aircraft operator, in September 2021. The pilot then conducted the required supervised aerial application flight time in a piston-engine aircraft. One week before the accident, the operator assessed that the pilot was ready to transition to turbine-engine Air Tractor aircraft.

Although the pilot had demonstrated competence in the aircraft and aerial application to a high level of skill for their experience, at the time of the accident, they were still relatively inexperienced in overall flight time, aerial application, and particularly in the AT-400 aircraft. This inexperience likely affected many facets of the operation, including aircraft handling, workload and fatigue.

Workload 

Agricultural pilots operating at low altitudes must visually scan external cues to control the aircraft and avoid obstacles, while also monitoring inside the cockpit including instruments, spray systems and property maps. Due to the close proximity to obstacles, terrain and the airspeeds at which the aircraft are flown, agricultural pilots have less time to respond to abnormal situations. As a result, any lapse in concentration or imprecision in control input could lead to catastrophic consequences (NTSB, 2014).

During the morning, the increased temperature, change in wind direction and increase in wind strength and gust speed, made the flying conditions increasingly turbulent. The conditions half an hour after the accident were described as quite windy and rough. Turbulence has been found to increase physical and mental workload, which can lead to degradation in the pilot’s ability to safely and effectively operate the aircraft. This is due to human perceptual systems breaking down, as a result performance can diminish, leading to fatigue, motion sickness and reduced mental performance. (Dodd and others, 2014). These conditions increased the pilot’s workload through additional physical aircraft handling and discomfort.

The pilot’s text message regarding the temperature, radio call regarding drift, and the aircraft’s track on the accident load, were indicative of the pilot making decisions in response to the changing conditions. While such decision-making is a usual part of spraying operations, it requires cognitive resources, thereby increasing workload. The pilot’s radio call about 20 minutes before the accident, suggested the pilot was experiencing stress and high workload. During the morning, the pilot had been in radio contact with the operations manager and other company pilots including the Aircair general manager. However, resources usually available to assist in managing the pilot’s workload and aid in decision‑making, were diminished on the accident day as the loader had no radio and it was the first day that the chief pilot was not supervising the pilot.

Without these resources to assist, the pilot was possibly assessing whether to cease flying due to the conditions, further adding to their cognitive load. Making such a decision may also have been more difficult while other company pilots were continuing to operate.

The pilot’s concern about drift precipitated a change of plan, whereby the pilot elected to move from the western to the eastern boundary, abandon the incomplete racetrack pattern and resume spraying in a back-to-back pattern. The change in spray pattern briefly required the pilot’s focus inside the cockpit to change GPS settings, introducing the potential for distraction and increasing workload. However, there was no evidence to demonstrate this distraction occurred at the time of the accident.

Due to a combination of inexperience, the environmental conditions, decision-making, and absence of supervision, the pilot’s workload was likely at a level known to increase error rates, reduce performance and lead to important information being missed (Green and others, 1996).

Fatigue

The pilot had several early starts and long days in the month prior to the accident, consistently reporting to a friend (but not to the operator) being very tired at the end of each day. As the accident day was the pilot’s ninth day of duty, there was an increased risk of cumulative fatigue. In the 3 days prior to the accident, the pilot had recorded their longest consecutive flight and duty times since commencing aerial application operations. Additionally, the pilot’s commute by car to and from the base was extended due to recent flooding, which reduced the opportunity for recovery between flight duties.  

All the pilot’s recent flight time was cognitively demanding low-level aerial application with short breaks during refuelling. Additionally, the cognitive demands would have been higher than for a more experienced pilot, particularly the pilot’s very limited flight time in the turbine-engine aircraft. At the time of the accident, the pilot had been operating for approaching 6 hours, with several short (10-minute) breaks during refuelling, including one about 15 minutes prior to the accident. Research on sustained attention during a task has shown that decreases in performance and self-rating experiences of fatigue increase over time (Rosa and others, 2020). However, work breaks can be temporarily beneficial in reducing the effects of fatigue (Caldwell 2008; Mallis and others 2022).  

The pilot’s sleep history and the accident time of day were unlikely to have affected the pilot’s performance. However, the consecutive long flight and duty times in the days leading up to the accident, in what would have been a high cognitive workload environment for the pilot, likely resulted in the pilot experiencing fatigue at a level known to affect performance.

Effects of workload and fatigue

Several factors increased the pilot’s workload at the time of the accident, including the conditions and inexperience. Those same factors and the high workload itself, combined with long flight and duty times in the preceding days, also likely contributed to the pilot experiencing fatigue.

The pilot had probably encountered similar environmental conditions while flying a piston-engine Cessna 188B aircraft in the previous weeks, but had more experience in that aircraft. That aircraft also had more docile stall characteristics and gave more warning of an impending stall. After commencing flying VH-ACQ 5 days before the accident, the pilot had demonstrated competence in that aircraft and operated it effectively, including spraying over 1,000 hectares in the previous 2 days. However, on the accident day, the pilot mishandled the aircraft during the turn. This handling error was likely a result of fixating on making the crop, and not monitoring the aircraft state or allowing adequate margin for the conditions. These errors and impaired awareness were consistent with the effects of both overload and fatigue.

Flight risk management

Management of fatigue is a shared responsibility between the aircraft operator and the pilot. Although the pilot had self-assessed as being tired on many occasions in the previous weeks, including the evening prior to the accident, there was no evidence this had been reported to the operator. Additionally, this tiredness had been noted in the evenings, following which there was a sleep opportunity for the pilot to recover (to some extent) before commencing the next morning.

Based on the regulatory duty time limitations, had the pilot been off duty for between 9 and 10 hours when they commenced on the morning of the accident, they were within a discretionary period that required a self-assessment of being mentally and physically fit to fly. The pilot commenced on the accident day close to the 10-hour rest period and it was unknown whether the pilot conducted this self-assessment. However, pilots were required to ensure they were fit to fly prior to every flight. There was also no evidence that the operator was aware the pilot had commenced duty on the accident day within or approaching the discretionary duty time window.

The aircraft operator’s operations manual stipulated that fatigue be managed in accordance with Civil Aviation Safety Regulations, which provided maximum flight and duty times (and minimum rest periods) for aerial application operations. However, there was no consideration of environmental conditions or experience – total aeronautical experience, aerial application flight hours, or hours in an aircraft model – nor how this may affect fatigue. Given inexperience and environmental conditions can increase fatigue, these factors in combination should be considered as part of fatigue risk.

Furthermore, fatigue risk is just one component of overall flight risk. A flight risk assessment provides a comprehensive assessment of factors that increase risk and the effect of combination of these factors. Although it was not required by regulations at the time, the aircraft operator had a safety management system. However, it did not include a flight risk assessment tool, which is a key component of a safety management system (FAA, 2016).

The 2014 US National Transportation Safety Board Special investigation report on the safety of agricultural aircraft operations outlined that risk management guidelines and best practices specific to agricultural aircraft operations were necessary to help operators and pilots mitigate their unique risks. These practices should include information and checklists for performing pre-flight risk assessments and identifying mitigation strategies.

A flight risk assessment tool specific for aerial application operations should include consideration of pilot (experience, recency, supervision, fitness to fly), aircraft (including role equipment), environment (weather, task, chemical, hazards) and operational pressures. Use of a flight risk assessment tool before commencing a flight also acts as a prompt for a pilot to reassess the risk when the considered factors change. Although the operator was attempting to manage the risk associated with inexperience, having a formal process may have integrated all the hazards present on the accident day. Had a flight risk assessment tool been available to the pilot on the accident morning, the combination of the weather conditions, inexperience, complexity of the task, absence of supervision, and probable fatigue, would have been expected to generate an elevated risk rating that would have required mitigation and/or approval for the pilot to conduct or continue the flight.

Survivability

The post-mortem examination identified that the pilot succumbed to the effects of fire. The fire was likely a hot, flash-over fire resulting from the rupture of the fuel tanks and misting of the fuel. Local workers who witnessed the accident were on site within minutes of the accident, however, the fire erupted within seconds of impact.

The tolerance of the human body to accident impact is a function of many variables, including individual characteristics, such as age, sex and general health. The restraint system significantly contributes to the overall probability of survival in an accident (Coltman and others, 1989). Contact injuries are reduced by 4-point (and 5-point) restraints and aviation-standard helmets. Restraints, energy-absorbing structure and seats reduce acceleration injuries. If these injuries do occur, they can contribute to fire-related fatalities and more serious injuries, by preventing self-extrication from an aircraft in the event of a post-impact fire.

An estimate of the impact forces, based on the bending of the pilot seat frame, indicated the accident would have likely resulted in severe injury. However, the pilot did not sustain impact-related injuries likely to have contributed to mortality. The pilot was almost certainly wearing a helmet and a 4-point restraint, and the cockpit maintained survivable space around the pilot’s torso. The crushing of the hopper and forward section of the aircraft likely absorbed a significant amount of the of the forward impact, aiding in reducing acceleration injuries.

Crash-resistant fuel systems

Air Tractor aircraft, like many others, use the aircraft wing structure as an integral fuel tank. The AT-400 fuel tank met or exceeded the certification requirements. In an impact with the ground, traditional aircraft wing structures are comparatively rigid and will rupture, allowing their fuel contents to escape. Due to the high fluid pressures generated inside the fuel tank in ground impacts, fuel forced through these ruptures tends to mist into a large cloud, which increases the risk of ignition and conflagrates quickly into a large encompassing fire.

An aircraft fuel tank lined with a crash-resistant bladder can be more resistant to spilling or leaking due to its ability to retain its contents if distorted. Being flexible, the bladder can withstand changes to its shape without rupturing or splitting. The bladder is also more tolerant of penetrating objects being able to deform around the intruding body to some extent. There have been no fatal or serious injuries to occupants as a result of post-impact fire in Robinson R44 helicopters in Australia since fitment of bladder tanks was mandated after a fatal accident in 2013. Prior to that time, accidents involving Robinson R44 helicopters without bladder tanks resulted in a significant proportion of post-impact fires. Of the (fixed-wing) aeroplanes involved in fatal accidents with post-impact fire in Australia between 2010 and 2022, 2 were fitted with fuel bladders. However, these were not made of crash-resistant materials.

Bladder tanks are one technology designed to improve crashworthiness of fuel systems. Crash‑resistant fuel systems reduce the risk of post-impact fire and provide occupants with more time to escape or be rescued. VH-ACQ was not fitted with crash-resistant fuel tanks or systems. The certification standards at the time the aircraft was manufactured did not require it, nor did the fixed-wing aircraft standards at the time of the accident. This differed from the requirements for rotary-wing aircraft.

The US National Transportation Safety Board and the Transportation Safety Board of Canada found a significant risk associated with post-impact fires in general aviation aircraft. As a result, they made recommendations to the US Federal Aviation Administration aimed at addressing the crashworthiness of fuel systems in these aircraft. A review of VH-registered aeroplane accidents in the ATSB occurrence database from 2010–2022 found a significant risk for post-impact fire fatalities, consistent with that previously identified in the US and Canada. Nearly 4% of the fatalities (5 fatalities in 10 years) in general aviation accidents in Australia were solely the result of the post impact fire. A fatality percentage of 5% was used by the Federal Aviation Administration to justify fuel system crash resistance tests and features for new helicopter designs.

The design principles and technologies for crash-resistant fuel systems exist and have been proven effective in helicopters and the automotive industry. Incorporating these in aeroplane design would reduce the risk of impact-induced fire in otherwise survivable accidents.

Findings

ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition, ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors. 

Safety issues are highlighted in bold to emphasise their importance. A safety issue is a safety factor that (a) can reasonably be regarded as having the potential to adversely affect the safety of future operations, and (b) is a characteristic of an organisation or a system, rather than a characteristic of a specific individual, or characteristic of an operating environment at a specific point in time.

These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.

From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the loss of control and collision with terrain involving Air Tractor AT-400, VH-ACQ, 75 km west-south-west of Moree, New South Wales, on 4 December 2021.  

Contributing factors

  • The aircraft was too close to the start of the spray run during the turn, which probably resulted in the pilot tightening the turn. This almost certainly resulted in an aerodynamic stall at a height too low to recover before colliding with the ground.
  • The pilot was likely experiencing high workload and fatigue due to long flight and duty times, inexperience, the complexity of the task and the weather conditions. The combined effects of these factors probably resulted in the pilot mishandling the turn.
  • The aircraft’s integral fuel tanks ruptured during the accident sequence. This resulted in a fire which led to the pilot’s fatal injuries.

Other factors that increased risk

  • The aircraft was not fitted nor required to be fitted with a crash-resistant fuel system under the current standards or those in place at the time of manufacture. As a result, post-impact fire presents a significant risk of fire-related injuries and fatalities to aircraft occupants. (Safety issue)

Other findings

  • A flight risk assessment tool is used in some aerial work operations, however for aerial application operations it is not a requirement and generally not used. A flight risk assessment tool tailored to aerial application would likely have identified an elevated risk on the day of the accident, due to the combination of the pilot’s inexperience, weather conditions, complexity of the task, absence of supervision and probable fatigue.
  • The pilot was almost certainly wearing a helmet and 4-point restraint increasing their chances of survival in an accident.

Safety issues and actions

Central to the ATSB’s investigation of transport safety matters is the early identification of safety issues. The ATSB expects relevant organisations will address all safety issues an investigation identifies.

Depending on the level of risk of a safety issue, the extent of corrective action taken by the relevant organisation(s), or the desirability of directing a broad safety message to the aviation industry, the ATSB may issue a formal safety recommendation or safety advisory notice as part of the final report.

The directly involved parties were provided with a draft report and invited to provide submissions. As part of that process, each organisation was asked to communicate what safety actions, if any, they had carried out or were planning to carry out in relation to each safety issue relevant to their organisation.

Descriptions of each safety issue, and any associated safety recommendations, are detailed below. Click the link to read the full safety issue description, including the issue status and any safety action/s taken. Safety issues and actions are updated on this website when safety issue owners provide further information concerning the implementation of safety action.

Crash-resistant fuel system

Safety issue number: AO-2021-052-SI-01

Safety issue description: The aircraft was not fitted nor required to be fitted with a crash-resistant fuel system under the current standards or those in place at the time of manufacture. As a result, post-impact fire presents a significant risk of fire-related injuries and fatalities to aircraft occupants.

Safety recommendation description: The ATSB recommends that the United States Federal Aviation Administration take action to address certification requirements for crash-resistant fuel systems for fixed wing aircraft to reduce the risk of post-impact fire.

Safety action not associated with an identified safety issue

Whether or not the ATSB identifies safety issues in the course of an investigation, relevant organisations may proactively initiate safety action in order to reduce their safety risk. All of the directly involved parties are invited to provide submissions to this draft report. As part of that process, each organisation is asked to communicate what safety actions, if any, they have carried out to reduce the risk associated with this type of occurrences in the future. The ATSB has so far been advised of the following proactive safety action in response to this occurrence.
Additional safety action by Aircair Aviation Operations Pty Ltd (Aircair)

Aircair has considered whether there could be a risk associated with fatigue that does not necessarily correlate to flight and duty hours worked. As such, they are investigating if other means of measuring fatigue risk can be developed, such as a point score system that includes any other contributory factors such as conditions, experience, overall wellbeing and difficulty of the task. Further, they intend to explore technology available in modern cars and machinery that measures operator fatigue.

In August 2022, Aircair’s pilot group underwent advanced stall and spin prevention, recognition and recovery training with an experienced aerobatic instructor. Due to its success, Aircair is investigating ways of incorporating such training into its new pilot induction program.

Aircair recommended that the risks associated with mobile phone use in the cockpit (as referenced in the Aircair Operations Manual) are reiterated to pilots on a regular basis by way of pilot meetings and safety notices.

Aircair intends to ensure that pilots are regularly reminded of the possibility of becoming distracted by guidance systems and the impact this may have on safe operations. As part of this process, pilots should be reminded to only attend to GPS related issues when at a safe height above the ground.

Pre-application field inspections form a critical component for a safe application operation (particularly for unfamiliar fields). The requirement to conduct such inspections is set out in the Aircair Operations Manual and is tested during Aircair Operator Proficiency Checks (OPC). The importance of pre‑application field inspections will be reinforced to pilots on a regular basis by way of pilot meetings and safety notices.

Glossary

AAAA               Aerial Application Association of Australia

AFM                 Airplane Flight Manual

AIMS                Aerial Improvement Management System

CAM                 Civil Aeronautics Manual

CAR                 Canadian Aviation Regulation

CAS                 Calibrated airspeed

CASA               Civil Aviation Safety Authority

CASR               Civil Aviation Safety Regulations

CG                   Centre of gravity

EDT                  Eastern Daylight-saving Time

FAA                  Federal Aviation Administration

FAR                  Federal Aviation Regulation

FCM                 Flight crew member

IAS                   Indicated airspeed

ICAO                International Civil Aviation Organization

LOC-I                Loss of control in-flight

NASA               National Aeronautics and Space Administration

NPRM               Notice of proposed rule making

NTSB                National Transportation Safety Board

PSI                   Pounds per square inch

SMS                 Safety management system. A systematic approach to organisational safety encompassing safety policy and objectives, risk management, safety assurance, safety promotion, third party interfaces, internal investigation and SMS implementation.

TSB                  Transportation Safety Board (of Canada)

UTC                  Coordinated Universal Time

Sources and submissions

Sources of information

The sources of information during the investigation included the:

  • aircraft operator and chief pilot
  • other company pilots
  • Civil Aviation Safety Authority
  • New South Wales Police Force
  • aircraft manufacturer
  • aircraft maintainer
  • accident witnesses
  • recorded data from the aircraft’s GPS units
  • Bureau of Meteorology and Oz Forecast.

References

Air Tractor (2012). Service letter 304: Establishing and operating with a special purpose operating weight for Air Tractor aircraft.

Australian Transport Safety Bureau (2017). ATSB Safety Investigation. Canberra, Australia: ATSB.

Bafna, T. & Hansen, J. P. (2021). Mental fatigue measurement using eye metrics: A systematic literature review. Psychophysiology, 58(6), 13828-n/a. doi: 10.1111/psyp.13828

Beilock, S. L., Carr, T. H., MacMahon, C., & Starkes, J. L. (2002). When paying attention becomes counterproductive: Impact of divided versus skill-focused attention on novice and experienced performance of sensorimotor skills. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Applied, 8, 6-16.

Boksem, M. A. S., Meijman, T. F., & Lorist, M. M. (2005). Effects of mental fatigue on attention: An ERP study. Brain research. Cognitive brain research, 25(1), 107-116. doi: 10.1016/j.cogbrainres.2005.04.011

Byrne, A. J., Murphy, A., McIntyre, O., & Tweed, N. (2013). The relationship between experience and mental workload in anaesthetic practice: an observational study. Anaesthesia, 68(12), 1266-1272. doi: 10.1111/anae.12455

Caldwell, J. A., Caldwell, J. L., & Schmidt, R. M. (2008). Alertness management strategies for operational contexts. Sleep medicine reviews, 12(4), 257-273. doi: doi:10.1016/j.smrv.2008.01.002

Civil Aviation Safety Authority (2012). Fatigue Management Strategies for Aviation Workers: A Training & Development Workbook.

Civil Aviation Safety Authority (2020). Advisory Circular AC 61-16 v1.0: Spin avoidance and stall recovery training.

Coltman, J. W., Van Ingen, C., Johnson, N. B. & Zimmerman, R. E. (1989). Aircraft crash survival design guide: Volume II – Aircraft design crash impact conditions and human tolerance. US: United States Army Aviation Applied Technology Directorate.

Dawson, D., & Reid, K. (1997). Fatigue, alcohol and performance impairment. Nature, July 1997, 388:235.

Dodd, S., Lancaster, J., Miranda, A., Grothe, S., DeMers, B., & Rogers, B. (2014). Touch Screens on the Flight Deck: The Impact of Touch Target Size, Spacing, Touch Technology and Turbulence on Pilot Performance. Proceedings of the Human Factors and Ergonomics Society 58th Annual Meeting, 58(1), 6-10. https://doi.org/10.1177/1541931214581002

Eiband, A. M., Human tolerance to rapidly applied accelerations: A summary of the literature, NASA Memorandum 5-19-59E, National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, D.C., June 1959.

Faber, L. G., Maurits, N. M., Lorist, M. M., & de Lange, F. P. (2012). Mental Fatigue Affects Visual Selective Attention. PloS one, 7(10), e48073-e48073. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0048073

Fan, J., & Smith, A.P. (2017). The impact of workload and fatigue on performance. Conference Paper in Communications in Computer and Information Science, June 2017. doi: 10.1007/978-3-319-61061-0_6

Federal Aviation Administration (2021). Airplane Flying Handbook, FAA-H-8083-3C. US: FAA. Retrieved from: Airplane Flying Handbook | Federal Aviation Administration (faa.gov)

Fletcher, A., Lamond, N., van den Heuvel, C., & Dawson, D. (2003). Prediction of performance during sleep deprivation and alcohol intoxication by a quantitative model of work-related fatigue. Sleep Research Online, 5(2), 67-75.

Fletcher, A. (1999). Measurement and management of work-related fatigue: Development and preliminary validations of a predictive model. Ph.D. Thesis, 1999, The University of South Australia.

Folkard, S., & Åkerstedt, T. (2004). Trends in the risk of accidents and injuries and their implications for models of fatigue and performance. Aviation, space, and environmental medicine, 75(3), A161-A167.

Gawron, V. J. (2016). Overview of self-reported measures of fatigue. The International Journal of Aviation Psychology, 26:3-4, 120-131. doi: 10.1080/10508414.2017.1329627  

Goode, J. H. (2003). Are pilots at risk of accidents due to fatigue?. Journal of safety research, 34(3), 309-313. doi: 10.1016/s0022-4375(03)00033-1

Green, R. G., Muir, H., James, M., Gradwell, D., & Green, R. L. (1996). Human Factors For Pilots (2nd ed.), Ashgate, England.

Harris, D. (2011). Human Performance on the Flight Deck. Ashgate, England.

Hawkins, F.H. (1993). Fatigue, Body Rhythms and Sleep. In H.W. Orlady (Eds.), Human Factors in Flight (2nd ed., pp. 56-83). Ashgate.

Heywood, B. (1999). Pilot Fatigue and the Limits of Endurance, Flight Safety Australia (1999, April). Retrieved from: https://skybrary.aero/sites/default/files/bookshelf/1080.pdf.

Hursh, S. R., Balkin, T. J., Miller, J. C., & Eddy, D. R. (2004). The fatigue avoidance scheduling tool: Modeling to minimize the effects of fatigue on cognitive performance. SAE transactions, 111-119.

InterDynamics (n.d.). FAID® Quantum Version 1.1 User Guide.

International Civil Aviation Organization (2020). Manual for the Oversight of Fatigue Management Approaches (Doc 9966).

Li, P. C., Wang, Y. X., Chen, J. H., Luo, Z. H., Dai, L. C. (2021). An experimental study on the effects of task complexity and knowledge and experience level on SA, TSA and workload. Nuclear engineering and design, 376, 111112. doi: 10.1016/j.nucengdes.2021.111112

Liu, C-C., Wang, C-Y., Shih, H-C., Wu, J. J-K., Huang, C-I., Hsu, H-S., Huang, M-H., Huang, M-H., Huang, M-S. (2009).  Prognostic factors for mortality following falls from height. Injury, International Journal of the Care of the Injured, 40 (2009) 595–597.

Mallis, M., Banks, S., Dorrian, J., & Dinges, D. F. (2022). Aircrew fatigue, sleep need, and circadian rhythmicity. In Keebler, J.R., Wilson, K.A., Lazzara, K.H., & Blickensderfer, E.L. (eds) Human Factors in Aviation and Aerospace (pp. 309-339). Academic Press.

National Aeronautics and Space Administration (2010). Human Integration Design Handbook (HIDH). Retrieved from: https://www.nasa.gov/sites/default/files/atoms/files/human_integration_design_handbook_revision_1.pdf

National Transportation Safety Board (1980). General Aviation Accidents: Postcrash Fires and How to Prevent or Control Them (NTSB-AAS-80-02).

National Transportation Safety Board (2014). Special Investigation Report on the Safety of Agricultural Aircraft Operations (NTSB/SIR-14/01). Retrieved from: https://www.ntsb.gov/safety/safety-studies/Documents/SIR1401.pdf

Orlady, H.W., & Orlady, L.M. (1999). Human Factors in Multi-Crew Flight Operations. Ashgate, England.

Papadimitriou-Olivgeris, M., Panteli, E., Koutsileou, K., Boulovana, M., Zotou, A., Marangos, M., Fligou, F. (2021). Predictors of mortality of trauma patients admitted to the ICU: a retrospective observational study. Brazilian Journal of Anesthesiology, 71 (2021) 23-30.

Perrella, W.M. Jr. (1978), Tests of Crash-Resistant Fuel System for General Aviation Aircraft, (FAA-RD-78-28), interim report prepared for the US Department of Transportation, Federal Aviation Administration.

Petrilli, R.M.A., Roach, G.D., Dawson, D., & Lamond, N. (2007). The sleep, subjective fatigue, and sustained attention of commercial airline pilots during an international pattern. Chronobiology International, 23(6): 1347–1362. doi: 10.1080/07420520601085925

Riethmeister, V., Matthews, R. W., Dawson, D., de Boer, M. R., Brouwer, S., & Bültmann, U. (2019). Time-of-day and days-on-shift predict increased fatigue over two-week offshore day-shifts. Applied ergonomics, 78, 157-163. doi: 10.1016/j.apergo.2019.02.010

Roach, G.D., Petrilli, R.M.A., Dawson, D., & Lamond, N. (2012). Impact of layover length on sleep, subjective fatigue levels, and sustained attention of long-haul airline pilots. Chronobiology International, 29(5): 580–586. doi: 10.3109/07420528.2012.675022

Rosa, E., Eiken, O., Grönkvist, M., Kölegård, R., Dahlström, N., Knez, I., ... & Willander, J. (2020). Effects of fatigue on cognitive performance in long-duration simulated flight missions. Aviation Psychology and Applied Human Factors, 10(2), 82. doi: 10.1027/2192-0923/a000191

Skybrary (2010). Workload (OGHFA BN). Skybrary. Retrieved  from: https://www.skybrary.aero/index.php/Workload_(OGHFA_BN)

Tran, Y., Craig, A., Craig, R., Chai, R., & Nguyen, H. (2020). Psychophysiology 57(5), e13554-n/a. doi: 10.1111/psyp.13554

Transportation Safety Board of Canada (2006). Post-impact fires resulting from small-aircraft accidents, (SII A05-01).

Tucker, A. (2015). JHC Commanders’ Guide to Fatigue Management. Retrieved from: https://www.aviation.govt.nz/assets/licensing-and-certification/medical/jhc-commanders-guide-to-fatigue-management.pdf

Submissions

Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.

A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:

  • the aircraft operator
  • the aircraft maintainer
  • Civil Aviation Safety Authority
  • US National Transportation Safety Board
  • Transportation Safety Board of Canada
  • Pratt & Whitney Canada
  • US Federal Aviation Administration
  • Air Tractor Incorporated
  • Satloc.

Submissions were received from;

  • the aircraft operator
  • the aircraft maintainer
  • Civil Aviation Safety Authority
  • US National Transportation Safety Board
  • US Federal Aviation Administration
  • Pratt & Whitney Canada
  • Transportation Safety Board of Canada
  • Air Tractor Incorporated
  • Satloc.

The submissions were reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the report was amended accordingly.

Appendix A – Hoerner wingtips

Hoerner wing tips

Hoerner wing tips were designed to increase wing efficiency, by increasing the effective wing span beyond the actual length of the wing. Effects of this include reduced stalling speed and improved take-off performance.

Hoerner wing tips were not an option for AT-400 aircraft, however, in subsequent Air Tractor models, they were either factory-fitted or offered as a post-factory modification. From Air Tractor regarding the AT-402B: ‘We designed a long, high-aspect ratio wing with Hoerner wing tips to increase wing efficiency, reduce drag and to lower stick and rudder forces so the controls are light and responsive, greatly reducing pilot fatigue.’  

Appendix B – Post-impact fire mortality

Survivable w/out fireImpact or Fire fatalityReferenceInjury LevelAerial ApplicationInjury/death due to fireFatalitiesSerious InjuriesMinor InjuriesFuel Tank type
YesNil injury. Self–extricatedOA2012-00151Nil  000Rigid
NoImpact then fireOA2012-00374Fatal  200Rigid
NoImpactOA2012-02789Fatal  100Integral
NoImpact. Restraint compromisedOA2012-03602FatalY 100Rigid
NoImpactOA2012-04925Fatal  100Rigid
NoProbably impactOA2012-05096Fatal  100Integral
YesImpact and fire. 1 not wearing full restraintOA2012-10258Fatal  111Rigid
NoImpactOA2012-10597Fatal

 

 

 

 

 200Integral
YesUnknown cause of injuryOA2012-12080Serious  010Rigid
Probably notUnknown, probably not survivableOA2012-12087Fatal  100Bladder
YesFireOA2013-08649  1100Integral
NoImpact and fire. Skull fracturesOA2013-08772Fatal *100Integral
NoImpact then bushfireOA2013-09598Fatal  100Integral
NoImpact then fireOA2013-09679   200Integral
Yes – increased severityFireOA2013-11507  2 fire-related serious injuries020Integral 
NoImpact then fireOA2014-00990   100Integral
YesFire (pilot), 4 parachutists inadequately restrained – impactOA2014-01533Fatal 1500Integral
Yes – increased severityFire increased severityOA2014-01743Serious 2 increased severity020Integral
YesFireOA2014-04896Fatal 1111Integral
NoImpact

OA2014-07632

 

Fatal  100Integral
Probably notImpact (including skull fractures) and fireOA2015-01029FatalY*100Rigid
Probably notImpact then fireOA2015-03021Fatal  100Rigid
NoImpactOA2015-04887Fatal  100Integral
YesNil. Evacuated.OA2016-02270NilY 000Integral
YesFire. Injuries would have prevented extractionOA2016-04006FatalY1100Integral
NoUnknown. Impact unlikely to be survivableOA2016-04457FatalY 100Integral
NoImpactOA2017-00686Fatal  500Bladder
YesEvacuated before fireOA2017-04954Minor  001Rigid
YesUnknown. EvacuatedOA2018-01892Minor  001Integral
YesUnknown. Pilot extracted self and instructorOA2018-02254Serious  020Integral
NoImpact then fireOA2018-02773Fatal  100Integral
YesNilOA2020-03747Nil  000Integral
YesImpact – pilot ejectedOA2020-05449Serious  010Integral
YesFireOA2021-05331FatalY1100Integral
34  6*Head injuries increase mortality35104 

Purpose of safety investigations

The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:

  • identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
  • providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.

It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.

Terminology

An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.

Publishing information 

Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003

Published by: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

© Commonwealth of Australia 2023

image_5.png

Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication

Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.

Creative Commons licence

With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.

Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.

The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.

[1]     Eastern Daylight-saving Time (EDT): Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) + 11 hours.

[2]     Aerial spraying is one type of aerial application operation.

[3]     Accepted by NSW Environment Protection Authority, this accreditation for pilots requires demonstrated knowledge of the ‘Spraysafe Manual’, prepared by the University of Queensland’s Centre for Pesticide Application and Safety.

[4]     Emergency dump or jettison is an essential part of emergency procedures for aircraft operating with a hopper load. The procedure releases the entire hopper contents from the aircraft within a few seconds.

[5]     Wing loading is the aircraft weight divided by the wing area. The take-off weight of the AT-400 divided by the wing area is greater than that of the AT-502.

[6]     The Civil Aviation Orders that permitted foreign aeroplanes certified in the Agricultural Category were repealed in 1998 and those aircraft were then operated in the Restricted Category. Restricted category aircraft are limited to operate and carry personnel only for specified purpose/s.

[7]     The Type Certificate Data Sheet includes general information about the design (dimensions, wing loading, limiting airspeeds), required placards and markings, control surface travel, engine installations and, where applicable, approved engine/propeller combinations. (Source: Skybrary)

[8]     A Flight Manual is a manual, associated with the Certificate of Airworthiness, containing limitations within which the aircraft is to be considered airworthy, and instructions and information necessary to the flight crew members for the safe operation of the aircraft. (Source: Skybrary)

[9]     Information about Graphical Area Forecasts is available on the Bureau of Meteorology website.

[10]    The Bureau of Meteorology described a dust devil as: a localised dust filled vortex similar in shape to a tornado but of much less strength…They form due to intense heating at the surface causing a rapid upward movement of parcel of air. This displacement of the surface air causes an inward movement of surrounding air, creating the common spiral shape of the dust devil. Dust devils are generally small in size compared with tornadoes, being about 3-100 m in diameter and up to 300 m high. Wind speeds inside the vortex reach a maximum of 100km/hr.

[11]    Information about aerodrome forecasts is available on the Bureau of Meteorology website.

[12]    CAVOK: visibility of 10 km or more, no cloud below 5,000 ft, no cumulonimbus or towering cumulus and no significant weather.

[13]    Load factor or G (force) is conventionally defined as the lift divided by the weight. Pilot control inputs and external factors particularly wind gusts (turbulence) affect the load factor.

[14]    The Samn-Perelli 7-point scale asks people to rate their fatigue right now: 1 = fully alert, wide awake; 2 = very lively, responsive, but not at peak; 3 = okay, somewhat fresh; 4 = a little tired, less than fresh; 5 = moderately tired, let down; 6 = extremely tired, very difficult to concentrate; 7 = completely exhausted, unable to function effectively.

[15]    24-hour internal clock in our brain that regulates cycles of alertness and sleepiness by responding to light changes in our environment.

[16]    Longeron: a longitudinal structural component of an aircraft's fuselage.

[17]    The dynamic loading applied to a person or object in an accident is complex, unknown and varies for different locations throughout the aircraft. For analysis purposes, simplified assumptions are made about the shape of the deceleration pulse over the entire impact (acceleration versus time). Typical assumptions are triangular, trapezoidal, sinusoidal or square.

[18]    A mist is very small liquid droplets in a gas. When the droplets are very small, the droplet surface area to volume ratio is very large. The intensity of the fire is dependent on the surface area of fuel. Therefore, for fine mists, the rate of combustion is very high, and produces a very intense fire.

[19]    Strain: change in length per unit length

[20]    Elastomer: a natural or synthetic polymer with elastic properties.

Occurrence summary

Investigation number AO-2021-052
Occurrence date 04/12/2021
Occurrence time and timezone 1145 Eastern Daylight-saving Time
Location 75 km west-south-west of Moree Airport
State New South Wales
Report release date 10/03/2023
Report status Final
Investigation level Defined
Investigation type Occurrence Investigation
Investigation status Completed
Mode of transport Aviation
Aviation occurrence category Collision with terrain, Loss of control
Occurrence class Accident
Highest injury level Fatal

Aircraft details

Manufacturer Air Tractor Inc
Model AT-400
Registration VH-ACQ
Serial number 400-0285
Aircraft operator Aircair Aviation Operations
Sector Turboprop
Operation type Part 137 Aerial application operations
Activity General aviation / Recreational-Aerial work-Agricultural spreading / spraying
Departure point Moomin property, New South Wales
Destination Moomin property, New South Wales
Injuries Crew – 1 (Fatal)
Damage Destroyed

Runway excursion involving Boeing 777-300ER, A7-BED, Brisbane Airport, Queensland, on 30 November 2021

Discontinuation notice

Report release date: 15/03/2023

Section 21 (2) of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003 (TSI Act) empowers the ATSB to discontinue an investigation into a transport safety matter at any time. Section 21 (3) of the TSI Act requires the ATSB to publish a statement setting out the reasons for discontinuing an investigation. The statement is published as a report in accordance with section 25 of the TSI Act, capturing information from the investigation up to the time of discontinuance.

Overview of the investigation

On 30 November 2021, a Boeing 777-300ER aircraft, registration A7-BED, was being operated by Qatar Airways on a scheduled passenger flight from Auckland, New Zealand, to Brisbane, Queensland. During the landing at Brisbane Airport, the aircraft veered off the runway.

The flight crew were conducting an instrument approach to runway 01R at night and the captain was the pilot flying. During the approach, the aircraft encountered heavy rain and turbulence. The crew reported that, at about 300 ft above the runway level and still in rain, they established and maintained clear visual reference to the runway lighting and surrounds, including the runway centreline and edge lights.

The crew stated that, passing about 200 ft, the first officer announced the aircraft was drifting right of the runway centreline. The captain corrected the deviation. As the aircraft was about to touchdown, under the influence of a variable and gusting crosswind, the aircraft drifted right again and the captain was unable to correct the drift before touchdown.

The aircraft landed to the right of the runway centreline and drifting to the right. Shortly after touchdown, the right main landing gear contacted and destroyed 4 runway edge lights positioned on the sealed runway strip, before the aircraft returned towards the runway centreline.

After the landing was completed and the aircraft had exited the runway, aircraft systems alerted the flight crew of low pressure in one on the right main landing gear tyres. The flight crew stopped the aircraft on the taxiway and requested an external inspection of the aircraft. Damage to 4 right main landing gear tyres was observed, and the aircraft was towed to the international terminal. There were no injuries to passengers or crew.

The ATSB received an initial occurrence report on 1 December 2021 and commenced an investigation on the same date.

As part of the investigation, the ATSB interviewed the flight crew and reviewed:

  • data from the aircraft's flight data recorder and quick access recorder
  • weather information
  • recorded air traffic control audio and surveillance data
  • information provided by the aircraft operator, including flight crew rosters and the fatigue risk management system.

The investigation identified the following:

  • runway 01R is 45-m wide with a grooved surface and runway centreline lighting and runway edge lighting, and there were no problems noted with the runway lighting
  • there were no notable faults with aircraft systems
  • there were no notable concerns regarding the flight crew’s decision-making
  • the flight crew likely maintained sight of the runway centreline and edge lights throughout the landing, and were able to detect the aircraft’s drift before touchdown
  • there was a substantial lateral wind gust that changed direction and intensity when the aircraft was below 100 ft above ground level
  • the captain reported feeling between ‘a little tired’ and ‘moderately tired’ after having less than normal sleep quantity and quality in the 2 nights before the flight
  • the captain was probably experiencing a level of fatigue known to adversely influence performance due to limited sleep obtained in the previous 48 hours
  • the flight crew’s flight and duty times and rest periods met the operator’s fatigue risk management requirements for at least the preceding 28 days and they had significant rest opportunity prior to a flight from Brisbane to Auckland on 29 November and the occurrence flight from Auckland to Brisbane on 30 November.

Reasons for the discontinuation

The ATSB strives to use its limited resources for maximum safety benefit, and considers that in this case it was unlikely that further investigation would identify any systemic safety issues or important safety lessons from this specific occurrence.

Consequently, the ATSB has discontinued this investigation. The evidence collected during this investigation remains available to be used in future investigations or safety studies. The ATSB will also monitor for any similar occurrences that may indicate a need to undertake a further safety investigation.

Occurrence summary

Investigation number AO-2021-051
Occurrence date 30/11/2021
Location Brisbane Airport
State Queensland
Report release date 15/03/2023
Report status Discontinued
Investigation level Short
Investigation type Occurrence Investigation
Investigation status Discontinued
Mode of transport Aviation
Aviation occurrence category Runway excursion
Occurrence class Serious Incident
Highest injury level None

Aircraft details

Manufacturer The Boeing Company
Model 777-300ER
Registration A7-BED
Serial number 60330
Aircraft operator Qatar Airways
Sector Jet
Operation type Air Transport High Capacity
Departure point Auckland International Airport, New Zealand
Destination Brisbane Airport, Queensland
Damage Minor

Cabin pressurisation issue involving a De Havilland Canada DHC-8, VH-QQD, 30 km north of Perth Airport, Western Australia, on 20 November 2021

Final report

Report release date: 20/01/2023

Executive summary

What happened

At 0528 on 20 November 2021, a De Havilland Canada DHC-8, registered VH‑QQD, departed on a charter flight from Perth to Port Hedland, Western Australia.

As the aircraft approached 10,000 ft, the flight crew carried out transition altitude checklist items and observed that the cabin had not pressurised. The flight crew decided to return to Perth and the aircraft landed uneventfully.

What the ATSB found

The aircraft had been undergoing maintenance on the day prior to the occurrence, and for operational reasons the recirculation fan had been removed for fitment to another aircraft. VH‑QQD had not been removed from the schedule as the assigned aircraft for the flight, and its unserviceability was not detected prior to flight. The absence of the recirculation fan on the occurrence flight prevented the aircraft from pressurising.

The operator’s operations department incorrectly interpreted a message from its engineering department regarding the serviceability status of VH‑QQD, and it remained assigned to the charter flight. This allocation remained on the flight crew’s roster and the flight manifest, which contributed to the flight crew’s confidence that the aircraft was serviceable.

As there were no allowable defects against the aircraft, the captain did not check the maintenance log prior to flight and, as a result, did not detect that the recirculation fan had been removed. However, during pre-flight activities the captain observed the circuit breaker that had been opened to facilitate the recirculation fan removal. The captain reset the circuit breaker without reviewing the maintenance log for recent or open defects as per the operator’s flight crew operating manual.

What has been done as a result

After the occurrence, the operator took the following actions:

  • refined the terminology used by engineering to communicate aircraft serviceability, and reviewed internal communication methods
  • distributed an internal memo to all staff advising that if the aircraft technical logs were not located in the crew room when receiving the aircraft, it was to be considered unserviceable
  • distributed an internal memo to flight crews to reiterate existing paperwork and circuit breaker resetting requirements
  • incorporated a dedicated compartment for each aircraft’s documents in the crew room with a placard instructing flight crews to contact maintenance watch if the scheduled aircraft’s documents were not in their compartment.

Safety message

Any task, including those that may seem innocuous, should be performed as though it is the last defence to ensure safe operation. The aircraft documents contain the only reliable records of airworthiness that a pilot should trust, and this occurrence shows that thoroughly checking them remains an important control to determine if the aircraft can be operated.

 

The investigation

Decisions regarding the scope of an investigation are based on many factors, including the level of safety benefit likely to be obtained from an investigation and the associated resources required. For this occurrence, a limited-scope investigation was conducted in order to produce a short investigation report and allow for greater industry awareness of findings that affect safety and potential learning opportunities.

The occurrence

Aircraft assignment to the flight

On 15 November 2021, Maroomba Airlines received a request to carry out a charter flight from Perth Airport to Port Hedland Airport, Western Australia, scheduled to depart at 0600 on 20 November 2021. The flight was entered into the operator’s operations management system (AvSys[1]), with an assigned aircraft (VH‑QQD, a De Havilland Canada DHC-8) along with an assigned flight crew. The flight and assigned aircraft information was then added to the crew’s roster.

VH‑QQD was operated on a scheduled flight on Friday 19 November 2021. After the flight, at about 1500, that flight crew made an entry in the maintenance log regarding a propeller de-ice defect, which made the aircraft unserviceable.

Another of the operator’s 4 DHC-8s, VH‑QQK, was reaching the end of the period it could operate with a permissible unserviceability[2] for its recirculation fan. As the operator did not have engineering personnel rostered on evenings or weekends, it was decided to use the fan from VH‑QQD and leave VH‑QQD unserviceable. The removal of the recirculation fan from VH‑QQD was entered into its maintenance log at 1700 (Figure 1).

Figure 1: Aircraft maintenance log entry for recirculation fan removal

Figure 1: Aircraft maintenance log entry for recirculation fan removal

Source: Maroomba Airlines, modified by the ATSB

Meanwhile, at 1625, the departure time for the Port Hedland charter flight on 20 November was changed in AvSys to 0500, and the assigned flight crew were made aware.

At 1812 on 19 November, the operator’s duty engineering supervisor used an instant messaging program to communicate the following message about fleet status in accordance with normal protocols:

QQD and QQP in maintenance. AEP, QQK, CWO, NYA Serviceable. QQK MEL [minimum equipment list] 21-10 cleared. Recirc fan serviceable

This message was promulgated to a group that included the operations department. A member of the operations department acknowledged receipt of the status message and updated AvSys. For reasons that could not be determined, the status of VH‑QQD was not updated, and VH‑QQD remained the assigned aircraft for the charter flight on the following morning.

Pre-flight preparation

The operator’s facilities at Perth Airport consisted of a maintenance hangar, an administration and operations building, and an apron area. On 20 November 2021, the captain arrived at 0330 and logged onto AvSys. After confirming the aircraft assigned to the charter was VH‑QQD, the captain saw that the aircraft was positioned on the operator’s apron area, close to the terminal.

The operator's flight crew operating manual required the flight crew to check aircraft documentation when accepting the aircraft. The operator stated that this meant that each document needed to be checked. The manual did not assign this responsibility to either flight crew member in particular.

The captain found that the aircraft documents (see Aircraft documentation suite) for VH‑QQD were not in the crew room as they normally would be for flight crews to review prior to accepting an aircraft. The captain checked the aircraft’s registration on the flight manifest, reconfirming the flight had been assigned to VH‑QQD.

The captain recalled that on a previous occasion prior to flight, the operator’s engineers had not placed the aircraft documents in the crew room after completing maintenance, unintentionally leaving them in the adjacent hangar. As a result, on the present occasion, the captain entered the hangar and located VH‑QQD’s documents on a workbench.

The captain stated that the presence of a pink duplicate maintenance log page, indicating permissible unserviceabilities, would normally prompt them to examine the maintenance log. On this occasion, there were no permissible unserviceabilities, and the captain left the maintenance log in its sleeve. At that time, the maintenance log contained the open entries that made the aircraft unserviceable (that is, the propeller de-ice defect and the absence of the recirculation fan).

The operator required flight and cabin crew members to arrive 1 hour prior to their flight’s scheduled departure time (which was now 0500). The first officer arrived shortly before 0400, while the captain was in the hangar. However, although the assigned cabin crew member had acknowledged the departure time change, they mistakenly thought the flight was scheduled to depart at 0600, in part because the automated rostering system had not updated correctly. At 0415, in an attempt to maintain schedule since the cabin crew member had not yet arrived, the captain and first officer carried out some of the cabin crew’s pre-flight tasks, such as security checks and stowage of catering.

From about 0430, the captain and first officer continued the flight crew pre-flight tasks. To facilitate the removal of the recirculation fan the previous day, engineers had opened its relevant circuit breaker (see Aircraft circuit breakers). The captain re-set it, believing that (based on their knowledge of the system) the circuit breaker had tripped.

At 0440, the flight crew called the fuel provider to find out when they would arrive to refuel the aircraft (the flight crew expected an earlier refuelling, having advised the fuel provider of the flight’s requirements at 0410). Refuelling commenced at 0445 and was completed just before 0500. The cabin crew member arrived at 0500. The 7 passengers boarded the aircraft and taxi commenced at 0519.

Occurrence flight

The aircraft took-off at 0528, just after sunrise, and both pilots later reported that there was significant glare at this time. Additionally, the captain reported the flight crew workload during the departure was high due to the aircraft’s high rate of climb, radio calls, and radar vectoring[3] from air traffic control (ATC). The absence of the recirculation fan prevented the aircraft from pressurising; however, this would not have been known to the crew at the time.

At 0534, as the aircraft approached 10,000 ft and continued to climb, the flight crew carried out transition altitude checklist items. They observed the cabin differential pressure (the difference in pressure between inside the aircraft cabin and the local external atmosphere) to be 0 pounds per square inch (psi), indicating that the cabin had not pressurised. They observed the cabin altitude to be approaching 10,000 ft.

There were no cabin altitude warnings, and the flight crew did not consider it necessary to use supplementary oxygen. Generally, aircraft can operate up to 10,000 ft without the occupants requiring the use of supplementary oxygen or the aircraft being pressurised.

The captain selected the autopilot to altitude hold and requested descent to 10,000 ft from ATC. Once clearance was received, the flight crew commenced descent. The crew carried out the cabin pressurisation failure checklist, but the cabin pressure and altitude indications showed that the aircraft remained unpressurised.

After confirming the relevant circuit breaker was correctly set, the flight crew decided to return to Perth. The cabin crew member was briefed on the nature of the defect and instructed to prepare the cabin for a normal landing. The aircraft returned to Perth and landed uneventfully. The crew and passengers were assigned another aircraft for the flight to Port Hedland.

Context

Aircraft documentation suite

The Maroomba Airlines aircraft documentation suite consisted of a:

  • flight log – a history of the aircraft’s flights
  • maintenance release – the controlling document that released the aircraft for service, valid for a set period
  • maintenance due list – maintenance requirements that were due to be carried out during the maintenance release period
  • maintenance log – a history of the aircraft’s maintenance activity and certification (engineers made entries in the maintenance log to record the maintenance requirement, as well as a second entry to detail the work carried out and to certify it had been complete)
  • summary of deferred defects card – a list of permissible unserviceabilities.

The maintenance release, maintenance due list, and deferred defects card were individual sheets. The flight and maintenance logs were books. All were typically stored in a folder with an internal sleeve for the maintenance log. Engineers would normally record maintenance activities in the maintenance log only. For the aircraft to be airworthy, all of the documents needed to be actioned appropriately; that is, the maintenance release could be current (as it was in this case) but the aircraft could not be operated on the basis of entries in the maintenance log.

For flights departing from Perth Airport, all the aircraft document folders were normally placed in the crew room prior to flight crew arrival, and then carried on board the aircraft. Prior to accepting an aircraft, the flight crew operating manual required the flight crew to review them to ensure that:

  • the aircraft was airworthy
  • the flight could be conducted without any scheduled maintenance falling due
  • the flight crew were aware of any operational limitations arising from permissible unserviceabilities.

The captain previously flew for a high-capacity airline that kept most aircraft documentation in a single book, and maintenance history or open defects were visible concurrently with the flight log. They had recently been trained and checked to line as a direct entry captain on the operator’s DHC‑8 fleet. The captain recalled that during this training it ‘wasn’t normal procedure’ to review the recent maintenance history.

Aircraft circuit breakers

An aircraft circuit breaker connects or isolates electrical power to a system. They can be opened (‘pulled’) intentionally, such as to facilitate maintenance, or they can trip to protect a system in an overload situation.

Circuit breakers incorporate a white band as a visual indicator to show that the relevant electrical system has been intentionally or unintentionally isolated (Figure 2).

Figure 2: Exemplar aircraft circuit breakers

Figure 2: Exemplar aircraft circuit breakers

Source: Maroomba Airlines, annotated by the ATSB

A transient overload in an aircraft system may trip a circuit breaker, but not necessarily be a defect. As a result, operators establish guidelines, based on those from the aircraft manufacturer, for flight crews to re-set circuit breakers and continue operations.

The operator’s guidelines for re-setting after a cooling period were:

  • only reset if the aircraft is on the ground
  • only reset if there is no recent history of reported defects with the effected or a related system and there is no evidence of anomalies with these systems
  • should the breaker trip again, the cause of the trip must be rectified before another attempt to reset.

Recirculation fan

The aircraft’s air-conditioning and pressurisation systems were designed to maintain a safe and comfortable environment within the flight deck, cabin, and cargo bay (collectively known as the flight compartment) during all phases of flight. The recirculation fan is located outside the flight compartment in the rear fuselage and is not visible externally (Figure 3).

The flight compartment is pressurised by maintaining a balance between airflow entering and airflow leaving the flight compartment. On the occurrence flight, the absence of the recirculation fan allowed airflow to leave the flight compartment at a rate greater than what could be supplied, so the aircraft could not be pressurised.

Figure 3: Flight compartment recirculation fan installation

Figure 3: Flight compartment recirculation fan installation

Source: De Havilland Aircraft of Canada Limited, modified by the ATSB

Safety analysis

On the day of the occurrence, the aircraft was not serviceable because it had no recirculation fan fitted, which prevented it from pressurising. The removal of the fan the day before was entered into the maintenance log. However, the unserviceable status of VH‑QQD was not entered into the operations management system (AvSys) by the operations department, so the aircraft remained assigned to the flight and on the flight manifest visible by the flight crew.

The flight manifest was among the items for the flight crew to check during their pre-flight preparations. At this point, there was no reason for the flight crew to believe the aircraft was not serviceable. Although operations planning is not a means to control airworthiness, the omission on this occasion contributed to the flight crew’s confidence that VH‑QQD had been assigned to the flight and was serviceable.

Airworthiness is controlled through the use of the document suite kept on board the aircraft. This is of particular importance when a discrepancy is not obvious, such as the absence of the recirculation fan in this instance (as it was not visible during an external inspection). On the morning of the occurrence, the document suite’s unusual location provided an indication that something was wrong but would not normally be interpreted as indicating that the aircraft was unserviceable. Also, the captain likely experienced expectation bias resulting from the initial information that showed VH-QQD assigned to the flight, which would not normally occur unless the aircraft was serviceable.

The first real opportunity for the flight crew to discover the problem was the presence of unserviceabilities in the maintenance log. The operator’s flight crew operating manual required the flight crew to check the document suite when accepting the aircraft. The captain would not normally check the maintenance log unless there was a pink page present that showed permissible unserviceabilities. As there were none, the captain did not check the maintenance log. As a result, the entries for the propeller de-ice defect and the circulation fan removal were not detected.

Other documents would not have showed that the aircraft was not serviceable. For example, the maintenance release being current was not the only requirement for airworthiness. This is because the documentation suite as a whole is used to manage airworthiness rather than through individual documents.

In addition, the first officer did not check the aircraft documentation, as there was no requirement to do so. Finally, the circuit breaker that had been opened to facilitate the recirculation fan removal was another prompt for the captain to review the maintenance log for recent or open defects. However, probably due to expectation bias, the prompt was not successful on this occasion.

Ultimately, the flight crew detected the problem when they conducted the transition altitude checklist, demonstrating the importance of checklist items. Had that not occurred, the crew would have subsequently been alerted to the situation by a cabin altitude warning. Nevertheless, even though this particular occurrence was unlikely to result in an adverse outcome, it demonstrated the importance of having rigorous processes for ensuring an aircraft was serviceable prior to being used for a flight.

Findings

ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors. 

These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.

From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the cabin pressurisation issue involving a De Havilland Canada DHC-8, registered VH‑QQD, 30 km north of Perth Airport, Western Australia, on 20 November 2021.

Contributing factors

  • The flight was commenced without a recirculation fan fitted to the aircraft, preventing the aircraft from pressurising.
  • When reviewing the aircraft documents prior to accepting the aircraft, and after resetting a circuit breaker, the captain did not check the maintenance log for open entries. As a result, the open entry showing the recirculation fan removal was not detected.
  • The operations department did not remove the aircraft from its assigned flight after receiving a message from the engineering department about the status of multiple aircraft, including that the assigned aircraft was unserviceable.

Safety actions

Whether or not the ATSB identifies safety issues in the course of an investigation, relevant organisations may proactively initiate safety action in order to reduce their safety risk. The ATSB has been advised of the following proactive safety action in response to this occurrence.

Safety action by Maroomba Airlines

After the occurrence, the operator took the following actions:

  • refined the terminology used by engineering to communicate aircraft serviceability, and reviewed internal communication methods
  • distributed an internal memo to all staff advising that if the aircraft technical logs were not located in the crew room when receiving the aircraft, it was to be considered unserviceable
  • distributed an internal memo to flight crews to reiterate existing paperwork and circuit breaker resetting requirements
  • incorporated a dedicated compartment for each aircraft’s documents in the crew room with a placard instructing flight crews to contact maintenance watch if the scheduled aircraft’s documents were not in their compartment.

Purpose of safety investigations

The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:

  • identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
  • providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.

It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.

Terminology

An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.

Publishing information 

Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003

Published by: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

© Commonwealth of Australia 2023

image_5.png

Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication

Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.

Creative Commons licence

With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.

Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.

The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.

[1]     AvSys was a third-party software system to manage the daily operational aspects of the airline’s operations, such as flight scheduling, bookings, freight management, crew scheduling, and duty times. It was not used to control aircraft serviceability.

[2]     Permissible unserviceability: a defect or other issue which does not prevent aircraft operation (sometimes requiring certain conditions to be met).

[3]     Radar vectoring: air traffic control provision of track bearings and altitudes used to guide and position an aircraft.

Occurrence summary

Investigation number AO-2021-050
Occurrence date 20/10/2021
Location 30 km north of Perth Airport
State Western Australia
Report release date 20/01/2023
Report status Final
Investigation level Short
Investigation type Occurrence Investigation
Investigation status Completed
Mode of transport Aviation
Aviation occurrence category Air/pressurisation
Occurrence class Incident
Highest injury level None

Aircraft details

Manufacturer De Havilland Canada/De Havilland Aircraft of Canada
Model DHC-8-102
Registration VH-QQD
Serial number 245
Aircraft operator Maroomba Airlines
Sector Turboprop
Operation type Charter
Departure point Perth Airport, Western Australia
Destination Port Hedland, Western Australia
Damage Nil

Unforecast weather and flight below minimum altitude involving Fokker Aircraft F100, VH-NHV, Paraburdoo Airport, Western Australia, on 22 November 2021

Final report

Report release date: 24/03/2023

Executive summary

What happened

On the morning of 22 November 2021, a Network Aviation Fokker Aircraft F100, registered VH‑NHV, operating from Perth Airport to Paraburdoo Airport, Western Australia, encountered unforecast weather on arrival at Paraburdoo. Low cloud had developed below the landing minima, which resulted in 3 missed approaches. On the fourth approach, the aircraft fuel state was near the minimum fixed reserve, so the flight crew continued the approach below landing minima without visual reference and landed without further incident.

What the ATSB found

The ATSB found that, after having completed 2 missed approaches at Paraburdoo, the flight crew had lost confidence in their flight plan weather forecasts and were reluctant to attempt a diversion to an alternate airport without current weather information. After the third missed approach, the aircraft did not have sufficient fuel to reach a suitable alternate and the flight crew were committed to landing at Paraburdoo.

The flight crew’s flight plan for Paraburdoo indicated the lowest cloud would be above their landing minima, with deteriorations in the weather lasting for up to 60 minutes. However, the actual conditions encountered were below their landing minima and continued to deteriorate. This was difficult to forecast by the Bureau of Meteorology as detection of low cloud was obscured by higher level cloud. The development of low cloud at Paraburdoo contrasted with the expectation that surface heating would lift the existing cloud base.

After the second missed approach at Paraburdoo, the flight crew attempted to obtain an updated forecast for Newman Airport from air traffic control, but they did not express any urgency with this request. This, in combination with air traffic control workload at the time, resulted in a delay of 15 minutes before an update was offered. By that time, it was no longer required as they had insufficient fuel remaining to divert to Newman. Further, the aircraft was not fitted with an operational aircraft communications addressing and reporting system (ACARS), and they were beyond the range of the nearest automatic en route information service (AERIS). Therefore, the flight crew had no other means for obtaining updated weather forecasts for potential alternate aerodromes.

Paraburdoo Airport had an automatic weather station, which could measure the relative humidity at the surface. However, there were no means for measuring atmospheric data above the surface, which is one of the elements used to forecast cloud bases. In addition, the nearest weather balloon stations were more than 160 NM (300 km) from Paraburdoo, and therefore, the Bureau of Meteorology relied on cloud observations at nearby aerodromes to verify the expected conditions for Paraburdoo. Also, as the Newman automatic weather station was not recording the cloud or weather data groups, it was unknown if a SPECI report should have been issued for Newman for low cloud conditions, as it was for Paraburdoo.

Other than a procedure that limited the number of missed approaches to 2, Network Aviation did not provide flight crew with diversion decision-making procedural guidance when encountering unforecast weather at a destination.

In addition, Network Aviation had not included the threat of weather below the landing minima in their risk assessments for controlled flight into terrain. Consequently, these risk assessments did not include risk controls to address this threat. Without the identification of this threat and associated controls, their safety assurance team would not have had oversight of how effectively this was managed.

What has been done as a result

Following this incident, Network Aviation have implemented several proactive safety actions, which included:

  • An amendment to their flight plans to include diversion calculations for 2 alternate aerodromes. This was provided pre-incident for flights that required an alternate and amended post-incident to provide it for all flights.
  • Their arrival briefing procedure was amended to require flight crew to brief the minimum fuel required to divert to an alternate for all flights.
  • Introduced a Fokker Aircraft F100 company procedures manual with pre-populated diversion information for each of their F100 destinations.
  • Re-issued an updated internal safety advisory notice for their flight crew about the limitations of automatic weather information services.
  • Updated their Paraburdoo Airport risk assessment to capture this incident as a risk and their safety action as controls.
  • Updated their risk assessments for controlled flight into terrain to include adverse weather as an environmental threat.
  • Amended their company fuel policy to mandate additional alternate fuel requirements for nominated airports (operator approved variations). Airport classification is assessed based on alternate availability, instrument approach availability, aerodrome forecast reporting and historical accuracy, local mesoscale weather phenomena, and topography/terrain.
  • Established access for flight crew to obtain expanded briefings on ports (with operator fuel policy approved variations) from internal company meteorologists.
  • Updated the company’s Aerodrome and Route Data Manual to provide a new section on weather planning tools and resources, and a new section explaining the limitations of ceilometers and visibility meters installed in automatic weather information stations throughout the company network.
  • Enhanced the company’s training reference library for flight crew to support pilot knowledge and decision making. Additional content in the library is focused on company learnings from QF1616, which includes: 
    • fuel management
    • threat management and contingency planning
    • time management in areas of vulnerability
    • pilot in command responsibilities.
  • Updated their take-off and landing data cards to provide a dedicated section for recording the alternate aerodrome, estimated time interval, fuel burn and fuel on arrival.

Safety message

Adverse weather conditions may not be experienced in the Australian environment to the same extent as they are in other countries. However, these events have been identified as contributing factors to incidents and accidents throughout aviation history and have been a driver for numerous safety initiatives. Therefore, it is important for all operators to consider how unforecast weather will be managed and ensure it is reflected in their risk management so that safety assurance activities can review how effectively it is managed and provide feedback for management review.

 

The occurrence

Overview

On 22 November 2021, at about 0746 Western Standard Time,[1] a Network Aviation Fokker Aircraft F100, registered VH‑NHV, operating flight QF1616 from Perth Airport to Paraburdoo Airport (YPBO), Western Australia, encountered unforecast low cloud on arrival at Paraburdoo. Three missed approaches were conducted during which time the flight crew considered diversion options to Karratha Airport (YPKA), Newman Airport (YNWN), and Solomon Airport (YSOL) (Figure 1). On the fourth approach, the aircraft fuel state was near the minimum fixed reserve, so the flight crew continued the approach below the minimum descent altitude (MDA)[2] without visual reference to the runway. The aircraft landed without further incident.

Figure 1: Incident flight path from Perth to Paraburdoo

Figure 1: Incident flight path from Perth to Paraburdoo

Source: Google Earth, annotated by the ATSB

Pre-flight and departure

On the morning of 22 November 2021, the captain and first officer (FO) for flight QF1616 arrived at the airport and proceeded directly to their aircraft for a planned 0600 departure. Their flight was the first of 3 Network Aviation F100 flights from Perth to Paraburdoo, with the second and third flights scheduled to depart at 0630 (QF1618) and 0700 (QF1840). The flight time to Paraburdoo was scheduled to be 1 hour 29 minutes.

Once on board the aircraft, the flight crew downloaded and reviewed their flight plan on their electronic flight bags. The flight plan indicated a direct flight to Paraburdoo with the minimum required fuel, which included a 10% flight fuel variable reserve, 60 minutes of holding fuel for arrival at Paraburdoo, and 30 minutes of fixed fuel reserve. The additional 10-minute company fuel reserve was recorded on the flight plan as removed due to the forecast payload.

The mean weather conditions for arrival at Paraburdoo from the aerodrome forecast[3] included scattered[4] cloud at 1,000 ft and broken cloud at 3,000 ft with visibility greater than 10 km.[5] There was also a TEMPO[6] period for broken cloud at 1,000 ft and visibility reduced to 4,000 m, valid for their arrival time, which required 60 minutes holding fuel. The TEMPO conditions were forecast to be above their landing minima,[7] so while they departed with minimum fuel, the flight crew expected visual conditions at Paraburdoo before reaching the MDA. The captain recalled that the other inland airports in the Pilbara region had similar forecasts with TEMPO or INTER[8] periods, and that Karratha ‘was bad, but forecast to improve’.

At about 0553, the flight crew received a last-minute change on their flight plan, which reduced the planned take-off and landing weights by 847 kg. At this time, the fuel truck had departed, and the captain elected not to delay the flight by recalling the refueller to load additional fuel.

The flight data recorder indicated the aircraft departed at 0619:32 and reached its cruise altitude of flight level (FL)[9] 350 at 0646:05. The FO was designated as the pilot flying (PF) and the captain was the pilot monitoring (PM) at the start of the flight.[10] The PF had loaded Paraburdoo into the flight management computer (FMC) as route 1 and YPKA as route 2. Therefore, the FMC was calculating the fuel required for both destinations.

Arrival at Paraburdoo

The cockpit voice recorder indicated that at about 1 hour after take-off, at 0719 and FL 350, the flight crew listened to the Paraburdoo automated weather information service (AWIS).[11] The AWIS indicated the wind was from 050° at 6 kt, the cloud was scattered at 2,100 ft, broken at 4,800 ft, overcast at 6,700 ft, QNH[12] 1012, temperature and dewpoint[13] were 20 °C and 19 °C respectively, and relative humidity 94%. The flight crew discussed the weather and noted there was no rainfall reported and that the wind favoured runway 06. As the operator had a requirement for an instrument approach to be flown for arrivals at Paraburdoo, they commenced preparations for the area navigation (RNAV) approach to runway 06, which included their arrival briefing.

At about 0724, the PM contacted their ground station at Paraburdoo to advise them of their 0745 estimated time of arrival and their ground handling requirements. At 0725:41, the descent was commenced, and the PM advised Melbourne Centre air traffic control (ATC) of their estimated time of arrival at Paraburdoo. At about 0730, while on descent through FL 240, the flight crew listened to the Paraburdoo AWIS a second time.[14] The PM then verbalised ‘1013’[15] to the PF, who acknowledged the change in QNH, and they noted that the reported rainfall was less than moderate.

At interview, the captain (PM) recalled only noting the change in QNH and expected the visual conditions for landing to remain the same after listening to the AWIS.[16] The FO (PF) did not recall this second instance of listening to the AWIS.

First approach (runway 06)

At about 0731, the flight crew selected the Paraburdoo common traffic advisory frequency (CTAF) and turned on the pilot activated lighting (PAL),[17] which provided precision approach path indicators (PAPI)[18] for each runway and low intensity runway edge lighting. At about 0736, the flight crew completed their approach checklist for the runway 06 RNAV approach and noted their estimated time of arrival was 0744. As the aircraft descended through 5,500 ft, the flight crew observed extensive cloud. At 0741:43, just after passing the initial approach fix, the PF decided to configure the aircraft early due to a tailwind on the approach. At 0743:28, the flight crew changed the autopilot vertical mode from altitude hold to vertical speed and commenced their final descent to runway 06.[19]

At about 0744, the PF called for the before landing checklist, which the PM reported as completed as the aircraft descended through 3,000 ft towards the MDA of 1,960 ft. During the approach, the PM verbalised the aircraft’s vertical position relative to a 3° descent path and each subsequent distance-altitude step in the procedure as required. At 0746:01, the PM reported they were 100 ft above the minima, which was acknowledged by the PF. Shortly after, the PM announced ‘minima’, followed by ‘no contact’. The PF then announced that they were going around, and the PM commented that they were too high. The flight crew reported at interview that they sighted the runway with the PAPI indicating 4 white lights and were therefore too high to safely land from the first approach.

The aircraft was climbed to 5,200 ft in the missed approach, and while on climb, the flight crew briefly discussed the first missed approach. They concluded that they were too high on the approach due to a tailwind and decided to conduct an approach to runway 24. At 0747, the PM notified ATC of the missed approach and that they would make an approach to runway 24 and requested an operations normal[20] time of 0815.

Second approach (runway 24)

At 0752:46, while setting up for an approach to runway 24, the PM commented that the weather at all the surrounding airports was unsuitable, and then listened to the AWIS. The AWIS broadcast indicated the cloud was broken at 800 ft, overcast at 1,500 ft, and visibility had reduced to 5,000 m. Between 0753:20 and 0756, the flight crew had several conversations about the weather. This included that they could see ‘holes’ in the cloud where they were holding, that they were too steep when they became visual on the first approach, and that they expected to have a headwind on the approach to runway 24.

At about 0757, the flight crew activated the PAL, and the PM made a CTAF call to announce their intention to conduct an approach to runway 24. At about the same time, the flight crew of QF1618 contacted ATC for their clearance to leave controlled airspace on descent to Paraburdoo. At about 0758, the PM of QF1616 reported to QF1618 that they had commenced the runway 24 RNAV approach. This was followed 1 minute later by a broadcast from the flight crew of another aircraft (QF1802) to ATC that they had landed at Newman.

At 0802:43, the PM announced that they were 100 ft above the minima (of 2,040 ft) on the runway 24 RNAV approach, followed by ‘minima’. At 0802:53, the PF announced they were going around. At interview, the flight crew explained that they became visual with the ground on the approach to runway 24, but low cloud in front of them obscured the runway, which required a missed approach.

At 0805, while holding at 4,100 ft, the flight crew again discussed the weather and the PF commented that an aircraft had landed at Newman. They were uncertain of the actual weather conditions at that location and the PM noted they only had about 40 minutes of holding fuel remaining. At interview, the flight crew reported that, following the second missed approach, they noted that the FMC indicated they were at minimum fuel to divert direct to Karratha from their present position. However, the PM was cognisant of the fact that the FMC calculation did not account for the actual wind conditions they might experience en route or allow for an instrument approach on arrival. As Newman was closer than YPKA, they considered potentially diverting there with a fuel reserve on arrival for an approach.

At 0806, the PM contacted ATC to notify them of their second missed approach due to low cloud and requested the latest weather for Newman. Melbourne Centre acknowledged the request. However, there was no urgency conveyed by the PM nor was the aircraft’s fuel status relayed with this request. The flight crew and ATC then diverted their attention to their other tasks, which included traffic inbound to Paraburdoo.

Third approach (runway 06)

Between 0807 and 0809, the flight crew discussed their options, which included a preference to remain at Paraburdoo and that they had enough fuel for 2 more approaches. The PM then broadcast their intentions to QF1618. The flight crew of QF1618 reported that they had sufficient fuel for 35-40 minutes holding and then a diversion to Karratha.[21] At 0810:32, the PM contacted the Paraburdoo safety car officer and asked if the cloud overhead the airport was ‘sitting still or moving through’. The officer reported that it was coming from the north-west and was ‘moving through’. The flight crew briefly discussed this observation and then elected to make another approach to runway 06. The PF commented that the weather felt like it was persistent and that they did not have any options.

At about 0813, the PM provided ATC with a new operations normal time of 0830 and they commenced their third approach. At 0816:33, the PM announced ‘minima’ and 5 seconds later the PF announced that they were going around. During the missed approach, the PF reported that the runway 24 approach was better, and the PM noted that the wind was getting worse.

Fourth approach and landing (runway 24)

The aircraft climbed to 5,200 ft after the third missed approach and entered a holding pattern for the runway 24 RNAV approach. At about 0819, the flight crew noted they had 1.8 tonne of fuel on board and decided to hold while QF1618 conducted an approach to runway 24. The PM then advised QF1618 of their intention to hold until minimum fuel and offered them an approach while they were holding.

At about 0821, ATC contacted QF1616, and the PM notified them that they were manoeuvring to allow QF1618 to make an approach and provided a new operations normal time of 0840. This was acknowledged by ATC with the additional query as to whether the flight crew still required the weather forecast for Newman. The PM responded that it was no longer required (due to their fuel state).

At about 0822, the PF commented that Solomon was directly ahead (55 NM to the north), and the flight crew then discussed Solomon as a divert option and the need to obtain updated weather while they were holding. However, the PF then noted the lowest MDA at Solomon was about 800 ft above the aerodrome elevation (2,800 ft MDA), which was about 200 ft higher than at Paraburdoo. There were no further discussions of Solomon given the lower probability of establishing visual reference from an approach with a higher MDA.

At about 0825, the flight crew listened to the Paraburdoo AWIS, which reported the cloud was broken at 400 ft and 800 ft, visibility was 4,200 m, wind from 270° at 6 kt, QNH 1013 and relative humidity was 93%. At about 0826, QF1618 notified QF1616 they were going to start their approach and queried how long QF1616 would hold before diverting. The PM replied that they could not divert and would hold until they were ready to make a final approach. At about 0827, QF1840 broadcast that they were inbound to Paraburdoo and ATC notified them that QF1616 and QF1618 were traffic for them. At about 0828, the PM remarked that they had 12 minutes fuel remaining before landing with a 1.1 tonne fuel reserve.

At 0828:49, the captain and FO exchanged roles, the captain became the PF, and the FO became the PM for the final approach. The flight crew then discussed their options, which were to either comply with the missed approach criteria and declare a MAYDAY[22] fuel situation if not visual at the missed approach point or continue below MDA for a landing if they were not visual at the minima. They agreed to continue below the MDA for a landing.

At about 0834, ATC broadcast a SPECI alert for Paraburdoo, which was followed by a CTAF call from QF1618 to report their missed approach from runway 24, and then another ATC broadcast for a SPECI alert for Solomon. At 0834:48, the PM of QF1616 made a CTAF call that they were commencing the runway 24 RNAV approach. The PF then emphasised to the PM that they both needed to be prepared to call a go-around if either of them sensed the approach was becoming unsafe. At about 0837, ATC contacted QF1616 for an update and the PM reported that they had commenced the approach.

At 0841:51, the ground proximity warning system[23] announced ‘1,000 ft’, which was followed shortly after by the PM stating they were at 3 NM and ‘on profile’. Ten seconds later, at 844 ft above ground level and 273 ft above the MDA, the PM remarked the cloud was starting to break up. The PM called ‘minima’ at 0842:25. The ground proximity warning system then announced ‘500 ft’, ‘400 ft’, and ‘300 ft’. At 0842:50, the autopilot was disconnected, and the PM announced that they had sighted the runway and were on profile, at which stage they were 293 ft above ground level and 291 ft below the MDA. The flight crew reported they were slightly left of centreline, but on glideslope with the PAPI when they became visual with the runway. This was consistent with the flight data recorder information, which indicated a steady descent profile on the approach and a maximum of 5° heading change between the autopilot disconnect and landing.

At 0843:23, the aircraft landed without further incident. During the landing roll, the captain recalled noting that their fuel on board indicated 0.96 tonne.[24] Following the landing, the PM made a CTAF broadcast that there were some very low patches of cloud at 250-300 ft above ground level. Figure 2 depicts the weather during the landing roll.

Figure 2: Weather at Paraburdoo during the landing roll of flight QF1616

Figure 2: Weather at Paraburdoo during the landing roll of flight QF1616

Source: Aerodrome Management Services, annotated by the ATSB

Context

Personnel information

Captain

The captain held a valid Air Transport Pilot Licence (Aeroplane) with a multi‑engine aeroplane instrument rating, type ratings for the Fokker FK70/100 (F100) and De Havilland Canada DHC-8 aircraft, and a Class 1 Aviation Medical Certificate. They had accrued 6,698 hours total flying experience with 2,641 hours on the F100. The captain reported being awake for about 5 hours at the time of the incident, having slept 7 hours the previous night, and recorded a mental fatigue score of 3 (‘Okay, somewhat fresh’) for the time of the occurrence.

First officer

The first officer (FO) held a valid Air Transport Pilot Licence (Aeroplane) with a multi-engine aeroplane instrument rating, type ratings for the Airbus A320, Fokker FK70/100, Embraer EMB 120 and Dornier DO328-100 aircraft, and a Class 1 Aviation Medical Certificate. They had accrued 6,735 hours total flying experience with 1,556 hours on the F100. The FO reported being awake for 5 hours at the time of the incident, having slept 8 hours the previous night and recorded a mental fatigue score of 2 (‘Very lively. Responsive, but not at peak’) for the time of the occurrence.

Aircraft information

Fuel requirements and weight limits

In accordance with the forecast conditions, the QF1616 flight plan fuel for take-off from Perth comprised of 89 minutes flight fuel (3,614 kg), 11 minutes variable reserve (361 kg), 60 minutes holding fuel (1,733 kg) and 30 minutes fixed reserve (962 kg). This resulted in a minimum take-off fuel load of 6,670 kg. In addition, the aircraft was loaded with 36 kg of tanker fuel[25] and 100 kg of taxi fuel, resulting in a flight plan fuel load at engine start of 6,806 kg.

The operator’s fuel requirements included the option for an additional 10 minutes holding fuel (equating to about 290 kg), payload permitting. The flight plan indicated that this was removed due to the forecast payload. To allow for last minute, minor payload variations without exceeding maximum landing weight, flight dispatch was required to plan a tanker fuel limit that ensured a 300 kg buffer on maximum landing weight. Consistent with these requirements, the flight plan landing weight at Paraburdoo was 39,615 kg and the maximum landing weight was 39,915 kg.

At about 0553 (7 minutes prior to the scheduled departure), there was a last-minute change to the passenger and freight loads. This resulted in a reduced planned landing weight of 38,768 kg, which would have permitted the captain to take an additional 1,147 kg of tanker fuel. However, the aircraft had already been refuelled and the refueller had departed when the flight crew received their last-minute change.

Navigation system information

The aircraft was equipped with a flight management system (FMS), with an associated flight management computer (FMC). The FMS navigation source was the global navigation satellite system (GNSS). In GNSS mode, the FMS was certified for RNP[26] 2, RNP 1 and RNP 0.3 operations but the vertical navigation (VNAV) function was not certified. Therefore, Network Aviation could conduct RNAV approaches to the LNAV landing minima but did not have approval to conduct them to the LNAV/VNAV minima.  

Aircraft communications addressing and reporting system

The incident aircraft was fitted with a non-operational aircraft communications addressing and reporting system (ACARS). The ACARS is a digital datalink system used for transmitting messages between the aircraft and ground stations via very high frequency (VHF) radio or satellite. This system provides another mechanism for flight crews to obtain weather information.

The Network Aviation Group-A F100 aircraft, which included the incident aircraft, were not fitted with satellite communications. Without satellite communications, the ACARS was limited to VHF line of sight with the ground stations.

According to the operator, the F100 fleet had a mixture of ACARS hardware units, and they were originally acquired without ground station connectivity and had no service provider. In 2016, 2 aircraft were selected for a feasibility study to test the technical viability and likely cost for activating the ACARS, which was then projected out to the remainder of the fleet. A business case, which included the activation of ACARS across the F100 fleet, was submitted in 2016 and the decision was made not to proceed with implementation at that point in time. This decision was based on a consideration of the range of projects underway across Network Aviation and a benefits analysis of implementing the solution. They had not considered including satellite communications in their ACARS business case and believed that most of their operational requirements could be met with VHF ground station connectivity. Network Aviation continues to operate the F100 aircraft and are not currently planning to implement ACARs on the fleet, however, they have not ruled out implementation of ACARs in the future.

Airport information

Paraburdoo Airport was an uncontrolled aerodrome with an elevation of 1,406 ft. The town of Paraburdoo is located about 5 NM west of the airport and lower terrain is located to the west of the town along a north-west to south-east divide (Figure 3). The airport had one runway, runway 06/24 (2,132 m long and 45 m wide), which had low intensity runway lighting installed and precision approach path indicator lighting set at a 3.0° slope for a threshold height of 50 ft, which were serviceable. The instrument approaches available included RNAV using GNSS for runways 06 and 24.

Figure 3: Paraburdoo (YPBO) terrain map

Figure 3: Paraburdoo (YPBO) terrain map

Source: Topographic-map.com, annotated by the ATSB

The LNAV landing minima for the RNAV approach was the minimum descent altitude (MDA) of 2,010 ft for runway 06 (604 ft above aerodrome level (AAL)) and 2,090 ft (684 ft AAL) for runway 24. The MDA could be reduced by 100 ft if an accurate QNH was obtained within 15 minutes of arrival, which reduced it to 504 ft AAL for runway 06 and 584 ft for runway 24. For the flight crew of QF1616, when flying a constant descent profile, they were required to add 50 ft to the MDA for the missed approach commencement altitude. Therefore, the flight crew operated to a minima of 1,960 ft (554 ft AAL) for runway 06 and 2,040 ft (634 ft AAL) for runway 24.

The aerodrome was equipped with an automatic weather station (AWS), which provided an automatic weather information service (AWIS) to flight crew, and meteorological METAR and SPECI reports to the Bureau of Meteorology (BoM) and Airservices Australia (air traffic services provider). Local radio traffic was conducted on a common traffic advisory frequency and air traffic services were provided by a Melbourne Centre flight information area (FIA) frequency.

Automatic weather station

A basic AWS has sensors for the temperature, dewpoint,[27] wind, QNH and rainfall data groups. At aerodromes, these basic AWS sensors are supplemented with a ceilometer and visibility meter. The ceilometer estimates cloud height by sending a laser light pulse near vertically through the atmosphere and using the back scatter[28] to measure cloud height. The AWS algorithm processes the raw sensor data every minute. While the current ceilometer data is used by the AWIS, the METAR and SPECI reports use the 30-minute average of data, but with the last 10 minutes given a double weighting to improve the response time to changing conditions. The BoM provided the following explanation for the difference between a ceilometer and human observer:

The ceilometer is an estimate based on the continuous sampling of a single point over a period of time (30 minutes for the ceilometer); whereas a human observer produces an estimate based on a view of the whole airfield and the whole sky over a short time prior to the observation.

According to the BoM, the AWS will trigger a SPECI report if the 10-minute average for the cloud base is below the highest alternate minimum[29] (1,664 ft at Paraburdoo) or 1,500 ft. A SPECI is also triggered if the 10-minute average for the visibility is below the highest alternate minimum (7,000 m at Paraburdoo) or 5,000 m.

If a data group is not available when a METAR or SPECI report is produced by the AWS, then this is indicated by solidi; ‘////’ for visibility, ‘//’ for weather and ‘//////’ for cloud. This is broadcast by the AWIS as ‘[data group] not available’.

Meteorological information

The flight plan for QF1616 provided the flight crew with the aerodrome forecasts (TAFs) for their departure, destination, and company approved alternate aerodromes. The FO programmed Karratha Airport as route 2 in the FMS and the flight crew discussed Karratha, Newman Airport and Solomon Airport as divert options after the second and third missed approaches at Paraburdoo. Therefore, the investigation of meteorological information focussed on the forecast and actual conditions for these aerodromes.

Flight plan forecast conditions

Paraburdoo

At the scheduled departure time from Perth of 0600, the forecast mean conditions for Paraburdoo were light rain with scattered cloud at 1,000 ft AAL, broken cloud at 3,000 ft, and visibility greater than 10 km with a TEMPO period until 1100 for broken cloud at 1,000 ft and visibility reduced to 4,000 m with moderate rain showers. The Paraburdoo METAR conditions, issued at 0430, reported rain, scattered cloud at 4,500 ft, 5,700 ft and 6,700 ft, wind from 060° at 8 kt, and the temperature and dewpoint were 20 °C and 19 °C respectively.

Newman

The forecast cloud and visibility conditions for Newman were the same as Paraburdoo with the exception that the TEMPO period extended until 1400. The Newman METAR conditions, also issued at 0430, reported cloud overcast at 11,000 ft and the weather data group was not available.

Karratha

The forecast mean conditions for Karratha were light showers of rain with scattered cloud at 2,000 ft, broken cloud at 5,000 ft, and visibility greater than 10 km. The conditions were forecast to improve at 0900 to no significant weather with scattered cloud at 5,000 ft. There was an intermittent period of variation from the prevailing conditions on the forecast that ended at 0400 for broken cloud at 1,500 ft and visibility reduced to 3,000 m in showers of rain. The METAR conditions, also issued at 0430, reported scattered cloud at 7,900 ft, overcast cloud at 11,000 ft, greater than 10 km visibility and the weather data group was not available. The flight plan did not include a forecast for Solomon.

Aerodrome weather reports

Paraburdoo

The Paraburdoo AWS issued the following observation reports on the morning of the incident (Table 1). For each of the times provided below, the QNH was 1013 and there were light rain showers, except for 0930 when the weather data group was not available.

Table 1: Aerodrome weather reports for Paraburdoo

TimeTypeWindVisibilityCloud (above ground level)Temp. (°C)Dewpoint (°C)
0730METAR040° at 4 kt>10 km

scattered at 500 ft

broken at 1,500 ft and 2,400 ft

2120
0731SPECI040° at 4 kt>10 km

scattered at 600 ft

broken at 1,500 ft and 2,400 ft

2120
0751SPECI340° at 3 ktreduced to 6,000 m

broken at 800 ft

overcast at 1,500 ft

2119
0800SPECI330° at 4 kt, varying from 290° to 350°reduced to 3,000 m

broken at 800 ft

overcast at 1,000 ft

2120
0830SPECI260° at 7 kt7,000 mbroken at 400 ft, 1,000 ft, and 1,300 ft2120
0839SPECI250º at 7 kt7,000 mbroken at 500 ft and overcast at 1,600 ft2120
0845SPECI240º at 8 kt6,000 mbroken at 400 ft, 700 ft and overcast at 1,700 ft2120
0900SPECI240° at 7 kt>10 km

broken at 400 ft

overcast at 900 ft and 1,700 ft

2120
0930SPECI250° at 5 kt>10 kmscattered at 600 ft overcast at 1,100 ft and 1,500 ft2219
1056SPECI300° at 4 kt>10 km

scattered at 1,300 ft

broken at 1,800 ft

overcast at 3,200 ft

2420
1100The aerodrome exited SPECI conditions.     

The period in which the cloud base was broken below 1,000 ft extended from 0751 until 0930. Scattered cloud at 500–600 ft buffered this period. The actual conditions recorded by the AWS indicated a cloud base lower than the forecast conditions, which extended beyond the 30‑60‑minute duration for TEMPO conditions. According to the BoM’s analysis of the meteorological conditions at the time of the incident, the TAF for Paraburdoo was amended to alternate conditions in low cloud at 0834, which was 4 minutes after the TEMPO holding period of 60 minutes was no longer satisfying the observed conditions. Overall, the observed weather reports included a cloud base below the highest alternate minima of 1,664 ft for 3 hours 26 minutes, from 0730 to 1056.

Newman

The reports for Newman indicated the AWS weather and cloud data groups were not available for the period 0600-1000. In this period, 11 reports were issued, 9 METAR and 2 SPECI reports. The SPECI reports were for a reduction and subsequent improvement in the visibility at 0934 and 0944 respectively. As the cloud data group was not available, it could not be determined if Newman was suitable at the time the captain requested the latest weather from air traffic control for this location.

Karratha

The reports for Karratha indicated the cloud base was above 10,000 ft from 0730–1000, and the visibility was greater than 10 km for the period 0600-1000. Therefore, the weather reports for Karratha indicated it was a suitable diversion option during the period of the incident.

Solomon

From 0600-1000, 16 reports were issued for Solomon, which consisted of 12 SPECI and 4 METAR reports. At 0804, the lowest cloud was broken at 600 ft, which was below the lowest landing minima, and therefore it was unsuitable at the time the flight crew were considering it. At 0841, the cloud was scattered at 500 ft and 1,400 ft, and broken at 2,100 ft with 5,000 m visibility. The weather data group was not available for this period.

Development of low cloud base at Paraburdoo

The BoM noted that Paraburdoo was outside the optimal range[30] for the nearest weather radar stations, located at Learmonth (210 NM) and Dampier (162 NM). At these distances, any echoes appearing on the weather radar displays would be from clouds higher up in the atmosphere and thus not representative of conditions closer to the surface. So, while Paraburdoo appeared clear of rain on the weather radars at the time of the incident, light showers of rain reported on the METARs indicated that this was not the case. Nearby weather stations all recorded rainfall and it was likely that the light rain or drizzle was widespread due to a rainband over the area. The BoM further stated that the period of low visibility leading up to the incident further supported the presence of precipitation.[31] It was likely that the rainfall provided extra moisture through evaporative processes as it fell into unsaturated air, which is known as the wet bulb effect.

The BoM also reported that the wind direction was likely a contributing factor for the low cloud base, which backed from the north-east at 0730 to the north-west at 0751 and around to the west at 0830. When the wind blows from the west, the local terrain surrounding Paraburdoo forces the air to rise. Rising air cools, while the amount of moisture remains constant, thus reducing the dewpoint depression[32] and promoting the development of low cloud as the air becomes saturated. This process is known as orographic uplift and results in upslope stratus[33] cloud. Therefore, the BoM concluded that the mechanisms that produced the low cloud at Paraburdoo were a combination of the wet bulb effect due to moistening of the airmass from rainfall and the orographic uplift provided by the terrain.

On their first approach at Paraburdoo, the flight crew noted they had a tailwind component to runway 06, despite the AWIS indicating the surface wind was north-easterly. The BoM reported that the winds described by the flight crew indicated the layer of wind above the surface layer would have been ascending as it flowed over the terrain. If this layer was close to saturation, then this could have promoted the formation of low cloud. The BoM indicated that ‘meteorological theory supports this conclusion if all factors were to line up, but it can’t be stated for certain.’

Forecasting for Paraburdoo

The Paraburdoo TAF used by the flight crew during pre-flight planning was issued at 0208 with a validity period from 0200 to 2000. The BoM reported that, at 0200, there had been observations of scattered cloud at 1,000 ft at nearby airports, which supported the TEMPO forecast for broken cloud at 1,000 ft at Paraburdoo. Early in the morning, broken cloud at about 1,000 ft was observed at various locations, mostly for periods of less than 1 hour at a time. Meteorological model guidance was forecasting the low cloud would lift at around 0800. However, from the duty forecaster’s experience, low cloud would persist in the Paraburdoo area longer than what the modelling generally indicated. As a result, a conservative approach was taken regarding the timing of the TEMPO and the Paraburdoo TAF issued at 0208 retained the TEMPO for broken cloud at 1,000 ft until 1100.

The BoM’s model traces had indicated saturated levels through to near to the surface. However, modelling in northern Australia was subject to false alarms for widespread low cloud. Therefore, some form of surface verification and/or satellite observations were required for them to have confidence in the modelling. They noted that the lifting trend in the modelling did not occur, and cloud bases dropped further below the highest alternate minima after 0700 and persisted for longer than the 1-hour TEMPO periods. They reported that, this event was difficult to forecast accurately, given modelling false alarms and the lack of observed lower cloud and satellite imagery available prior to the onset of very low cloud at Paraburdoo. The cloud that lowered significantly after 0700 contrasted with what they would normally expect, where the surface heating would lift the cloud base rather than for it to lower further.

The 0208 TAF forecast the temperature to rise throughout the morning. However, the AWS recordings indicated a slower temperature rise than what was forecast and a small dewpoint depression. The following table presents the TAF forecast temperatures and the recorded AWS temperatures and dewpoints on the morning of the incident.

Table 2: Aerodrome forecast (TAF) and automatic weather station (AWS) temperatures and dewpoints

Time0200050008001100
TAF temperature (°C)20222325
AWS temperature (°C)20202124
AWS dewpoint (°C)19192021

Sources of atmospheric moisture

The BoM reported that the depth of moisture through the atmosphere is important in determining the potential for low cloud development. There are not many observation sources that indicate the depth of moisture in an airmass, except for balloon soundings and aircraft meteorological data relay (AMDAR). There were no weather balloons or AMDAR profiles available at Paraburdoo to provide atmospheric data, including the depth of moisture in an airmass and there is currently no plan to install a weather balloon station, or a weather radar, at Paraburdoo.

Weather balloons and radar

Balloon-based weather observations provide precise measurements of temperature, pressure, humidity, wind speed and direction. The BoM released about 56 balloons each day from 38 locations.The main items attached to the balloon are a foil-coated cardboard target used to slow the descent of the balloon and track it with radar, and a small white plastic box known as a radiosonde, which has the sensors used to measure meteorological variables.

During the radiosonde’s flight it is constantly transmitting the meteorological data to ground equipment, which processes and converts the data into weather messages and is displayed as an aerological diagram for use by forecasters. The aerological diagram allows forecasters to obtain a snapshot of the atmosphere above a specific location to determine the atmosphere’s stability and forecast the lower and upper levels of clouds and their types.

The nearest weather balloon stations were Port Hedland, Learmonth, and Meekatharra. These locations were 175-210 NM from Paraburdoo and not guaranteed to be representative of the conditions at Paraburdoo. Figure 4 depicts the nearest weather balloon stations to Paraburdoo (blue) and the nearby airports (West Angelas (YANG), Barimunya (YBRY), Eliwana (YEWA) and Christmas Creek (YCHK), in green) where the 0200 observation of scattered cloud at 1,000 ft was used to support the incident TAF conditions.

Figure 4: Weather balloon stations relative to Paraburdoo

Weather balloon stations relative to Paraburdoo

Source: Google Earth, annotated by the ATSB

According to the BoM, the spatial distribution of the upper air network is designed to meet the requirements of national and regional numerical weather prediction models. The spatial density was reviewed in 2022 and found to meet the requirements set by the World Meteorological Organization for numerical weather prediction. The weather radars are targeted to areas where significant or hazardous weather intersect with areas of highest community need. While this covers 98% of the population, much of inland Australia, such as Paraburdoo, are not covered. Consequently, no precipitation was detected at Paraburdoo by the nearest weather radar stations at Learmonth and Dampier at the time of the incident.

Aircraft meteorological data relay

The World Meteorological Organization, in cooperation with some international airlines, has established the aircraft meteorological data relay program (AMDAR). The AMDAR system predominantly utilises existing aircraft onboard sensors, computers, AMDAR software and communications systems to collect and transmit meteorological data to ground stations via satellite or radio links using ACARS. This data is then relayed to national meteorological and hydrological services. These observations supplement the data gathered by other meteorological instruments and help to improve the accuracy of forecasts.

Vertical profiles of the atmosphere are taken when the aircraft climbs or descends during the departure or arrival phase of flight. According to the World Meteorological Organization guide to aircraft-based observations (ABO):

Vertical profiles derived from ABO should be considered as being very similar in character and application to those derived from meteorological radiosondes. AMDAR and other ABO generally provide an improvement in forecasting ability through a reduction in NWP [numerical weather prediction] forecast error of 10%–20% over the first 24 hours of the forecast period.

The AMDAR profiles coverage for Western Australia throughout the month of November 2021 is shown in Table 3 (fractional profiles are the result of averaging over multiple weeks). Paraburdoo was not part of the AMDAR network.

Table 3: AMDAR profiles Western Australia in November 2021

Airport nameProfiles taken (per week)
Broome International1.69
Christmas Creek Station6.52
Fortescue Dave Forrest2.90
Ginbata9.41
Newman4.10
Karratha13.03
Kalgoorlie Boulder5.55
Port Hedland International14.48
Perth International125.52

Sources of in-flight weather updates

Air traffic control

According to the Airservices Australia Aeronautical Information Publication (AIP) section GEN 3.3.4, air traffic control provides pilots with pertinent information that will affect flight within one hour’s flight time. At the time the information is identified, it will be directed to pilots maintaining continuous communications and broadcast on appropriate air traffic services frequencies.

In November 2018, a new filtering system for SPECI reports was launched by Airservices Australia. The new system assessed SPECI reports for all locations and provided more specific filtering to identify significant SPECIs. Air traffic control then directed these SPECI reports to affected pilots within one hour’s flight time. However, SPECIs were only disseminated if they differed from the associated TAF.

For example, the Paraburdoo SPECI issued at 0731 was for the cloud base below the highest alternate minima, which was expected with the TEMPO forecast on the TAF. Therefore, there was no requirement to disseminate this SPECI. However, the 0830 SPECI with broken cloud at 400 ft differed significantly from the TAF conditions and was therefore broadcast by ATC at 0834.

Automatic en route information service

The automatic en route information service (AERIS) continuously broadcasts METAR, SPECI and TAF information from a network of VHF transmitters installed around Australia. However, there are many gaps in the coverage provided across Australia. The nearest AERIS station to Paraburdoo was Meekatharra. This station broadcasted information for several airports, which included Paraburdoo and Karratha. However, as Paraburdoo was located about 210 NM north of Meekatharra and, disregarding any local terrain shielding effects, an aircraft would have to be at an altitude of about 36,500 ft overhead Paraburdoo for AERIS reception. Therefore, while holding and conducting missed approaches at Paraburdoo, the aircraft was too low to receive Meekatharra AERIS broadcasts.

The flight from Perth to Paraburdoo passed through the Meekatharra AERIS coverage and could have been used to update the actual weather conditions for Karratha, which was route 2 in the FMC. However, the flight crew were operating with holding fuel for Paraburdoo and no expectation that they would need to consider Karratha.

Aircraft communication addressing and reporting system

The ATSB discussed the potential use of ACARS for weather updates in-flight with the flight crew. The captain reported no previous experience with ACARS, but provided the following comments about its potential benefit in this incident:

Had we been able to utilise the ACARS for weather information it may have further allowed us to also get weather for other aerodromes and perhaps with that information have gone somewhere else.

The FO, who had previous experience using ACARS, provided the following comments about its potential benefit:

The Fokker have ACARS in them, but they’re not connected, whereas with other aircraft we could just dial it into the computer and request the ATIS or the TAF on any airport and get an automatic update – we don’t have to rely on anyone. It was busy that day, you could tell the controllers were working hard, when I said we waited for the weather for 15 minutes, he was busy, it wasn’t like he was ignoring us.

According to the Société International de Télécommunications Aeronautiques, who are the ACARS ground station gateway service provider in the Australian region, the nearest VHF datalink ground station to Paraburdoo was located at Newman, which was about 115 NM to the east. Disregarding any local terrain shielding effects, without a satellite connection the aircraft would have required an altitude of about 11,000 ft overhead Paraburdoo to receive weather information via the ACARS.

Diversion options

The captain reported that their nearest preferred diversion airports were Karratha and Newman. The Karratha AWS was reporting a cloud base above 10,000 ft, whereas Newman had the same TEMPO forecast as Paraburdoo, and the cloud base was unknown. While they considered Solomon after their third missed approach, a SPECI was subsequently issued with cloud below the landing minima.

The ATSB used the fuel figures reported by the flight crew at interview and on the cockpit voice recorder to estimate the fuel on board (excluding fixed reserve) and potential diversion range of the aircraft after each missed approach, with reference to the airports of Karratha, Newman and Solomon.

The Network Aviation F100 aircraft performance manual indicated FL 160 was the optimum level for a diversion of 150 NM (Karratha was 157 NM) and FL 110 for 100 NM (Newman was 115 NM). The FL 150 performance table figures were the closest to FL 160 and indicated the range from the first missed approach was about 242 NM,[34] and about 155 NM from the second missed approach. The A100 (10,000 ft) table figures were the closest to FL 110 and indicated the range from the third missed approach was about 84 NM (Solomon was 55 NM).

The captain recalled that they did not consider diverting after the first missed approach and that the FMC indicated they were at the minimum fuel for a diversion to Karratha after the second missed approach. The FO had set route 2 in the FMC to Karratha, and it was calculating the fuel direct to Karratha from their present position. However, the captain recalled that the FMC calculation did not consider the actual winds that would be experienced en route, or the additional fuel for an instrument approach if it was required at the destination.

The captain and FO reported that they decided minimum fuel was insufficient to divert to Karratha after the second missed approach without current weather, noting they would be committed to a landing on arrival. The captain recalled that they had looked at the forecast but were not aware of the actual weather conditions at Karratha. Consequently, they considered Karratha to be a ‘worse choice than staying at Paraburdoo where we did have the fuel to hold’. The FO also recalled that they had a discussion after the second and third missed approaches but concluded that they did not have enough fuel to divert anywhere safely without an updated weather forecast.

The flight crew subsequently decided to request a weather update for Newman as they heard QF1802 reporting to ATC at 0759 that they had landed at Newman, which occurred between their first and second missed approach. However, the captain reported that a diversion to Newman would have only been considered if ATC had reported significantly better weather as it also had TEMPO holding on the forecast and they had insufficient fuel to comply with that requirement. The use of Solomon was considered after the third missed approach, but then dismissed as the landing minima there was higher than the minima at Paraburdoo. Figure 5 depicts the estimated nil wind diversion range from each missed approach (242 NM, 155 NM, and 84 NM) and the airports that were under consideration by the flight crew.

Figure 5: Approximate nil wind diversion range from each missed approach

Figure 5: Approximate nil wind diversion range from each missed approach

Source: Google Earth, annotated by the ATSB

Organisational and management information

Diversion decision-making guidance

According to the Network Aviation Aerodrome and Route Data Manual, the preferred alternates for Paraburdoo were Karratha or Port Hedland. The flight crew had Karratha loaded in the FMC as route 2, but they did not obtain a weather update for Karratha before arriving at Paraburdoo. Their flight plan weather forecast and AWIS at top of descent indicated they would be visual before reaching the MDA. The operator noted that the weather forecast for Karratha was well above landing minima with no expectation of deterioration, and that ATC would broadcast if a SPECI was issued. Consequently, there was no company expectation or requirement for the flight crew to obtain updated weather for Karratha while en route to Paraburdoo.

According to the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) Doc 8168 (2018), Aircraft Operations (Vol 3) – Aircraft operating procedures, standard operating procedures ‘provide guidance to flight operations personnel to ensure safe, efficient, logical and predictable means of carrying out flight operations’. Therefore, the ATSB asked the operator if they had considered a diversion decision-making procedure.[35],[36] They did not consider a prescriptive procedure necessary but had published a standard operating procedure to limit the number of missed approaches. The Network Aviation Flight Administration Manual provided the following information:

8.59.2 Multiple Missed Approaches
 

Multiple Missed Approaches are not only distressing to passengers, but can also increase the risk of incident or accident. Therefore, during normal operations, Flight Crew should limit the number of weather-related Missed Approaches to two. A third approach in these circumstances should not be immediately attempted unless the Pilot In Command believes there is a high probability of a successful approach and landing, or greater emergency or operational requirement exists.

With respect to procedure 8.59.2, the captain reported that it was not weather-related or considerate of a fuel-critical state and the FO indicated there was insufficient fuel to divert after 2 missed approaches. The captain further stated that their interpretation of the procedure was that it was intended for the benefit of the passengers and to only continue if confident a landing would be made from the third approach. The chief pilot noted that, while it was worded from the perspective of passenger comfort, it did have a secondary intent of not continuing to conduct approaches in unsuitable conditions, and the 2 missed approaches were a limit unless there was an expectation that a landing would be made from the third approach.

The operator did not consider a prescriptive diversion decision-making procedure necessary. However, after the incident, they noted flight crew could benefit with better tools to assist their diversion decision-making process. For example, company flight plans included a summary on the possible diversion locations only when the flight legally required an alternate.

The operator also noted that they did not have a requirement for their flight crews to brief their minimum divert fuel at the top of descent. They had not provided a procedural expectation that this would be briefed, although it was a common practice for one of their management pilots in their previous employment. The operator considered that, if the flight crew had briefed their minimum divert fuel for Karratha as part of their arrival briefing for Paraburdoo, it might have influenced their decision-making.

The operator’s observations were consistent with ICAO Doc 8168 (2018), which stated that ‘Crew briefings communicate duties, standardize activities, ensure that a plan of action is shared by crew members and enhance crew situational awareness’. The objectives for flight crew briefings for safety-critical actions included:

 

a) refreshing prior knowledge to make it more readily accessible in real-time during flight;

b) constructing a shared mental picture of the situation to support situational awareness;

c) building a plan of action and transmitting it to crew members to promote effective error detection and management; and

d) preparing crew members for responses to foreseeable hazards to enable prompt and effective reaction.

The section for arrival briefings in ICAO Doc 8168 (2018) also provided the following information:

3.5.4 Flight crew arrival briefings should prioritize all relevant conditions that exist for the descent, approach and landing. They should include, but not be limited to:

…

h) alternate aerodromes and fuel considerations;

While this incident involved unforecast low cloud, and alternate aerodromes were not required for the flight plan, the operator noted, that even on a clear weather day, a preceding aircraft could have an accident at the destination airport, which could require a diversion.

Risk management

Bowtie risk assessments

Network Aviation, a subsidiary of Qantas, used the Qantas Group safety management system Risk assessment procedure and risk assessment guide for their risk management processes. Among their various tools was a bowtie risk assessment software. According to the software user manual (2019):

Risk in bowtie methodology is elaborated by the relationship between hazards, top events, threats and consequences. Barriers [also known as controls or defences] are used to display what measures an organization has in place to control the risk.

The top event represents the loss of control of the hazard (undesired aircraft state), and damage or injury is represented by the consequence(s). A threat is a factor that ‘itself should have the ability to cause the top event’ (Figure 6). While aviation traditionally distinguishes between threat and error, the software program used threat as the descriptor for both.

When the risk assessment is constructed with multiple threats on the left side and consequences on the right side of the top event, a bowtie like structure appears. Between the threats and the top event are the preventive controls, to reduce the likelihood of the top event occurring. Between the top event and the consequences are the recovery controls, to reduce the likelihood and/or severity of the consequences.

Figure 6: Example bowtie structure

Figure 6: Example bowtie structure

Source: ATSB

United Kingdom Civil Aviation Authority bowties

The United Kingdom (UK) Civil Aviation Authority (CAA) initiated a ‘Significant Seven’ task force in 2009. From this they then developed a series of bowtie risk assessments, known as the ‘Significant Seven’, with 3 bowties for each of the 7 risks. They were published on their website in their software file format so that they could be downloaded and customised by industry. According to the CAA website the scope of the Significant Seven project was focussed on the risks that contribute to UK commercial air transport fixed-wing operations. The operating environment and equipment were generic but UK oriented, therefore they recommended the following:

Aircraft operators can be expected to encounter operating environments outside the scope of the bowtie templates during international operations and these conditions are an example of issues that should be addressed when customising the bowties.

Their Significant Seven included controlled flight into terrain (CFIT) with the 3 bowties CFIT 3.1, CFIT 3.2 and CFIT 3.3, with revision dates 2013-2014. The CAA website provided the following information about their CFIT risk assessments:

The structure of the CFIT bowties is such that generic issues related to arrivals and departures are considered in bowtie 3.1 'Large CAT fixed-wing arrival or departure (general)/ Terrain separation deteriorating below normal requirements'.

 

Issues specific to non-precision or precision approaches have been addressed in their own bowties 3.2 and 3.3 respectively (e.g. both of these bowties should be considered in conjunction with the generic issues).

International Air Transport Association report

In 2018, the International Air Transport Association (IATA) published their CFIT research and analysis report for the period 2008-2017. They found that the highest frequency of accidents occurred in the approach phase of flight (24 from 47 accidents) and that ‘adverse weather’ was cited as a contributing factor in 51% of CFIT accident reports, ‘poor visibility / IMC’[37] in 46%, and ‘lack of visual reference including darkness and black hole effect’ in 33%. In addition, their report made the following observation about the role of situational awareness:

It is evident that most of the CFIT accidents result from a pilot’s breakdown in situational awareness (SA) instead of aircraft malfunction or a fire. In other words, these accidents are, for the most part, entirely preventable by the pilot. SA refers to the accurate perception by flight crew of the factors and conditions currently affecting the safe operation of the aircraft, and their vertical and/or horizontal position awareness in relation to the ground, water, or obstacles. The data shows that 49 percent of CFIT accidents had vertical, lateral or speed deviations as a contributing factor to CFIT accidents.

Network Aviation bowties

In 2019-2020, the Qantas Group Flight Operations Steering Committee (FOSC) downloaded, reviewed and amended the UK CAA bowties for CFIT 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3. After completing each review, the bowties were amended to ‘QF Group FOSC’ as the author and distributed to the operators within the group. The operators had the software and therefore could customise the bowties to their own operation if required. Network Aviation retained the FOSC copies of CFIT 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 without amendment.

Following the incident, the ATSB asked the operator if they had a risk assessment relating to flight crews experiencing weather below the landing minima. They did not have a specific risk assessment for this scenario but provided a copy of their CFIT 3.1 with threat 8: Flt [flight] crew operate below the appropriate minimum altitude (exc. instrument approach) leading to the top event of terrain separation deteriorating below normal requirements during arrival or departure with the consequence of CFIT leading to hull loss. They considered this to be the closest risk assessment to the incident under investigation. On review of the CAA CFIT 3.1, it was noted that the original threat 8 was Flt crew continue approach below the MDA/DH without visual reference, with the note Commonly exposed. The remaining 7 threats were unchanged between the CAA bowtie and operator’s bowtie.

The operator’s bowtie preventive controls included Visual reference and Flt crew detect and recognise error via maintaining SA [situational awareness] … In addition, while their threat 8 captured their altimetry procedures as a control, it omitted some of their other existing procedural controls, such as their arrival briefing and approach checklist.

The CAA CFIT 3.1 threat 8 did not use Visual reference or Flt crew detect and recognise error via maintaining SA… as controls. However, situational awareness was used as a control by the CAA for other threats in CFIT 3.1 and in other bowties. This included CFIT 3.2, where Flt crew maintain SA via effective monitoring was included as one of the controls for the threat of Flt crew loss of Situational Awareness (SA) during a NPA [non-precision approach] and was reproduced in the operator’s CFIT 3.2 bowtie.

At interview, the operator acknowledged that they had treated Visual reference as a control, rather than as an aspect of the threat. On consideration of why threat 8 had been changed, they reported that CFIT 3.1 was considered from the arrival perspective – from the top of descent to the relevant lowest safe altitude, followed by a visual approach – and that CFIT 3.2 and 3.3 dealt with threats specific to an instrument approach. However, while the operator’s CFIT 3.2 and 3.3 were amended from the CAA versions, neither of them included the CAA CFIT 3.1 threat 8 of Flt crew continue approach below the MDA/DH without visual reference.

According to the Qantas Group Safety Management System Manual, the risk owner/risk assessment owner/risk register owner was responsible for:

  • ensuring that a comprehensive risk assessment is performed, and the progress and implementation of risk treatment plans is monitored
  • confirming that existing controls are fit for purpose and operating, designed, and periodically monitored.

Therefore, the ATSB queried the operator’s safety assurance, specifically whether the bowtie risk controls were subject to audit as part of their risk management review process. The operator reported that, in the design of their system-based audit of consequences, they utilised the bowtie as an audit tool, so the bowtie controls will be assessed as part of the audit. This was consistent with the ICAO Safety Management Manual, Doc 9859 (2013), which included the following:

The safety assurance process complements that of quality assurance, with each having requirements for analysis, documentation, auditing and management reviews to assure that certain performance criteria are met. While quality assurance typically focuses on the organization’s compliance with regulatory requirements, safety assurance specifically monitors the effectiveness of safety risk controls.

System safety design order of precedence

According to Stolzer et al. (2008), the field of system safety provided a categorisation scheme for evaluating hazard (risk) controls, and that it was important for the safety practitioner to understand this scheme so that appropriate decisions could be made. This scheme was the system safety design order of precedence (also known as the hierarchy of hazard control) and was described in the United States Department of Defence System Safety Standard Practice Manual (MIL-STD-882E)[38] in the following manner:

The goal should always be to eliminate the hazard if possible. When a hazard cannot be eliminated, the associated risk should be reduced to the lowest acceptable level within the constraints of cost, schedule, and performance by applying the system safety design order of precedence. The system safety design order of precedence identifies alternative mitigation approaches and lists them in order of decreasing effectiveness.

From MIL-STD-882E, the system safety design order of precedence was as follows:

  • eliminate hazards through design selection
  • reduce risk through design alteration
  • incorporate engineered features or devices
  • provide warning devices
  • incorporate signage, procedures, training, and personal protective equipment.

The use of humans to monitor, detect and correct problems, are not risk controls within the design order of precedence. Rather, it is the incorporation of controls in accordance with this scheme that shapes the required level of safety and human performance within the system. This is described in the ICAO Human Factors Training Manual, Doc 9683 (1998), as follows:

The control of human error requires two different approaches. First, it is necessary to minimize the occurrence of errors by: ensuring high levels of staff competence; designing controls so that they match human characteristics [reduce risk through design]; providing proper checklists, procedures, manuals, maps, charts, SOPs [procedural controls] … Training programmes aimed at increasing the co-operation and communication between crew members will reduce the number of errors [training controls] ... The second avenue to the control of human error is to reduce the consequences of the remaining errors by cross-monitoring and crew co-operation [procedural and training controls]. Equipment design which makes errors reversible and equipment which can monitor or complement and support human performance also contribute to the limitation of errors or their consequences [engineered features and warning devices].

The description for managing the risk of human error in ICAO Doc 9683 (1998) included design to reduce risk, procedural and training controls, and the incorporation of engineered features and warning devices. A similar approach was employed by IATA (2018) in their CFIT research and analysis report section on mitigation strategies, which targeted the 3 categories of human, procedural and technological. They included the following explanation for the meaning of human‑related mitigation strategies:

The available human mitigations involve improving and maintaining pilots’ knowledge, their awareness and their competence, and each of these can be achieved by a comprehensive training program embracing classroom, simulator and flight training.

Hence, the level of safety and human performance is managed by the design of the system, which is consistent with the approach suggested by Stolzer et al. (2008).

Similar occurrences

A search of the ATSB’s database for the period 2012-2021 for unforecast weather and low fuel events in the air transport high-capacity sector found 114 occurrences, of which 10 involved both events in the same occurrence. For unforecast weather events, this involved 67 occurrences (64 incidents, 2 serious incidents and 1 accident), and low fuel events found 57 occurrences (53 incidents and 4 serious incidents). There were no previous incidents reported for Paraburdoo Airport within this 10-year dataset.

The following is a summary of previous destination weather related occurrences, both in Australia and overseas.

Aircraft Accident Investigation Bureau of India

On 18 August 2015, a Boeing 737-800, departed Doha, Qatar, for Cochin, India. On arrival at Cochin, the weather had deteriorated, and 3 missed approaches were conducted. The fuel reserve fell below the minimum required alternate of Bangalore during the third missed approach and the flight crew redesignated Trivandrum as their alternate. However, the weather conditions deteriorated at Trivandrum when they arrived, and a missed approach was conducted. This was followed by a MAYDAY fuel declaration and a request to attempt a visual approach. Three visual approaches were attempted with a landing made from the third. The fuel on shut down, after 7 approaches, was 349 kg, which was insufficient for any further approaches.

United Kingdom Air Accidents Investigation Branch (1/2016)

On 23 August 2013, a Eurocopter AS332 L2 Super Puma helicopter, collided with water while the flight crew were attempting to gain visual reference after reaching their MDA on approach to Sumburgh Airport, UK. The actual cloud base was lower than the original TAF forecast and the cloud base at their nominated alternate had also deteriorated, which probably would have precluded the flight crew from making a successful approach at their alternate.

ATSB investigation (AO-2013-100)

On 18 June 2013, 2 Boeing 737 aircraft were on scheduled flights to Adelaide, South Australia. On nearing Adelaide, the forecast improvement in weather conditions had not occurred and as a result, both aircraft diverted to Mildura, Victoria. Upon arrival at Mildura, the actual weather conditions were significantly different to those forecast, with visibility reduced in fog. The flight crew of the first aircraft conducted an instrument approach and landed below the minima. The flight crew of the second aircraft also conducted an instrument approach and landed below the minima in fog with fuel below the fixed reserve.

ATSB investigation (AO-2009-072)

On 18 November 2009, an Israel Aircraft Industries Westwind 1124A aircraft was operated on an air ambulance flight from Apia, Samoa to Norfolk Island, Australia. When the flight was planned, the aerodrome forecast for Norfolk Island indicated the weather conditions at the time of arrival would be above the alternate minima. However, on arrival at Norfolk Island, there was low cloud and the aircraft had insufficient fuel to divert to another airport. After 4 unsuccessful approaches, the flight crew ditched the aircraft 6.4 km west-south-west of the airport.

National Transportation Safety Board (AAR-91/04)

On 25 January 1990, a Boeing 707 flight from Bogota, Columbia, to New York, United States, was placed in a holding pattern 3 times due to poor weather conditions in the north‑eastern part of the United States for a duration of about 1 hour and 17 minutes. During the third period of holding, the flight crew reported they could not hold longer than 5 minutes, that they were running out of fuel, and could not reach their alternate airport. Subsequently, they executed a missed approach and then lost power to all engines due to fuel starvation and collided with terrain while attempting a second approach.

Safety analysis

Introduction

On the morning of 22 November 2021, a Network Aviation Fokker Aircraft F100, registered VH‑NHV and operating as flight QF1616, departed Perth Airport on a scheduled passenger service to Paraburdoo Airport, Western Australia. On arrival at Paraburdoo, the flight crew conducted 3 missed approaches due to unforecast low cloud. On the fourth approach, the flight crew continued the approach below the landing minima without visual reference to the runway due to the aircraft’s fuel state.

This analysis will discuss the flight crew’s decision not to divert, the eventual landing below minima, and the reason for the unforecast low cloud. The delay in an air traffic control weather update, and limitations associated with in-flight access to weather while holding at Paraburdoo and weather forecasting at the airport, will also be discussed. It will also consider the operator’s procedural guidance and risk management for unforecast weather.

Decision not to divert

After downloading and reviewing their flight plan before take-off, the flight crew noted they had a 60-minute holding fuel requirement for Paraburdoo. However, both the mean and holding weather conditions indicated the lowest cloud was forecast to be above their landing minima. Therefore, they departed Perth with the expectation of landing from their first approach. This expectation was likely reinforced by the automatic weather information service (AWIS) broadcast prior to top of descent, which indicated the lowest cloud was 2,100 ft above the airport. Consequently, their first missed approach at Paraburdoo was unexpected.

The 0730 AWIS update during the descent indicated that low cloud had started to develop at 500 ft above the aerodrome, which was below their landing minima. However, the concurrent air traffic broadcasts on the other radio may have interfered with the flight crew hearing this information as the captain reported that the QNH was the only change noted. Since an accurate QNH must be obtained within 15 minutes of commencing an approach for the minima to be reduced by 100 ft, it was likely that this was their reason for listening to the AWIS during the descent.

When they conducted their first approach, the flight crew momentarily became visual with the runway but realised they would have been too steep to attempt the landing. However, the combination of the visual contact and tailwind on the first approach, provided them with confidence that a second approach to the opposite runway would be successful. Further, the cloud they encountered on the first approach was lower than forecast, which suggested to them that the first approach was likely flown in the worst of the expected conditions. They did not consider at this stage that the conditions might worsen. Therefore, they elected to immediately conduct a second approach, which was also unsuccessful due to low cloud obscuring the runway.

It was after the second missed approach that the flight crew realised the weather was more concerning than expected. At this stage, the deterioration in the actual conditions at Paraburdoo likely resulted in them losing confidence in their flight plan weather forecasts for decision-making purposes.

The weather reports for the airports under consideration for diversion by the flight crew indicated that Karratha Airport was the only suitable diversion. After the second missed approach, the flight management computer (FMC) indicated they were at minimum fuel to divert to Karratha, but the captain was cognisant that this did not allow for the winds they might experience or for an instrument approach on arrival at Karratha if required. In this case, they could not determine if they could reach Karratha with their fixed fuel reserve remaining. Consequently, without knowledge of the actual weather conditions, they elected to disregard Karratha as an option.

Instead, the flight crew requested a weather update for Newman Airport since it was closer, and another aircraft had landed there recently. However, the captain was aware the forecast had a holding requirement and was reluctant to commit to a diversion unless the actual conditions were better than forecast. Solomon Airport was also considered after the third missed approach but was disregarded due to having a higher landing minima than Paraburdoo.

Therefore, as they were still within their 60-minute holding fuel period and did not have immediate access to actual improved weather conditions elsewhere, the flight crew elected to conduct further approaches at Paraburdoo.

Landing below minima

The ATSB’s review of their estimated fuel load found that the flight crew likely had sufficient fuel to divert to Karratha or Newman immediately after their second missed approach, but not after their third missed approach. According to the forecasts and actual conditions, Karratha was suitable, but Newman was not, and an immediate decision was required to divert to Karratha. However, it was only after the second missed approach that the flight crew started to discuss diversion options and the fuel consumption during this period consequently precluded Karratha as an option.

After their third missed approach, a diversion to Solomon was their only other option. However, as the lowest landing minima at Solomon was higher than at Paraburdoo, they disregarded it. At the time, the cloud base at Solomon was below the minima and therefore it would not have been a suitable diversion if the flight crew had received the latest actual weather. Consequently, the flight crew were committed to conducting a fourth approach at Paraburdoo.

Before they commenced their fourth approach the flight crew briefed their plan and duties, and their contingency plan if the approach became unsafe. They subsequently descended below the runway 24 MDA of 584 ft above aerodrome level without visual reference on the approach. On achieving their visual reference at about 293 ft, the aircraft was stable on the glidepath and close to the extended runway centreline, which enabled them to land without further incident, 57 minutes after their first missed approach.

Cloud base

On the night prior to the incident flight, there were no meteorological observations from the Pilbara region of persistent low cloud. In addition, there was a layer of mid-level cloud overnight that should have limited the overnight surface cooling and had also obscured satellite imagery of any low-level cloud. Therefore, the presence of scattered cloud at 1,000 ft above aerodrome level at the surrounding aerodromes at 0200 was used as the justification for forecasting mean conditions at Paraburdoo of scattered cloud at 1,000 ft, with TEMPO conditions for broken cloud at 1,000 ft. This was above the flight crew’s landing minima for runway 06 and 24 of 604 ft and 684 ft respectively.

There was also an expectation that surface heating would lift the cloud base after sunrise. However, the lifting trend in the modelling did not occur and the cloud base lowered, remaining below the highest alternate minima from 0730 for 3 hours 26 minutes.

Distinct from the forecast conditions, at 0730, 16 minutes before the first missed approach, scattered cloud at 500 ft was reported by the automatic weather station (AWS). This deteriorated to broken cloud at 400 ft before the last approach. The AWS was still reporting broken cloud at 400 ft at 0900, 17 minutes after the aircraft landed. This deterioration was consistent with the flight crew’s observations that they experienced low cloud at the approach minima for all 4 approaches, and broadcast after landing that patches of low cloud were present at 250-300 ft.

It was likely that evaporation of rainfall added moisture to the atmosphere (wet bulb effect), as indicated by a reduction in the reported visibility from greater than 10 km at 0730 to 6,000 m at 0751. While the surface wind had not yet backed around to the west, the tailwind component reported by the flight crew on their first approach to runway 06 suggested the winds above the surface already had a westerly component. Airflow from the west is forced to rise over the terrain to the west of the airport and will cool, which results in the development of low cloud if the air becomes saturated (orographic uplift). Therefore, the low cloud that developed below the forecast conditions, was likely a combination of moistening of the airmass from rainfall and orographic uplift from the local terrain.

These conditions were considered difficult to forecast due to the absence of low cloud observed on the evening prior, any low-level cloud being obscured on the satellite imagery, and the lifting trend in the modelling not occurring. This discrepancy between the forecast and actual conditions resulted in the flight crew losing confidence in their flight plan aerodrome forecasts for diversion decision-making purposes, and initially misled them to believe that conditions would not deteriorate further after their first missed approach.

In-flight access to weather information

A decision to divert is a procedure-based decision-making exercise, which is also known as rule‑based decision-making. This is dependent on the situational awareness or knowledge of the problem, and knowledge of options (Flin, O’Connor, Crichton, 2008). When the flight departed Perth, the flight crew had incorrect knowledge of the weather situation that would unfold at Paraburdoo when they arrived. Although they passed within range of the Meekatharra automatic en route information service (AERIS), which would have provided them with the current weather for Karratha, there was no operational need for it at that stage, based on their assessment of the forecast conditions.

After the second missed approach, the flight crew’s discussions and actions indicated they had updated their assessment of the situation and were now actively seeking additional information about the weather conditions. This included the Paraburdoo AWIS (which was checked before each approach), air traffic control, and the Paraburdoo safety car officer. At this stage, they were holding at about 4,100 ft, which meant they were out of range of the Meekatharra AERIS, which required an altitude of about 36,500 ft to receive the broadcast.

The aircraft was fitted with the hardware for the aircraft communications addressing and reporting system (ACARS), which could be used to immediately access current weather information. However, the system was not operational, and therefore could not be used. If the system had been operative, they would have required a satellite link to use it, as they were holding below the required altitude of at least 11,000 ft to receive information from the nearest VHF datalink service at Newman. Therefore, with no other means to obtain current weather information while holding at Paraburdoo, the flight crew were reliant on air traffic control (ATC) to access weather information for alternate aerodromes.

If the flight crew had access to updated weather information using the AERIS or ACARS, it would have informed them that the cloud base was above 10,000 ft and visibility was greater than 10 km at Karratha. This would have indicated that Karratha was a suitable diversion location. However, without current weather information for alternative aerodromes, the flight crew elected to remain at Paraburdoo.

Atmospheric data

During the incident, a rain band and associated middle and high-level cloud was observed across north-western Australia by the Bureau of Meteorology (BoM). Their model traces had indicated saturated levels through to near to the surface. However, modelling in northern Australia was subject to false alarms for widespread low cloud. Therefore, some form of surface verification and/or satellite observations were required for the BoM to have confidence in the modelling. On the night prior to the incident, mid-level cloud made it difficult to utilise satellite observations to observe low cloud and confirm the modelling.

Light rain or drizzle had been falling at Paraburdoo. However, the extent of the rain was uncertain as Paraburdoo was outside the optimal range for the nearest weather radar stations. Therefore, it appeared clear on their weather radars at the time of the incident, despite the presence of low cloud and rain.

According to the BoM, the depth of moisture through the atmosphere is important in determining the potential for low cloud development. The sources available to indicate the depth of moisture are weather balloons and aircraft meteorological data relay (AMDAR). Data obtained from weather balloons allow forecasters to plot an aerological diagram and forecast cloud bases and tops. However, the nearest weather balloon stations were more than 160 NM from Paraburdoo and may not necessarily be representative of the conditions experienced at Paraburdoo. Furthermore, as Paraburdoo was not part of the AMDAR network, no AMDAR profiles were available to support the BoM forecasts for Paraburdoo.  

The accuracy of forecasting is dependent on the data available. As Paraburdoo did not have the means to provide forecasters with a vertical profile of the moisture through the atmosphere, and satellite imagery was not available due to being obscured by mid-level cloud, the forecast was dependent on observations at other airports in the region. Therefore, the lack of atmospheric measurements increased the risk of an inaccurate projection of the conditions for Paraburdoo including unforecast low cloud below the instrument approach landing minima. While the current BoM plans for upgrading weather balloon and weather radar stations around Australia do not include Paraburdoo Airport, the ATSB did not identify a trend from the last 10-years of data associated with this airport to warrant a safety issue at this stage.

Diversion procedure

The forecast conditions for Paraburdoo required 60 minutes TEMPO holding fuel, but no alternate was required. Despite this, the flight crew were expecting to obtain visual reference with the runway before reaching their minimum descent altitude for the approach. This expectation was likely reinforced by the AWIS recording before top of descent, which indicated the lowest cloud base was 2,100 ft above the aerodrome. However, on arrival, the flight crew were confronted with 2 unforecast weather hazards. The cloud base had deteriorated below their landing minima, and it did not lift within the 60-minute TEMPO period.

As discussed previously, a diversion is a procedural decision-making exercise, which requires knowledge of both the problem and the options available (Flin, O’Connor, Crichton, 2008). Therefore, a diversion decision-making procedure should serve the purposes of guiding the flight crew to correctly assess the problem and then select an appropriate course of action.

The operator had published a procedure, which limited the number of missed approaches to 2, but they did not believe a prescriptive decision-making procedure was necessary. However, even after the first missed approach, the flight crew were expecting to land from their second approach and there was no discussion of the limits to conducting missed approaches nor consideration of their fuel reserve for a diversion.

After the second missed approach, the flight crew only had a few minutes in which to decide to divert to Karratha, which was the nearest suitable alternate airport. However, they had not briefed this option. Therefore, instead of committing to a diversion after the second missed approach, they entered a holding pattern and started to diagnose the actual weather conditions and their options.

The operator’s limit to missed approaches did not provide guidance for flight crew to brief their divert options before arrival or on encountering unforecast weather at their destination. The arrival briefing procedural guidance from the International Civil Aviation Organization (Doc 8168, 2018) included ‘alternate aerodromes and fuel considerations’, and while this was within the context of ‘relevant conditions’, unforecast weather is a hazard frequently reported to the ATSB and that has been the subject of previous accident and incident investigations. In this case, if the flight crew had briefed their divert options before arrival, they would have been better placed to manage the unforecast weather conditions they encountered at Paraburdoo. Therefore, a diversion procedure should be considered within an organisation’s risk controls and the absence of this decision‑making guidance increased the risk that flight crew would not be prepared for a diversion.

Risk management

The 3 United Kingdom Civil Aviation Authority’s (CAA) bowtie risk assessments for controlled flight into terrain (CFIT) were largely retained by the Qantas Group Flight Operations Steering Committee (FOSC) and subsequently Network Aviation, with minor amendments. One of the notable amendments was the replacement of the CAA CFIT 3.1 threat 8: Flt crew continue approach below the MDA/DH without visual reference with the FOSC CFIT 3.1 threat 8: Flt crew operate below the appropriate minimum altitude (exc. instrument approach). This was considered by the operator to be the closest risk assessment to the incident.

It was also noted that the operator’s CFIT 3.2 and 3.3 risk assessments for instrument approaches had not captured CAA CFIT 3.1 threat 8. Consequently, there were no weather-related threats identified in the operator’s CFIT bowties. In which case, there was no requirement to identify controls or treatment plans to manage these threats, despite a recent CFIT research and analysis report finding that adverse weather was cited as a contributing factor in 51% of accidents (IATA, 2018).

The operator’s CFIT threats relied on preventive risk controls such as visual reference and human performance for monitoring, detecting and correcting problems to maintain situational awareness. While the latter appeared to be inherited from the UK CAA bowties, research conducted by the International Air Transport Association indicated that operating in adverse weather conditions, poor visibility, and a lack of visual reference were considered contributing factors or threats to CFIT rather than risk controls. It was also noted that other procedural controls were used by the operator, but not included in the bowtie risk assessment. These included their arrival briefing and approach checklist, which, according to International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) Doc 8168 (2018), are designed to enhance situational awareness and therefore reduce the likelihood of an unintentional descent below the minimum altitude.

A reliance on human performance as a control to monitor, detect and correct problems within a risk assessment can result in an inherently unsafe system. If there is a human performance safety requirement associated with a specific threat, then this should be managed with the appropriate controls, such as training, procedures, and warning devices, as indicated by the International Air Transport Association CFIT mitigation strategies (2018) and ICAO (Doc 9683, 1998). They would then be subject to the safety assurance activities for that risk assessment.

The key environmental threat from this investigation that operators and flight crew need to manage is unforecast instrument meteorological conditions below minima at the destination. While forecast weather below minima is routinely effectively managed with a prescriptive ruleset, unforecast weather may be more likely to result in the need for an approach below minima without visual reference due to the development of a fuel-critical situation. Therefore, the absence of this threat from the operator’s CFIT risk assessment increased the risk that controls required to manage this threat would not be developed, monitored, and reviewed at a management level.

Weather update delay

Although the flight crew were aware that Newman had similar conditions to the Paraburdoo forecast, including a 60-minute holding fuel requirement, another aircraft had landed there between QF1616’s first and second missed approaches. This suggested to the flight crew that Newman might be a suitable diversion. As such, the captain informed ATC that they had conducted a second missed approach due low cloud at Paraburdoo and requested the latest weather for Newman. However, there was no urgency associated with this request and ATC asked them to standby for a response. Following this request, the flight crew and ATC diverted their attention to their other tasks, which included traffic inbound to Paraburdoo.

There was a delay of about 15 minutes before ATC queried if the flight crew still required the weather for Newman. At this stage, they had conducted a third missed approach and were likely below the minimum fuel required to divert to Newman, therefore the captain declined. While this delay precluded the flight crew considering the option of a diversion to Newman, both the cloud and weather data groups for Newman were not available for the period from 0600-1000. Without a meteorological observer at Newman, the latest METAR was the only current weather ATC could have provided the flight crew. In addition, the captain was reluctant to divert to another airport that had a holding fuel requirement they could not meet and might be subject to a similar weather pattern as Paraburdoo, unless the actual weather was better than forecast. As the current METAR did not provide an improvement to the forecast, it was unlikely that the provision of the latest weather information would have influenced the flight crew to divert to Newman and the delay was not considered contributory to the incident.

Despite this, ATC was the only option for the flight crew to obtain current weather for an alternate airport and the report of missed approaches at Paraburdoo associated with the request for the latest weather for Newman suggested this was likely a time-critical request. While the flight crew were within their TEMPO fuel holding period at Paraburdoo, they were approaching a fuel critical situation for a diversion to Newman. In this scenario, the inclusion of ‘minimum fuel’ with their request for the latest Newman weather could have reduced the likelihood of a delay, but probably would not have changed the outcome.

Newman automatic weather information service

The Airservices Australia new filtering system for SPECI reports was dependent on the conditions that trigger such reports being detected at the aerodrome. On the morning of the incident flight, there were 11 weather reports issued from the Newman AWS from 0600-1000. This included 2 SPECI reports for a reduction and subsequent improvement in visibility at 0934 and 0944. However, the cloud and weather data groups were not available throughout this period, which meant that Newman could have entered SPECI conditions undetected during this period.

As there was a delay in the information and the captain subsequently declined the weather update for Newman, this did not influence their decision to remain at Paraburdoo. However, if a SPECI condition is not detected at the source by an AWS, unforecast weather conditions may not be captured and disseminated by ATC to airborne aircraft as a hazard. While this is not a substitute for flight planning and in-flight weather update requests before reaching a point-of-no-return, the broadcast of unforecast SPECI conditions may provide a timely alert to flight crew to avoid a fuel-critical situation developing.

Findings

ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors. 

Safety issues are highlighted in bold to emphasise their importance. A safety issue is a safety factor that (a) can reasonably be regarded as having the potential to adversely affect the safety of future operations, and (b) is a characteristic of an organisation or a system, rather than a characteristic of a specific individual, or characteristic of an operating environment at a specific point in time.

These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.

From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the unforecast weather and flight below minimum altitude involving Fokker Aircraft F100, registration VH-NHV, at Paraburdoo Airport, Western Australia, on 22 November 2021.

Contributing factors

  • The flight crew lost confidence in their flight plan weather forecasts after two missed approaches at Paraburdoo Airport. Without immediate access to actual weather information, they elected to conduct further approaches instead of diverting.
  • After the third missed approach, the flight crew had insufficient fuel to divert to a suitable airport and were committed to landing in conditions below their landing minima due to the continuing deteriorating cloud base.
  • The actual weather conditions encountered by the flight crew on arrival at Paraburdoo Airport were worse than the flight plan forecast, below the landing minima and deteriorating. This event was difficult to forecast accurately due to the lack of observed lower cloud, satellite imagery and meteorological modelling limitations.
  • The aircraft was not fitted with an operational aircraft communications addressing and reporting system (ACARS) and was out of range of the Meekatharra automatic en route information service (AERIS) while holding at Paraburdoo Airport. Therefore, the flight crew were reliant on air traffic control to access actual weather information for alternate aerodromes.
  • Paraburdoo Airport did not have a means of detecting the moisture content in the atmosphere above the surface. This increased the risk that low cloud below the instrument approach landing minima might not be forecast.
  • Network Aviation did not provide their flight crew with a diversion decision-making procedure for the circumstances where their flights encountered unforecast weather below landing minima. This increased the risk that their flight crew would not anticipate and be adequately prepared for a diversion. (Safety issue)
  • Network Aviation did not include the threat of unforecast weather below landing minima in their controlled flight into terrain risk assessments. This increased the risk that controls required to manage this threat would not be developed, monitored, and reviewed at a management level. (Safety issue)

Other factors that increased risk

  • The flight crew did not convey a sense of urgency to air traffic control when they requested the actual weather information for Newman Airport. This, combined with the controller's workload at the time, resulted in a delay of about 15 minutes before the information was offered. However, Newman Airport had a holding fuel requirement the flight could not comply with and as the actual weather did not include an improvement of conditions it was unlikely that this information would have influenced their decision to divert.
  • The Newman Airport automatic weather station cloud and weather data groups were not available at the time the flight crew requested the latest weather from air traffic control. While this did not influence the flight crew’s decision to remain at Paraburdoo, it increased the risk that a deterioration in the cloud base below the forecast conditions at Newman would not be broadcast by air traffic control to airborne aircraft as a hazard.

Safety issues and actions

Central to the ATSB’s investigation of transport safety matters is the early identification of safety issues. The ATSB expects relevant organisations will address all safety issues an investigation identifies.

Depending on the level of risk of a safety issue, the extent of corrective action taken by the relevant organisation(s), or the desirability of directing a broad safety message to the aviation industry, the ATSB may issue a formal safety recommendation or safety advisory notice as part of the final report.

All of the directly involved parties are invited to provide submissions to this draft report. As part of that process, each organisation is asked to communicate what safety actions, if any, they have carried out or are planning to carry out in relation to each safety issue relevant to their organisation.

Descriptions of each safety issue, and any associated safety recommendations, are detailed below. Click the link to read the full safety issue description, including the issue status and any safety action/s taken. Safety issues and actions are updated on this website when safety issue owners provide further information concerning the implementation of safety action.

Diversion procedure

Safety issue number: AO-2021-048-SI-01

Safety issue description: Network Aviation did not provide their flight crew with a diversion decision-making procedure for the circumstances where their flights encountered unforecast weather below landing minima. This increased the risk that their flight crew would not anticipate and be adequately prepared for a diversion.

Risk management

Safety issue number: AO-2021-048-SI-02

Safety issue description: Network Aviation did not include the threat of unforecast weather below landing minima in their controlled flight into terrain risk assessments. This increased the risk that controls required to manage this threat would not be developed, monitored, and reviewed at a management level.

Safety action not associated with an identified safety issue

Whether or not the ATSB identifies safety issues in the course of an investigation, relevant organisations may proactively initiate safety action in order to reduce their safety risk. The ATSB has been advised of the following proactive safety action in response to this occurrence.

Additional safety action by Network Aviation

Internal safety advisory notice

Network Aviation issued an updated internal safety advisory notice to their flight crew, which highlighted the operating parameters and limitations associated with automatic weather information services (AWIS).

Airport risk assessment

Network Aviation updated their Paraburdoo Airport risk assessment to capture the risk of variable weather conditions and the procedural risk controls introduced in response to this incident.

Company fuel policy

Network Aviation amended their company fuel policy to mandate additional alternate fuel requirements for nominated airports (operator approved variations). Airport classification is assessed based on alternate availability, instrument approach availability, aerodrome forecast reporting and historical accuracy, local mesoscale weather phenomena, and topography/terrain.

Access to expanded port briefings

Network Aviation established access for flight crew to obtain expanded briefings on ports (with operator fuel policy approved variations) from internal company meteorologists.

Update to the Aerodrome and Route Manual

Network Aviation updated the company’s Aerodrome and Route Data Manual to provide a new section on weather planning tools and resources, and a new section explaining the limitations of ceilometers and visibility meters installed in automatic weather information stations throughout the company network.

Enhanced training reference library

Network Aviation enhanced the company’s training reference library for flight crew to support pilot knowledge and decision making. Additional content in the library is focused on company learnings from QF1616, which includes:

  • fuel management
  • threat management and contingency planning
  • time management in areas of vulnerability
  • pilot in command responsibilities.
Update to take-off and landing data cards

Network Aviation have updated their take-off and landing data cards to provide a dedicated section for recording the alternate aerodrome, estimated time interval, fuel burn and fuel on arrival.

Glossary

AAL                  Above aerodrome level

ACARS             Aircraft communications addressing and reporting system

AIP                   Aviation information publication

AMDAR            Aircraft meteorological data relay

ATC                  Air traffic control

AWIS                Automatic weather information service

AWS                 Automatic weather station

BoM                 Bureau of Meteorology

CAA                 Civil Aviation Authority (UK)

CFIT                 Controlled flight into terrain

DH                   Decision height

FL                    Flight level

FMC                 Flight management computer

FMS                 Flight management system

FO                    First officer

GNSS               Global navigation satellite system

IATA                 International Air Transport Association

ICAO                International Civil Aviation Organization

LNAV                Lateral navigation

MDA                 Minimum descent altitude

METAR             Meteorological aerodrome report

PAPI                 Precision approach path indicator

PF                    Pilot flying

PM                   Pilot monitoring

RNAV               Area navigation

SA                    Situational awareness

SPECI              Special meteorological aerodrome report

TAF                  Aerodrome forecast

UK                    United Kingdom

VHF                  Very high frequency (radio frequency in the range 30-300 MHz)

VNAV               Vertical navigation

YMEK               Meekatharra Airport

YNWN              Newman Airport

YPBO               Paraburdoo Airport

YPKA               Karratha Airport

YSOL               Solomon Airport

Sources and submissions

Sources of information

The sources of information during the investigation included:

  • Aerodrome Management Services
  • the Bureau of Meteorology
  • Civil Aviation Safety Authority
  • data from the cockpit voice recorder and flight data recorder
  • the flight crew
  • Network Aviation management personnel:
    • chief pilot
    • manager fleet technical
    • safety manager
    • manager fleet safety and regulatory compliance.

References

Air Accidents Investigation Branch (United Kingdom) (2016) Report on the accident to AS332 L2 Super Puma helicopter, G-WNSB on approach to Sumburgh Airport on 23 August 2013 (AAR 1/2016). Retrieved from https://www.gov.uk/aaib-reports/aircraft-accident-report-aar-1-2016-g-wnsb-23-august-2013

Aircraft Accident Investigation Bureau (India) (2016) Final report on serious incident to M/s Jet Airways Boeing 737-800W aircraft VT-JFA at Cochin on 18/08/2015. Retrieved from https://skybrary.aero/bookshelf/final-report-b738-vt-jfa-vicinity-trivandrum-india-18-aug-2015

Australian Transport Safety Bureau (2017) Fuel planning event, weather-related event and ditching involving Israel Aircraft Industries Westwind 1124A, VH-NGA, 6.4 km WSW of Norfolk Island Airport on 18 November 2009 (AO-2009-072 reopened). Retrieved from /publications/investigation_reports/2009/aair/ao-2009-072

Australian Transport Safety Bureau (2016) Landing below minima due to fog involving Boeing 737s, VH-YIR and VH-VYK, Mildura Airport, Victoria on 18 June 2013 (AO-2013-100). Retrieved from /publications/investigation_reports/2013/aair/ao-2013-100  

Civil Aviation Safety Authority (2015) Extended Diversion Time Operations (EDTO) (Civil Aviation Advisory Publication 82-1(1), January 2015, Canberra.

CGE Risk Management Solutions B.V. (2019) Bowtie software user manual revision 39. Retrieved from https://bowtierisksolutions.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/BowTieXP-…

Flin R, O’Connor P and Crichton M (2008) Safety at the sharp end: a guide to non-technical skills, Ashgate, Farnham.

International Air Transport Association (2018) Controlled flight into terrain accident analysis report, 2018 edition. Retrieved from https://www.iata.org/contentassets/06377898f60c46028a4dd38f13f979ad/cfit-report.pdf  

International Civil Aviation Organization (2018) Aircraft Operations (Doc 8168): Volume 3 – Aircraft Operating Procedures (1st ed). ICAO, Montreal.

International Civil Aviation Organization (2013) Safety Management Manual (Doc 9859) (3rd ed). ICAO, Montreal.

International Civil Aviation Organization (1998) Human factors training manual (Doc 9683-AN/950) (1st ed). ICAO, Montreal.

National Transportation Safety Board (1991) Aircraft accident report: Avianca, the airline of Columbia Boeing 707-321B, HK 2016 fuel exhaustion Cove Neck, New York January 25, 1990 (AAR-91/04). Retrieved from https://www.ntsb.gov/investigations/accidentreports/reports/aar9104.pdf

Stolzer AJ, Halford CD and Goglia JJ (2008) Safety management systems in aviation, Ashgate, Aldershot.

United States Department of Defence (2012) System safety standard practice (MIL-STD-882E), United States Department of Defence, Washington DC.

World Meteorological Organization (2017) Guide to aircraft-based observations (WMO-No. 1200), World Meteorological Organization, Geneva.

Submissions

Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.

A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:

  • flight crew
  • Network Aviation management personnel
  • Civil Aviation Safety Authority
  • Bureau of Meteorology
  • Airservices Australia
  • Air Accidents Investigation Branch (United Kingdom).

Submissions were received from:

  • the United Kingdom Air Accidents Investigation Branch
  • Airservices Australia
  • Civil Aviation Safety Authority
  • Bureau of Meteorology
  • Network Aviation Management.

The submissions were reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the draft report was amended accordingly.

Purpose of safety investigations

The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:

  • identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
  • providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.

It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.

Terminology

An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.

Publishing information 

Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003

Published by: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

© Commonwealth of Australia 2023

image_5.png

Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication

Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.

Creative Commons licence

With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.

Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.

The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.

[1]     Western Standard Time (WST): Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) + 8 hours.

[2]     Minimum descent altitude (MDA) is the minimum altitude for a non-precision approach to obtain visual reference and decision altitude (DA) is the altitude at which a missed approach must be commenced from a precision approach if visual reference is not obtained.

[3]     Aerodrome forecast (TAF): a statement of meteorological conditions expected for a specific period of time in the airspace within a radius of 5 NM (9 km) of the aerodrome reference point.

[4]     Cloud cover is reported using words that denote the extent of the cover – ‘few’ indicates that up to a quarter of the sky is covered, ‘scattered’ indicates that cloud is covering between a quarter and a half of the sky, ‘broken’ indicates that more than half to almost all the sky is covered, and ‘overcast’ indicates that all the sky is covered.

[5]     Cloud data is height above aerodrome elevation.

[6]     TEMPO: a temporary deterioration in the forecast weather conditions, during which significant variation in prevailing conditions are expected to last for periods of between 30 and 60 minutes.

[7]     Landing minima: specified meteorological conditions of cloud ceiling and visibility. For an aircraft to land at an aerodrome, the actual weather conditions need to be at or above the landing minima.

[8]     INTER: an intermittent deterioration in the forecast weather conditions, during which a significant variation in prevailing conditions is expected to last for periods of less than 30 minutes duration.

[9]     Flight level: at altitudes above 10,000 ft in Australia, an aircraft’s height above mean sea level is referred to as a flight level (FL). FL 350 equates to 35,000 ft.

[10]    Pilot Flying (PF) and Pilot Monitoring (PM): procedurally assigned roles with specifically assigned duties at specific stages of a flight. The PF does most of the flying, except in defined circumstances; such as planning for descent, approach and landing. The PM carries out support duties and monitors the PF’s actions and the aircraft’s flight path.

[11]    Automated weather information service (AWIS): actual weather conditions, provided via telephone or radio broadcast, from Bureau of Meteorology (BoM) automatic weather stations, or weather stations approved for that purpose by the BoM.

[12]    QNH: the altimeter barometric pressure subscale setting used to indicate the height above mean seal level.

[13]    Dewpoint: the temperature at which water vapour in the air starts to condense as the air cools. It is used, among other things, to monitor the risk of aircraft carburettor icing or the likelihood of fog.

[14]    On the cockpit voice recorder, most of the broadcast was inaudible due to traffic on the ATC frequency, except for the wind 040° at 4 kt and QNH 1013.

[15]    A QNH obtained from an approved source within 15 minutes of conducting an instrument approach may be used to lower the MDA by 100 ft if the procedure is in a grey shaded box. Network Aviation standard operating procedures require their flight crew to fly a continuous descent profile for non-precision approaches and add 50 ft to the MDA.

[16]    Due to the Melbourne Centre flight information area frequency volume, some of the flight crew discussions and automated weather information service broadcasts during the flight were inaudible due to concurrent radio traffic on the Melbourne Centre frequency.

[17]    Pilot activated runway and taxiway lighting (PAL): PAL is activated by a series of timed transmissions using the aircraft’s very high frequency radio on a designated frequency.

[18]    Precision Approach Path Indicator (PAPI): a ground-based system that uses a system of coloured lights used by pilots to identify the correct glide path to the runway when conducting a visual approach.

[19]    In accordance with the Network Aviation Flight Administration Manual standard operating procedure 8.50: Automatic flight shall be used when possible for all instrument approaches when Instrument Meteorological Conditions (IMC) exist. Vertical speed mode (vertical navigation) and NAV mode (lateral navigation) were used for all approaches as per company recommendation for an RNAV approach.

[20]    The operations normal call time provided the next expected transmission time from this aircraft to indicate operations were normal.

[21]    QF1618 flight plan fuel load had 1,694 kg more than QF1616.

[22]    MAYDAY: an internationally recognised radio call announcing a distress condition where an aircraft or its occupants are being threatened by serious and/or imminent danger and the flight crew require immediate assistance.

[23]    The ground proximity warning system is intended to alert the flight crew to a situation that could lead to ground contact and to warn of impending ground contact. During the incident flight, the system provided callouts to the flight crew on each approach, commencing from 2,500 ft above ground level.

[24]    The aircraft’s flight data recorder did not record either fuel flow or fuel load parameters. Therefore, the flight data could not be used to analyse this information, which was the critical parameter for the flight crew in this incident.

[25]    Tanker fuel is extra fuel uplifted from airports with a lower fuel price, such as capital city airports.

[26]    Required navigation performance (RNP) levels refer to the performance required from the navigation system. RNP 0.3 means the aircraft navigation system must be able to calculate its position to within a circle with a radius 0.3 NM.

[27]    The temperature to which air must be cooled, at constant pressure and water vapour content, in order for saturation to occur. If the air is cooled further, some of the water vapour will condense to liquid.

[28]    The light pulse is scattered by aerosols including water droplets (clouds), and the component of light scattered back towards the ceilometer is measured.

[29]    When operating instrument flight rules, the instrument approach chart will show the ceiling (cloud base height) and visibility minima to be compared with the meteorological forecasts and reports to determine both the need to provide for an alternate aerodrome and the suitability of that aerodrome as an alternate (ENR 1.5 section. 6: Alternate weather minima).

[30]    The optimal range is generally within 110 NM of the weather radar station, terrain dependent, to capture rainfall echoes from clouds about 10,000 ft above mean sea level.

[31]    Precipitation: Any product of the condensation of atmospheric water vapour that falls under gravity.

[32]    Dewpoint depression: The difference between the temperature and dewpoint temperature at certain height in the atmosphere.

[33]    A principal cloud type, forming in the low levels of the troposphere (the lowest layer of the atmosphere) and normally existing as a flat layer that does not exhibit individual elements.

[34]    Calculations are based on nil wind from the start of the take-off roll with anti-icing on.

[35]    A diversion decision-making procedure is a requirement for extended diversion time operations, but this was not applicable to the operator’s F100 fleet. Refer Civil Aviation Advisory Publication 82-1(1): Extended Diversion Time Operations (EDTO); ‘6.6.1 The operator’s operations manual must establish procedures for flight crew outlining the criteria that indicate when a diversion or change of routing is recommended whilst conducting an EDTO’.

[36]    On 2 December 2021, 10 days after the incident, the new Civil Aviation Safety Regulations flight operations regulations commenced. This required all Part 121 operations to plan at least one destination alternate aerodrome when the relevant forecast weather was: less than 1,000 ft above the landing minima determined by the operator under regulation 121.185, or when the forecast visibility was less than the greater of 5km, or the landing visibility determined by the operator under regulation 121.185 plus 2 km.

[37]    Instrument meteorological conditions (IMC): weather conditions that require pilots to fly primarily by reference to instruments, and therefore under instrument flight rules (IFR), rather than by outside visual reference. Typically, this means flying in cloud or limited visibility.

[38]    While MIL-STD-882E, dated 2012, was the current version at the time of this incident, the original version was issued in 1969.

Occurrence summary

Investigation number AO-2021-048
Occurrence date 22/11/2021
Location Paraburdoo Airport
State Western Australia
Report release date 24/03/2023
Report status Final
Investigation level Systemic
Investigation type Occurrence Investigation
Investigation status Completed
Mode of transport Aviation
Aviation occurrence category Unforecast weather
Occurrence class Serious Incident
Highest injury level None

Aircraft details

Manufacturer Fokker B.V.
Model F28 MK 0100
Registration VH-NHV
Serial number 11482
Aircraft operator NETWORK AVIATION PTY LTD
Sector Jet
Operation type Air Transport High Capacity
Departure point Perth Airport, Western Australia
Destination Paraburdoo Airport, Western Australia
Damage Nil

Collision with terrain involving Kavanagh E-240 Balloon, VH-LUD, near Yamanto, Queensland, on 8 October 2021

Final report

Report release date: 01/11/2022

Executive summary

What happened

On 8 October 2021, a Kavanagh Balloons E-240 balloon, registered VH-LUD and operated by Floating Images Aust. Pty Ltd was conducting a morning scenic flight about 45 km south‑west of Brisbane, Queensland. On board was a pilot and 9 passengers. About 55 minutes into the flight, the pilot commenced a descent to locate a suitable landing area. During the descent, the balloon entered an area of localised fog where visibility reduced to 10 m.

The pilot continued the descent into the fog until a tree was observed in the path of the balloon. The pilot attempted to avoid the tree by initiating a climb, but the balloon collided with, and came to rest on the side of the tree, damaging the lower part of the balloon envelope. The pilot subsequently climbed the balloon off the tree and above the fog. The flight continued to an uneventful landing in a nearby paddock that was clear of fog. There were no injuries.

What the ATSB found

The ATSB found that, contrary to the visual flight rules visibility requirement, the pilot entered an area of reduced visibility in which the visibility was 10 m. This did not allow sufficient time to complete an avoidance manoeuvre when an obstacle was observed, as a result the balloon collided with a tree and the balloon envelope was damaged.

Safety message

In some circumstances, balloons are permitted to fly in significantly lower visibility than other types of aircraft. While this is mainly due to their inherently low flight speed, it also considerably reduces the available time to see obstacles. Additionally, as balloons can only manoeuvre vertically and significant time may be required to transition from a descent to a climb, they have limited capability to avoid obstacles.

Therefore, to reduce the collision risk if a balloon enters an area of visibility less than that permitted by the visual flight rules, pilots should ensure that an immediate recovery is commenced.

 

The investigation

Decisions regarding whether to conduct an investigation, and the scope of an investigation, are based on many factors, including the level of safety benefit likely to be obtained from an investigation. For this occurrence, a limited-scope investigation was conducted in order to produce a short investigation report, and allow for greater industry awareness of findings that affect safety and potential learning opportunities.

The occurrence

On 8 October 2021, the pilot of a Kavanagh Balloons E-240 balloon, registered VH-LUD, was preparing for a morning scenic charter flight for 9 passengers from a location 45 km south‑west of Brisbane, Queensland. The pilot reported releasing a small helium balloon from the Ipswich Visitor Information Centre, located about 6 km to the east of RAAF Base Amberley (Figure 1), at 0425 Eastern Standard Time,[1] to observe wind speed and direction. The pilot also checked the wind observations recorded at the nearby RAAF Base, which were variable[2] at 3 knots.

Following an assessment, via the observation balloon, that the wind was from the west‑north‑west, the pilot planned the flight to commence at Rosewood Golf Club with an intent to track south-east, to the south of RAAF Base Amberley, and continue towards Yamanto (Figure 1). The pilot commented that there was no fog present at the departure time.

The 9 passengers arrived at the Ipswich Visitor Information Centre at about 0425 and they were taken to Rosewood Golf Club. The passengers were briefed on the 3 stages of balloon flying: inflation, flight, and landing. The pilot then inflated the balloon, and the passengers were boarded.

Although the pilot planned the flight in non-controlled Class G airspace[3] around RAAF Base Amberley, they made a telephone call to RAAF Amberley air traffic control and left a message on their answering machine with details of the balloon flight. The pilot reported that this was in case RAAF Amberley airspace became active during the period of the balloon flight and the airspace reverted to military Class C airspace[4] (see the section titled Airspace).

The balloon took off at around 0520 and tracked towards the east-south-east as expected from the wind observations. The pilot reported clear skies with some localised fog present to the south‑east of the RAAF base. The pilot estimated the fog to be from the surface to a height of 500 ft.

Figure 1: Flight path of VH-LUD

Flight path of balloon

Source: Google Earth, annotated by the ATSB

After about 55 minutes of flight time the pilot commenced a descent to visually identify and select a suitable landing area. As the balloon descended below 1,000 ft the wind backed[5] to a south‑westerly. As a consequence of that wind change, the balloon began tracking north-east towards the previously‑identified fog bank (Figure 2).

The pilot approached the fog expecting to be able to maintain visual requirements for landing. However, upon entering the fog, the pilot recalled observing that it was significantly thicker than they expected or had flown in before with visibility of about 10 m. The pilot continued to descend at approximately 200 feet per minute into the fog until they sighted a tree directly ahead of them. In response, the pilot immediately commenced burning on all 3 burners to arrest the descent and transition to a climb, but the balloon collided with the tree at a speed of about 4 knots. The balloon came to rest on the side of the tree at a height of about 60 ft above the ground. 

Figure 2: Descent of VH-LUD to Yamanto

Flightpath of balloon

Source: Google Earth, annotated by the ATSB

The pilot continued operating the burners and the balloon commenced a climb away from the tree. The pilot climbed the balloon until they were out of the fog and conducted an uneventful landing in a nearby paddock, clear of the fog. There were no injuries to the pilot or passengers, however multiple sections of the lower portion of the balloon envelope required repair or replacement due to damage by tree branches. The balloon returned to service 7 days later.

Context

Pilot experience

The pilot held a Civil Aviation Safety Authority (CASA) Commercial Pilot Licence (Balloon) that was issued in January 1995. At the time of the occurrence the pilot had accrued a total flying time of 2,904 hours with approximately 2,000 hours on type. The pilot held a current CASA class 2 aviation medical certificate.

The pilot also held a CASA Maintenance Authority to conduct maintenance on the Kavanagh balloon.

Balloon information

VH-LUD was a Kavanagh Balloons E-240 manned free balloon manufactured as serial number E24-527 in 2016 by Kavanagh Balloons Australia Pty Ltd. The E‑240 balloon has an envelope capacity of 240,000 cubic feet and a maximum take-off weight of 2,000 kg. It is powered by three burners connected to two independent fuel systems. At the time of the occurrence VH‑LUD had accumulated a total time of 492.8 hours in service.

Flight conditions

The pilot obtained weather observations, noting isolated fog was forecast and that the wind was variable at 3 knots. The pilot also commented that if there was visible fog at their nearby residence prior to departure, as a general practice they would reschedule the flight.

An Amberley terminal area forecast (TAF) was issued at 0209 EST for the 24 hours from 0300 with an amendment issued at 0318 (Figure 3). A further TAF was issued at 0515, about the same time the balloon took off. All 3 forecasts predicted variable winds at 3 knots and a 30% probability of fog, in which visibility would reduce to 500 m.

Figure 3: RAAF Amberley terminal area forecast

NOTAM

Source: Airservices Australia, annotated by the ATSB

Airspace requirements

RAAF Base Amberley is surrounded by Class G non-controlled airspace, which allows aircraft to operate without air traffic control (ATC) permission. This airspace becomes military Class C when the air traffic control tower is active. Permission is required from Amberley ATC to operate in Class C airspace. At the time of the flight, the air traffic control tower was not active, therefore, Class G airspace procedures applied.

The pilot reported telephoning RAAF Base Amberley air traffic control and leaving a message on their answering machine with the balloon flight details. The pilot had conducted this process for a number of years. The pilot also reported monitoring the Amberley common traffic advisory frequency for traffic during the flight.

In Class G airspace, the required visibility for a balloon operating below 1,500 ft above ground level and clear of cloud, is 5,000 m. However, a balloon operating below 500 ft above ground level and beyond 10 NM of an aerodrome with an approved instrument approach procedure only requires 100 m visibility.

On this occasion, as this flight was conducted within 10 NM of RAAF Base Amberley, an aerodrome having approved instrument approach procedures, the balloon was required to maintain at least 5,000 m visibility and remain clear of cloud irrespective of its operating height.

Balloon performance

The pilot reported that at the time the tree was observed the balloon was descending at a rate of about 200 feet per minute and was flying at a velocity of about 4 knots. As soon as the pilot saw the tree, they commenced burning on all three burners.

The pilot stated the balloon took 20-30 seconds to arrest the descent and commence climbing. The pilot reported the balloon ‘settling’ on the side of the tree in a slow speed collision.

Damage to balloon

The balloon envelope consisted of a total of 460 sewn panels in a combination of four differing sizes. A total of 19 panels were damaged during the occurrence. These panels were either repaired or replaced by the operator in accordance with the Kavanagh Balloons maintenance manual.

Safety analysis

The RAAF Base Amberley TAF listed a 30% probability that fog would be present in the area, in which visibility would be 500 m. The pilot reported that during flight preparation there was no fog present. During the flight, fog was observed in a localised area to the south-east of RAAF Base Amberley.

The flight was conducted in Class G airspace within 10 NM of the RAAF Base. Due to the RAAF Base having an approved instrument approach procedure, the balloon operating under the visual flight rules was required to remain clear of cloud and maintain a minimum visibility of 5,000 m.

The pilot commenced a descent with the intention of locating a suitable landing area. During this descent, the wind backed, and the balloon began tracking towards the area of localised fog. Instead of remaining above the localised fog and descending in the clear air beyond, the pilot continued the descent and entered the fog believing that adequate visibility would exist for the landing. The visibility subsequently reduced to 10 m.

The pilot observed a tree, and in an attempt to prevent a collision, lit the burners to transition to a climb. However, due to the 20-30 seconds required before the descent could be arrested and a climb commence, there was insufficient time for the tree to be avoided due to the limited visibility. Given the climb performance of the balloon, even if the circumstances around the airspace allowed for the flight to be conducted in visibility conditions down to 100 m, the collision would still have occurred.

After the collision, the pilot climbed the balloon off the tree and up into clear air. The balloon was then flown to the edge of the localised fog and an uneventful landing was carried out.

Findings

ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition, ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors. 

These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.

From the evidence available, the following finding is made with respect to the collision with terrain involving Kavanagh E-240 Balloon, VH-LUD, at Yamanto, Queensland.

Contributing factors

  • Contrary to the visibility requirement for visual flight rules flight, the pilot entered an area of fog that did not permit sufficient time to see and avoid obstacles. As a result, the balloon collided with a tree, damaging the balloon's envelope.

Sources and submissions

Sources of information

The sources of information during the investigation included:

  • the pilot of VH-LUD
  • Civil Aviation Safety Authority
  • RAAF Base Amberley air traffic control.

Submissions

Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.

A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:

  • the pilot of VH-LUD
  • Civil Aviation Safety Authority.

Submissions were received from:

  • the pilot of VH-LUD
  • Civil Aviation Safety Authority

The submissions from those parties were reviewed however, they did not result in any amendment to the text of the draft report.

Purpose of safety investigations

The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:

  • identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
  • providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.

It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.

Terminology

An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.

Publishing information 

Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003

Published by: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

© Commonwealth of Australia 2022

image_5.png

Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication

Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.

Creative Commons licence

With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.

Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.

The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.

[1]     Eastern Standard Time (EST): Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) + 10 hours

[2]     Variable: used when the forecasting of mean wind direction is not possible. Usually due to low wind velocity.

[3]     Class G: This airspace is not subject to air traffic control (ATC). Both instrument flight rules and visual flight rules aircraft are permitted and neither require ATC clearance.

[4]     Class C airspace: Controlled airspace surrounding major airports. Both instrument flight rules and visual flight rules aircraft are permitted, but pilots must obtain a clearance to operate and maintain continuous radio contact with air traffic control.

[5] Backed: A counter‑clockwise shift in the wind direction.

Occurrence summary

Investigation number AO-2021-042
Occurrence date 08/10/2021
Location Near Yamanto
State Queensland
Report release date 01/11/2022
Report status Final
Investigation level Short
Investigation type Occurrence Investigation
Investigation status Completed
Mode of transport Aviation
Aviation occurrence category Collision with terrain
Occurrence class Serious Incident
Highest injury level None

Aircraft details

Manufacturer Kavanagh Balloons
Model E-240
Registration VH-LUD
Serial number E240-527
Aircraft operator FLOATING IMAGES AUST. PTY LTD
Sector Balloon
Operation type Part 131 Balloons and hot air airships
Departure point Rosewood, Queensland
Destination Yamanto, Queensland
Damage Minor

Cabin pressurisation issue involving Boeing B737-36E SF, ZK-FXK, near Darwin Airport, Northern Territory, on 4 November 2021

Final report

Report release date: 16/05/2023

Safety summary

What happened

On 4 November 2021, a Boeing B737-36E SF, registered ZK-FXK, was being operated on a scheduled freight flight from Darwin, Northern Territory, to Brisbane, Queensland. After take-off, the flight crew observed that the aircraft did not pressurise as expected and the indicated cabin altitude was climbing much quicker than normal.

As the cabin altitude kept increasing, the crew stopped the aircraft’s climb at 11,000 ft and soon after commenced descent to 10,000 ft. As the aircraft passed 10,300 ft on descent, a cabin altitude warning alert occurred. The crew completed the required checklist actions but were unable to establish control of the pressurisation. Subsequently, the equipment cooling fan failed, the electronic flight information system reverted to a monochrome display output, and the weather radar failed.

The crew decided to return to Darwin. On arrival they identified that the guarded cargo/depress switch was on. This switch was normally only used in the event of a main cargo deck smoke event, when it will depressurise the aircraft to assist smoke removal. Switching this off returned the aircraft to serviceability.

What the ATSB found

The ATSB found that the cargo/depress switch had been turned on by the engineer as a means to cool the flight deck during pre-flight preparation. However, the engineer had omitted to turn it off prior to completing their duties, which prevented the aircraft from pressurising. Using the cargo/depress switch in this manner was not authorised but it had become normalised by the operator’s staff in Darwin, who were not aware that this practice would not be effective on the B737-36E SF aircraft in their fleet.

Although the cargo conversion operations manual supplement required the switch to be checked, this information was not incorporated into the operator’s flight crew operating manual, nor was the supplement information otherwise available to the flight crew. As a result, the crew did not identify that the switch was on during pre-flight activities. The operator also did not provide sufficient training during the introduction of the B737-36E SF to its fleet to ensure its personnel understood the differences of these aircraft to the rest of their B737 fleet.

The flight crew were accustomed to checking pressurisation after take-off to ensure the aircraft was pressurising as expected. As a result, the flight crew identified the pressurisation problem early, which enabled prompt action and prevention of a more serious incident.

What has been done as a result

The operator issued communications to its staff to immediately cease the unauthorised practice and remind staff to only operate equipment in accordance with approved documentation. Additionally, they commenced a review of operational documentation and completed incorporating the requirements of the operations manual supplement.

The operator also commenced a review of its training and aircraft induction processes to ensure sufficient staff and documentation were available to conduct support these processes.

Safety message

This incident highlights the risks associated with undertaking unauthorised practices and using equipment in a manner other than for its intended purpose. Without formal assessment of its efficacy or its potential for unintended consequences, combined with no documentation or training, there is no assurance that an unauthorised practice would be carried out consistently or safely.

This incident also demonstrated how essential training and up-to-date documentation is in ensuring correct understanding and operation of an aircraft.

 

The occurrence

On 4 November 2021, a Boeing B737-36E SF, registered ZK-FXK and operated by Airwork Flight Operations, was scheduled for a freight flight from Darwin, Northern Territory, to Brisbane, Queensland. The aircraft was crewed by 2 pilots.

The engineer assigned to prepare the aircraft commenced their tasks at about 1615 local time. The flight crew arrived at about 1630. At this time, the engineer was inside the flight deck conducting their pre-flight procedures but vacated to allow the crew to commence their aircraft preparation. The first officer commenced pre-flight procedures inside the flight deck and the captain commenced the external inspection. No anomalies were identified with the aircraft or its systems.

The aircraft departed Darwin at about 1754. Following the after take-off checks, the flight crew identified that the aircraft was not pressurising as expected. They noted that the cabin pressure differential[1] was lower than normal and that the cabin altitude was increasing at a higher than expected rate of 2,000 ft/minute.

The crew monitored the pressurisation and, as the aircraft was nearing 10,000 ft, noted the cabin altitude was about 8,000 ft and increasing. (Above cabin altitudes of 10,000 ft, flight crew are required to use supplemental oxygen to avoid the possibility of hypoxia.)

The crew attempted contact with air traffic control in order to stop the aircraft’s climb at 10,000 ft, but they were unable to due to radio congestion. After contact was made, the controller cleared the crew to stop the climb at flight level (FL)[2] 110, and subsequently to descend to 10,000 ft. The cabin altitude was below 10,000 ft at this stage, but still climbing.

At about 1800, while passing 10,300 ft on descent, a cabin altitude warning occurred. The alert consisted of the master caution light and a warning horn, and indicated that the cabin altitude was above 10,000 ft. The crew commenced the required immediate actions in response to this warning, which included the use of supplemental oxygen. However, very soon after the aircraft reached 10,000 ft, at which time supplemental oxygen was no longer required.

The cabin altitude warning checklist required changing the pressurisation mode to manual and selecting the outflow valve to fully closed.[3] The crew recalled that the outflow valve was already closed and completing the checklist actions did not establish positive control of the pressurisation.

At about this time, the master caution alert on the overhead panel presented. Looking at the overhead panel, the crew identified the equipment cooling fan(s) had failed. The crew selected the alternate fans in accordance with the quick reference handbook (QRH) procedure, but this did not restore the operation of the equipment cooling fans. Subsequently, the electronic flight information system (EFIS) reverted to monochrome display output, which was a system design feature to reduce heat output.

A short time later the weather radar also failed. The crew stated that, although they were visual at the time, there were thunderstorms in the area, for which the weather radar was a required system. With numerous systems malfunctioning, the crew decided to return to Darwin. The crew conducted a normal approach and landed at 1915.

After shutting down the aircraft, the captain moved to the jump seat to complete the post-flight log. In the darker ambient conditions compared to departure, the captain noticed an unexpected amber light on the aft overhead panel. The light was from the guarded cargo/depress switch, indicating it was in the ON position. The flight crew realised that this was the reason why the aircraft did not pressurise, as the switch was normally only used in the event of smoke in the main cargo deck.[4]

The crew discussed the occurrence with the engineer, who advised that they had selected the cargo/depress switch to ON with the intention of cooling airflow into the flightdeck while the aircraft was on the ground. The engineer stated they had omitted to select the switch off prior to completing their duties, nor had they informed the crew of the switch selection.

After turning the switch off, the aircraft was considered serviceable, and it was operated on its freight service. The systems malfunctions did not occur again nor was there any further incident.

Context

Personnel information

Captain

The captain held an Air Transport Pilot Licence (Aeroplane) and Class 1 aviation medical certificate. They had flown for the operator for about 4 years and had previously flown the B737 for 2 other airlines. The captain had also flown a variety of aircraft with regular public transport, charter and general aviation operators. They had 12,150 flight hours in total, with 3,500 hours on B737 aircraft.

First officer

The first officer (FO) held an Air Transport Pilot Licence (Aeroplane) and a Class 1 aviation medical certificate. They had been at the operator for about 1 year on the B737 but had also flown the B737 for other operators in Australia and overseas. Their previous experience included various aircraft types in regular public transport and regional operations. The FO had 17,300 flight hours in total, with 13,000 hours on B737 aircraft.

Engineer

The engineer was a licensed aircraft maintenance engineer with over 30 years' experience maintaining B737 aircraft. The engineer stated that they had only maintained B737 aircraft but had also held a maintenance manager’s position prior to commencing at the operator about 4 months prior to the occurrence.

Aircraft information

General

ZK-FXK was a Boeing B737-36E Special Freighter (SF) aircraft. It was manufactured in 1991 as a passenger aircraft with serial number 25256. It was then modified for freight operations in 2004 by Israel Aircraft Industries Limited (IAI). The aircraft was acquired by the operator in 2019.

Cargo/depress switch

The cargo/depress switch was part of the main deck smoke detection system. It was on the main deck cargo smoke detector panel, which was located on the aft overhead panel of the flight deck (Figure 1, Figure 2). The panel was located behind the flight crew seats and was not within normal line of sight for a flight crew.

Figure 1: Main deck cargo smoke detector panel

Figure 1: Main deck cargo smoke detector panel

Source: Airwork

The cargo/depress switch was a push-button type switch that illuminated when selected ON. It was guarded by a clear, flat plastic cover. The switch could be on or off with the guard in place (Figure 2). This was in contrast to other guarded switches on the aircraft, where the guard had to remain raised to allow the toggle type switch to be on. The only indication that the switch had been selected ON was the illumination of the switch itself.

Figure 2: Main deck cargo smoke detector panel (view from left seat)

Figure 2: Main deck cargo smoke detector panel (view from left seat)

Source: Captain of ZK-FXK, modified by the ATSB

The only situation for which the switch was to be used was if smoke was detected within the main cargo deck. The flight crew operating manual (FCOM) stated that when the switch was:

Depressed:

Will depressurize aircraft and provide limited ventilation to flight deck.

  • closes right and left main deck airflow shutoff valves
  • right pack valve closes
  • left pack valve closes to low flow (15-18% of normal output)
  • R/H flow control valve will be closed
  • forward outflow valve opens

The main deck cargo smoke, fire or fumes checklist further explained that:

Selecting this switch will depressurize the airplane and provides restricted heat and ventilation for exclusion of fumes and smoke from the cockpit.

As the aircraft departed with the cargo/depress switch on, ZK-FXK was prevented from pressurising.

No problems were identified with the weather radar or electronic flight information system (EFIS). Changes to the status of these systems during the flight was consistent with them being exposed to increased heat due to the cooling fan failure. The quick reference handbook explains that a cooling fan failure may be an indicator of a cabin pressurisation problem.

Operational manual supplement

An operational manual supplement (OMS) was produced by IAI to reflect all changes to the configuration and operation of the aircraft following its conversion from a passenger aircraft to a freighter. The OMS included a requirement that some of its pages must be inserted into the FCOM adjacent to their respective pages. This was to ensure the FCOM was fully amended with the latest information and procedures.

The operational manual supplement stated:

Depressing this switch will depressurize the aircraft to minimize airflow to the main cabin. The following valves will be activated.

  • both left and right air condition shutoff valves will close
  • right pack control flow valve will close
  • left pack control flow valve will drive to low flow
  • forward outflow valve will drive to open

In the preliminary flight deck preparation section of the normal procedures, the OMS required the main deck cargo smoke detector control panel to be checked as follows:

Main deck cargo smoke detector control panel – check

Check detector lights (12) – extinguished

Check detector fault light – extinguished

Check smoke light – extinguished

Main smoke no flow light – extinguished

Check depress switch, normal extinguished position, plastic cover stowed.

Both pilots stated that, after identifying the incorrect switch position on return to Darwin, they reviewed the FCOM and noted that it did not include any reference to pre-flight check requirements for the panel. During interview, the FO stated they were not aware of the OMS requirement and therefore they did not check the panel or switch during their pre-flight checks.

The ATSB reviewed the FCOM and confirmed that it had not been amended with the changes to the pre-flight procedures for checking the cargo/depress switch, as required by the OMS.

Flight crew pre-flight procedures

The FO conducted the flight deck preparation at the same time as the captain conducted the external inspection. The FO recalled that, while they were seated in the jump seat, they had looked at the overhead panel. However, rather than looking vertically up at where the cargo/depress switch was located, they looked across the panel at eye level, paying specific attention to various switches for correct positions. They described Boeing switches as being toggle types, all operating in the same direction to easily identify if they were on or off.

The FO stated that during this scan, in the bright ambient conditions, they did not notice that the cargo/depress switch was illuminated. As the clear plastic guard was able to be closed when the switch was on, and as this was different to the guard on the toggle type switches, the ability to visually determine its state was reduced. The FO recalled that at no stage was the main deck cargo smoke detector panel specifically checked. Following this activity, the FO continued the next section of pre-flight scans from their FO seat on the right side of the flight deck. From this seat, the cargo/depress switch was now behind their head and out of view.

When returning to the flight deck after the external inspection, the captain did not notice that the cargo/depress switch was on, nor were they required to check that panel. Both pilots mentioned conducting the light test to determine if lights were functional on the front, lower console and overhead panels. This test illuminated all lights but was not able to assist the pilots in visually identifying that the cargo/depress switch was on.

Prior to taxiing, the crew conducted the recall check of the master caution system annunciator panel during the before taxi checklist.[5] They also conducted this check again while attempting to establish the reason for the aircraft not pressurising. They received no alerts at those times. The crew and operator later identified that the cargo/depress switch was not connected to this system. This was not the crew’s expectation, given what systems the cargo/depress switch would affect and that it was outside of their normal line of sight.

The captain stated that the only training they received on ZK-FXK’s differences to the operator’s other B737 aircraft was related to operation of the main deck cargo door.

Cooling the flight deck

The engineer arrived at the aircraft about 1.5 hours prior to the scheduled departure time of 1745 to prepare the aircraft. They noted it was a very hot day and the aircraft interior had also become quite hot as a result. After turning the air conditioning on, the engineer then selected the cargo/depress switch to ON. The aircraft operator did not supply ground support equipment (GSE) capable of providing external air-conditioning.

At that time, the engineer believed that selecting the cargo/depress switch to ON would shut off airflow to the main deck and increase airflow to the flight deck to accelerate cooling there. The engineer stated that using the cargo/depress switch on the ground for cooling was not a documented procedure. They had learned to do this practice in Darwin from other engineers but had also seen some pilots do it. The engineer explained that they had not received any formal training on the differences between the operator’s 737 aircraft when they commenced employment with the operator.

The engineer explained that they would normally select this switch to ON, complete their aircraft preparation duties, then turn the switch to OFF prior to leaving the aircraft. On this occasion, the engineer felt that they needed to vacate the flight deck when the flight crew arrived earlier than expected. In doing so, they forgot to turn the switch off.

The operator identified that the same practice of cooling the flightdeck was used on all of their B737 aircraft by the engineers at Darwin.

Operator’s other 737 aircraft

The operator had 14 B737 freighter aircraft:

  • 12 aircraft that had been modified by Aeronautical Engineers, Inc (AEI)
  • 2 aircraft that had been modified by IAI (including ZK-FXK).

The AEI-modified aircraft were also fitted with a smoke detection system for the main cargo deck, however that system operated differently from that on the IAI-modified aircraft like ZK-FXK. On the AEI-modified aircraft, there was a cabin air shut-off switch that, when selected on, worked like the system on ZK-FXK to shut off air to the main deck, but it differed from ZK-FXK in that this system did not restrict air flow to the flight deck. Instead, all airflow was redirected to the flight deck to exclude smoke from the flight deck via positive pressure. This switch to control this system was the guarded toggle type and in the same position on the aft overhead panel as the cargo/depress switch on ZK-FXK.

Both pilots stated that the FCOM for the AEI-modified aircraft included a pre-flight operational check of the cabin air shut-off switch. The FO explained that the check required the guard to be lifted and the switch turned on to check the system operation. They explained there would be a very noticeable increase in air flow into the flight deck. The switch was then turned off and the guard closed.

The captain noted that the flow of air into the flight deck of the AEI-modified aircraft was significant to the point of distracting, and they would switch the system off if it was on. They did not notice any such air flow in ZK-FXK.

Pressurisation monitoring

The FCOM did not require that the aircraft pressurisation (cabin altitude and cabin pressure differential) be checked during flight. However, the FO stated they were in the habit of doing so due to experiences with B737 simulator instructors at a previous airline who would fail a student if they had not detected a pressurisation problem before the aircraft’s cabin altitude warning presented. The captain had a similar mindset with regard to checking the aircraft pressurisation.

It is likely that the cabin altitude warning would have presented while the aircraft was still climbing, however this did not occur because the flight crew had identified the pressurisation problem, monitored the cabin altitude, and then took action to avoid the cabin altitude rising above 10,000 ft.

Operator comments

The operator’s investigation report noted that the OMS for the IAI-modified aircraft was received by its maintenance control department when the aircraft was acquired. However, this manual was not provided to the engineering, flight operations or training departments prior to the aircraft entering service.

The report also identified that the training provided to flight crew was limited and focused on the operation of the main cargo door and escape slides. Engineers were not provided any formal training on the aircraft to identify the differences from other B737 aircraft in its fleet.

In summary, the operator identified that there were insufficient procedures as part of its aircraft induction process to ensure that all operational documentation was correctly distributed and that staffing deficiencies within the training department had impacted the oversight and delivery of training.

Safety analysis

Introduction

During pre-flight preparation, the engineer turned on the cargo/depress switch in an attempt to cool the flightdeck of ZK-FXK. The engineer omitted to turn the switch off prior to completing their duties and this was not identified by the flight crew. This prevented the aircraft from pressurising as expected and the cabin altitude subsequently rose above 10,000 ft.

The use of the cargo/depress switch in this manner was not authorised but had become normalised by the operator’s staff in Darwin.

The analysis will examine the issues related to unauthorised procedures and how documentation and training are essential for correct aircraft operations.

Normalised, unauthorised procedure

‘Normalisation of deviance’ was a process defined by Dianne Vaughan (1996) during the Space Shuttle Challenger investigation whereby unacceptable practices become accepted as the norm. The unacceptable practice is repeated without catastrophic results, reinforcing its normalisation.

Although the occurrence involving ZK-FXK did not have the same potential for a catastrophic outcome, it was an example of normalised deviance. The operator’s staff were using an aircraft system in a manner for which it was not designed (that is, using the cargo/depress switch on the ground). This practice was not authorised but had become accepted because of the perceived benefit of cooling the flight deck of its B737 aircraft in Darwin while working on the aircraft.

The engineer believed that in doing so they would be forcing air into flight deck but did not realise that this would not occur on ZK-FXK. It was identified that limited training on the B737-36E SF aircraft’s differences with the operator’s other type meant that operator’s staff were not aware that the desired result would not be achieved.

There was no evidence to suggest that anyone conducting this practice had undertaken a formal assessment of its efficacy or its potential for unintended consequences. The absence of formal documentation, procedures or training meant there was no assurance that the practice would be carried out consistently or safely. This was demonstrated by the engineer forgetting to deselect the switch, which is likely to have been a result of their normal routine being interrupted by the earlier than expected arrival of the flight crew. Lapses are common when interruptions occur and the absence of controls such as a documented procedure meant that the lapse was not recognised.

The absence of ground support equipment to provide external cooling appears to have instigated the unauthorised practice and it is likely that the practice may have continued given the frequently hot conditions in Darwin.

Aircraft documentation

Although the cargo conversion had taken place prior to the operator acquiring the aircraft, the operator did not ensure that all the aircraft documentation was adequately reviewed prior to entry into service. As a result, the flight crew operating manual (FCOM) had not been amended to include all changes detailed in the operational manual supplement (OMS), notably the requirement to check the main deck cargo smoke detector panel. The pilots were not aware of this requirement, thus removing a defence against the unauthorised use or incorrect position of the cargo/depress switch. Not checking the system also increased the risk of not detecting potential issues in the system.

The B737 is a very common aircraft but can be operated in various configurations which may differ between numerous operators. It is essential that aircraft documentation adequately reflect the correct aircraft configuration and procedures to prevent the aircraft being operated incorrectly.

Training on aircraft differences

Although the pilots had some training on the newly introduced aircraft, it was focused on the cargo door itself and not on all of the new procedures or systems following the cargo conversion. The engineer did not receive any formal training on the differences between the operator’s B737 aircraft. As such, the pilots and engineer were not provided with the opportunity to become fully aware of the aircraft they were required to operate.

In this occurrence, the limited training on aircraft differences reinforced the unauthorised use of the cargo/depress switch. Had the correct system knowledge been provided, it may have discouraged its use if it was known it would not work in the desired manner (at least on the B737-36E SF aircraft). The absence of training on required procedures also removed a defence against departure with an incorrect configuration.

Pilot vigilance

The pressurisation problem was identified early, enabled by the flight crew having developed the habit of monitoring pressurisation during their previous B737 experience. As the FCOM did not require a specific check of pressurisation during the after-take-off checks or climb phase, the pressurisation problem would still have triggered the cabin altitude warning albeit later in the climb. The crew’s heightened vigilance of pressurisation allowed them to identify and monitor the situation, take appropriate action promptly and thus avoid a more serious pressurisation incident.

Findings

ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition, ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors. 

Safety issues are highlighted in bold to emphasise their importance. A safety issue is a safety factor that (a) can reasonably be regarded as having the potential to adversely affect the safety of future operations, and (b) is a characteristic of an organisation or a system, rather than a characteristic of a specific individual, or characteristic of an operating environment at a specific point in time.

These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.

From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the incorrect configuration and cabin pressurisation issue involving the Boeing B737-36E SF, registered ZK-FXK, near Darwin Airport, Northern Territory, on 4 November 2021.

Contributing factors

  • While preparing the aircraft for flight, the engineer selected the aircraft’s cargo/depress switch to ON then omitted to switch it off prior to leaving the aircraft.
  • During their pre-flight activities, neither of the flight crew identified that the cargo/depress switch had been selected ON. Although the aircraft operational manual supplement required this switch to be checked, neither pilot was aware of this requirement.  
  • During the aircraft’s climb, the cargo/depress switch was in the ON position. This prevented the aircraft from pressurising as expected and the cabin altitude subsequently rose above 10,000 ft, triggering the cabin altitude warning.
  • The aircraft system to be used in the event of a main deck cargo smoke event on the operator’s B737 fleet was being routinely used by the operator’s engineering personnel in Darwin as a means to cool the flight deck. This practice had become normalised as a result of the perceived benefit of doing so, but there were insufficient risk controls in place to ensure that the aircraft would be returned to the correct configuration prior to departure. (Safety issue)
  • The operator did not provide sufficient training during the introduction of the B737-36E SF to its fleet to ensure its personnel understood the differences between these aircraft and the rest of its B737 fleet.
  • The operator’s flight crew operating manual for the B737-36E SF aircraft had not been fully amended to incorporate all revisions as detailed in the cargo conversion operational manual supplement.

Other findings

  • The flight crew were accustomed to checking cabin pressurisation during climb to ensure the aircraft was pressurising as expected. As a result, the flight crew identified the pressurisation problem involving ZK-FXK early, which enabled prompt action and prevention of a more serious incident.

Safety issues and actions

Central to the ATSB’s investigation of transport safety matters is the early identification of safety issues. The ATSB expects relevant organisations will address all safety issues an investigation identifies.

Depending on the level of risk of a safety issue, the extent of corrective action taken by the relevant organisation(s), or the desirability of directing a broad safety message to the aviation industry, the ATSB may issue a formal safety recommendation or safety advisory notice as part of the final report.

All of the directly involved parties were provided with a draft report and invited to provide submissions. As part of that process, each organisation was asked to communicate what safety actions, if any, they had carried out or were planning to carry out in relation to each safety issue relevant to their organisation.

Descriptions of each safety issue, and any associated safety recommendations, are detailed below. Click the link to read the full safety issue description, including the issue status and any safety action/s taken. Safety issues and actions are updated on this website when safety issue owners provide further information concerning the implementation of safety action.

Normalised, unauthorised procedure

Safety issue number: AO-2021-047-SI-01

Safety issue description: The aircraft system to be used in the event of a main deck cargo smoke event on the operator’s B737 fleet was being routinely used by the operator’s engineering personnel in Darwin as a means to cool the flight deck. This practice had become normalised as a result of the perceived benefit of doing so, but there were insufficient risk controls in place to ensure that the aircraft would be returned to the correct configuration prior to departure.

Safety action not associated with an identified safety issue

Whether or not the ATSB identifies safety issues in the course of an investigation, relevant organisations may proactively initiate safety action in order to reduce their safety risk. All of the directly involved parties are invited to provide submissions to this draft report. As part of that process, each organisation is asked to communicate what safety actions, if any, they have carried out to reduce the risk associated with this type of occurrences in the future. The ATSB has so far been advised of the following proactive safety action in response to this occurrence.
Additional safety action by Airwork Flight Operations Limited

Airwork advised that:

  • A review of the B737-36E SF flight crew operations manual and quick reference handbook was completed to ensure full compliance with the operations manual supplement. Work was in progress to implement an application in conjunction with the flight crew’s electronic flight bag to allow aircraft specific tail number data to be provided immediately to crew.
  • Training packages for both flight crew and engineering staff were developed, and a training manager/coordinator will be introduced to oversee flight operations and maintenance training.
  • The aircraft induction process was reviewed, and an improved induction checklist was created to ensure data is transferred between engineering and flight operations.

Glossary

AEI                   Aeronautical Engineers, Incorporated

ATC                 Air traffic control

EFIS                Electronic flight information system

FCOM              Flight crew operations manual

FDR                 Flight data recorder

FL                    Flight level

FO                   First officer

GSE                 Ground support equipment

IAI                    Israel Aircraft Industries Limited

OMS                Operations manual supplement

QRH                Quick reference handbook

SF                    Special freighter

Sources and submissions

Sources of information

The sources of information during the investigation included the:

  • the flight crew of ZK-FXK
  • the engineer
  • Airwork Flight Operations Limited (the operator).

References

Vaughan, D. (1986) The Challenger Launch Decision: Risky Technology, Culture and Deviance at NASA. University of Chicago Press; 1st edition.

Submissions

Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.

A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:

  • the flight crew of ZK-FXK
  • the engineer
  • Airwork Flight Operations Limited (the operator)
  • the Civil Aviation Safety Authority
  • the Civil Aviation Authority of New Zealand
  • the Transport Accident Investigation Commission (New Zealand)
  • the National Transportation Safety Board (United States of America).

Submissions were received from:

  • the captain of ZK-FXK
  • the engineer
  • Airwork Flight Operations Limited.

The submissions were reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the report was amended accordingly.

Purpose of safety investigations

The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:

  • identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
  • providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.

It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.

Terminology

An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.

Publishing information 

Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003

Published by: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

© Commonwealth of Australia 2023

image_5.png

Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication

Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.

Creative Commons licence

With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.

Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.

The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.

[1]     Cabin pressure differential was the difference between cabin pressure and atmospheric pressure.

[2]     Flight level: at altitudes above 10,000 ft in Australia, an aircraft’s height above mean sea level is referred to as a flight level (FL). FL 110 equates to 11,000 ft.

[3]     The normal mode for pressurisation is AUTO, whereby the system will automatically adjust the position of the outflow valve in order to modulate cabin pressure. Manual mode will give full control of the system to the flight crew.

[4]     The passenger area of ZK-FXK’s cabin had been converted to a cargo compartment and was known as the main cargo deck.

[5]     The recall check is used to verify if a master caution condition exists. Pushing the system annunciator panel will illuminate the appropriate system annunciator and master caution light. These systems will have their control/display panels out of the flight crew’s normal line of sight. If this occurs, the flight crew will be required to take further action to verify correct system operation.

Occurrence summary

Investigation number AO-2021-047
Occurrence date 04/11/2021
Location Near Darwin
State Northern Territory
Report release date 16/05/2023
Report status Final
Investigation level Defined
Investigation type Occurrence Investigation
Investigation status Completed
Mode of transport Aviation
Aviation occurrence category Incorrect configuration
Occurrence class Incident
Highest injury level None

Aircraft details

Manufacturer The Boeing Company
Model B737-36E SF
Registration ZK-FXK
Serial number 25256
Aircraft operator Airwork Flight Operations Limited
Sector Jet
Operation type Air Transport High Capacity
Departure point Darwin Airport, Northern Territory
Destination Brisbane Airport, Queensland
Damage Nil

Runway incursion involving Beech Aircraft Corp. 58, VH-NSK, Bankstown Airport, New South Wales, on 26 October 2021

Final report

Report release date: 18/02/2022

Safety summary

What happened

On the 26 October 2021, a Beech Aircraft Corp. 58, registered VH-NSK, operated by Little Wings Limited, was prepared for a private flight from Bankstown Airport, New South Wales. The purpose of the flight was to test the stall warning system following maintenance. The pilot was the sole person on board.

The aircraft was cleared to enter and line up on runway 29 right (29R) however, the pilot crossed the runway and entered occupied runway 29 centre (29C) without a clearance. As the pilot was cleared to take-off, the controller identified the error and instructed the pilot to hold position on the runway. At the same time, the pilot detected an Embraer 190, which was conducting high power engine runs on the upwind end of runway 29C and did not commence the take‑off.

What the ATSB found

The ATSB found that the pilot typically departed Bankstown from the centre runway, under the instrument flight rules procedures. This likely created an expectation that they were using this runway, despite reading back the correct runway to the controller. This resulted in them crossing runway 29R and entering runway 29C without a clearance.

Additionally, while the air traffic controller watched the aircraft enter 29R, due to subsequent focused attention on two helicopters in the vicinity of the airport, they did not identify its continued movement on to the occupied runway 29C.

Safety message

This incident illustrates the importance of pilots focusing on the specific instructions given by air traffic controllers. In 2012, the United States Federal Aviation Administration Safety Team (FAASTeam) released notice NOT4214 Pilot safety tip – Expectation bias stating that ‘analysis of runway incursion data shows that expectation bias is one of the most common causal factors for pilot deviations’.

The notice went on to say that pilots ‘need to understand that expectation bias often affects the verbal transmission of information. When issued instructions by air traffic control, pilots should “focus on listening and repeat to yourself exactly what is said in your head — and then apply that information actively”.’

Runway incursions remain an ongoing safety concern globally. In October 2016, Airservices Australia released A pilot’s guide to Runway Safety. This guide focused on seven important areas in surface operations and identified safety measures to help reduce the errors that lead to runway incursions. In addition, Airservices Australia have released specific guidance for pilots flying at Bankstown Airport Tips for flying at Bankstown, along with tips for flying at other metropolitan airports: Moorabbin, Parafield, Jandakot and Archerfield.

 

The investigation

Decisions regarding whether to conduct an investigation, and the scope of an investigation, are based on many factors, including the level of safety benefit likely to be obtained from an investigation. For this occurrence, a limited-scope investigation was conducted in order to produce a short investigation report, and allow for greater industry awareness of findings that affect safety and potential learning opportunities.

The occurrence

On the morning of 26 October 2021, a Beech Aircraft Corp. 58, registered VH-NSK and operated by Little Wings Ltd, was prepared for a private flight under the visual flight rules (VFR) from Bankstown Airport, New South Wales (Figure 1). The purpose of the flight was to test the aircraft’s stall warning system following maintenance. The pilot was the sole person on board.

Figure 1: VH-NSK

VH-NSK

Source: JETPHOTOS, Gavin Louis, modified by the ATSB

The operator had requested that the pilot conduct the test flight prior to conducting an instrument flight rules (IFR) flight, later that day. The pilot advised that they had not flown under the VFR or to the Bankstown training area for over 40 years. As such, they prepared themselves by researching the airspace around Bankstown Airport and revising the procedures for the flight test.

The next morning, the pilot conducted their normal pre-flight checks and started the engines. As the pilot taxied across the apron, they contacted the Bankstown surface movement controller (SMC), to obtain their taxi clearance. The SMC instructed them to taxi to holding point A8 for runway 29R[1] (Figure 2). This clearance automatically included an approval for the aircraft to enter a run-up bay to conduct the pre-flight engine checks and then taxi to the runway holding point. The pilot was not aware of this and advised the SMC that they needed to taxi to the run-up bay, which the SMC advised they were cleared to do. During this exchange, the pilot advised the SMC that they had not been to the Bankstown training area for over 40 years.

As the pilot was conducting their engine checks in the run-up bay, the crew of an Embraer 190 (Embraer) requested, and received, clearance to taxi to holding point A2 (Figure 2), the upwind end of runway 29C, to conduct high power engine runs for maintenance purposes.

When the pilot of NSK completed their checks in the run-up bay, they clarified with SMC that they were approved to taxi to holding point A8. The SMC confirmed they were approved and instructed them to contact Bankstown Tower at the holding point.

Figure 2: Bankstown Airport showing the route NSK took to the holding point

Figure 2: Bankstown Airport showing the route NSK took to the holding point

Source: Google Earth, annotated by ATSB

At 1114, the crew of the Embraer contacted Bankstown Tower and was cleared to enter runway 29C.

On reaching holding point A8, the pilot of NSK changed frequency to Bankstown Tower. At 1117, they contacted the Tower controller and advised they were ‘on A8 holding short of runway 29R ready for an upwind departure’. The Tower controller instructed them to hold position.

At 1118, the Tower controller instructed ‘NSK runway 29R line up and wait’. The pilot read back ‘line up and wait right NSK’. The Tower controller advised that aircraft would initially taxi along the same path if they were crossing runway 29R or lining up on that runway to depart.

After watching NSK commence taxiing, the Tower controller directed their attention to two helicopters. One helicopter was operating north of Bankstown Airport, with a second departing to the north. The Tower controller passed traffic information to both helicopter pilots, to assist them to identify each other. During the period the Tower controller’s attention was diverted, NSK crossed runway 29R, then entered and lined up on runway 29C.

At 1119:23, after the helicopter pilots advised they had each other sighted, the Tower controller instructed ‘NSK runway right clear for take-off’. As they were finishing the instruction, they detected that NSK was on 29C and immediately instructed ‘NSK hold position, hold position you are lined up on Centre, hold position’. The controller then instructed NSK to ‘Stop, hold position’. At 1119:35 the controller again instructed ‘NSK Stop, hold position’ and 5 seconds later stated ‘NSK Stop, stop, stop, hold position’.

At this time, the Bankstown tower frequency had at least one occasion, where a pilot over transmitted while the controller was broadcasting on the radio.

The pilot of NSK advised that as they were turning to line up on the runway, the controller cleared them to take-off. They immediately detected an Embraer at the other end of the runway and reported they advised the controller that there was a jet on the runway and they would hold position, however this was not heard by the controller. This was likely the over transmission on the frequency. At 1119:42 the pilot of NSK read back ‘NSK Stop, stop, stop, holding position’.

At 1121, after giving instructions to a number of other aircraft in the area, the controller instructed the pilot of NSK to hold short of runway 29R. The pilot of NSK responded by stating ‘I am holding at the threshold 29’. The controller then advised ‘NSK you are currently lined up on 29C hence why I told you to hold position. Vacate to the right and hold short of runway 29R’. NSK responded ‘Roger, vacating to the right hold short of 29R, NSK’.

The Embraer completed their engine runs and exited the runway onto taxiway A1, taxiing around runway 29R (Figure 2).

The controller then cleared NSK to enter and take off from runway 29R. The pilot advised they observed the Embraer taxiing at the end of the runway, but they were unsure if the Embraer was on the runway or was on the taxi way behind the runway. They advised that they waited until the Embraer had cleared the take-off overrun, before commencing the departure. The test flight and return to Bankstown were conducted without issue.

Context

Pilot

The pilot held an Air Transport Pilot’s Licence (Aeroplane) with over 23,500 hours of aeronautical experience.

They were volunteering their time to fly for the operator while they were stood down from an airline which had reduced international flights due to COVID 19 restrictions. The pilot had been flying the Beech Aircraft Corp. 58 regularly on IFR flights for the previous 18 months, with their most recent flight being circuits on the night before the incident.

They advised that they felt uncomfortable doing a VFR flight to the training area due to the different procedures and had never departed from runway 29R prior to that day. They reported that they thought the controller had instructed them to use runway 29C and had no recollection of reading back 29R.

They advised they had slept well and were fit and healthy.

Air traffic controller

The controller had almost 20 years experience, with around 14 years at Bankstown Airport. They advised they were feeling ‘fine’ at the time, having received their normal amount of sleep over the previous days. They had been operating as the tower controller for about 15 minutes prior to the occurrence and advised that they did not consider the workload to be high.

Bankstown Airspace

Bankstown Airport uses Class D airspace procedures. It has three parallel runways aligned in the 29/11 direction (Figure 2). When runway 29 was the operational runway:

  • runway 29R was used for departing and arriving VFR aircraft
  • 29C was used for departing and arriving IFR aircraft and overflow if 29R was busy
  • 29L was used mainly for circuits.

When the airport was busy, 29L was controlled by one controller and 29 R and C were controlled by a second controller. When it was quiet, a single controller controlled all three runways.

On this morning, the tower controller was controlling all three runways. There were two aircraft in the circuit area, two aircraft inbound, a helicopter operating north of the airport and another helicopter departing to the north.

Safety analysis

The experienced pilot had been conducting IFR flights for the operator on a regular basis over the previous 18 months. On these flights, they had only conducted IFR departures using the centre runway. This most likely led to them having an expectation they were going to depart from runway 29C. According to Skybrary Flight crew expectation bias:

Expectation bias occurs when a pilot hears or sees something that he or she expects to hear or see rather than what actually may be occurring. That expectation often is driven by experience or repetition. For example, if a pilot is regularly cleared to cross a particular runway during operations at a familiar aerodrome, he/she may come to “expect” the clearance. This could cause a potentially dangerous situation if on a particular day, the pilot actually is instructed not to cross the runway in question due to another aircraft landing or taking off.

Despite confirming the instruction to line up and wait on runway 29R, the pilot reported no recollection of this. It is likely the pilot was thinking ahead to conducting the VFR departure, narrowing their focus to their actions after the departure. Consequently, their attention was probably not on the clearance to enter the runway, rather reverting to what they had done previously.

The controller had no indication from the pilot’s readback that the pilot had a different understanding of what was instructed. Therefore, when the aircraft commenced taxiing as expected, they diverted their attention to other tasks.

Both the pilot and the controller detected an issue and stopped the departure prior to the aircraft commencing the take-off run, although at this stage the pilot was still unaware, they were not on their cleared runway.

The air traffic control system is dependent on radio communication which requires both pilots and controllers to clearly and accurately articulate what they are doing. An analysis of runway incursion data conducted by the United States Federal Aviation Administration Safety Team in 2012, found that expectation bias is one of the most common contributing factors to pilots deviating from a clearance instruction.

Findings

ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors. 

These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.

From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the runway incursion involving Beech Aircraft Corp. 58, VH-NSK at Bankstown Airport, New South Wales, on 26 October 2021.

Contributing factors

  • Despite correctly acknowledging the clearance to enter and line up on runway 29R, the pilot crossed runway 29R and entered runway 29C without a clearance, probably due to expectation bias associated with previous operation only from 29C.
  • The controller watched VH‑NSK enter 29R however, due to subsequent focused attention on two helicopters in the vicinity of the airport, they did not identify its continued movement on to the occupied runway 29C.

Sources and submissions

Sources of information

The sources of information during the investigation included the:

  • pilot
  • controller
  • Airservices Australia

References

SKYbrary, Flight crew expectation bias

Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Safety Team 2012, Pilot Safety Tip – Expectation Bias Notice number NOT4214, September 2012

Submissions

Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.

A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:

  • pilot
  • controller
  • Airservices Australia
  • Little Wings Limited

No submissions were received.

Purpose of safety investigations

The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:

  • identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
  • providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.

It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.

Terminology

An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.

Publishing information

Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003

Published by: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

© Commonwealth of Australia 2022

image_5.png

Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication

Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.

Creative Commons licence

With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.

Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.

The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau

Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.

__________

  1.  Runway number: the number represents the magnetic heading of the runway. The runway identification may include L, R or C as required for left, right or centre.

Occurrence summary

Investigation number AO-2021-046
Occurrence date 26/10/2021
Location Bankstown Airport
State New South Wales
Report release date 16/02/2022
Report status Final
Investigation level Short
Investigation type Occurrence Investigation
Investigation status Completed
Mode of transport Aviation
Aviation occurrence category Runway incursion
Occurrence class Incident
Highest injury level None

Aircraft details

Manufacturer Beech Aircraft Corp
Model Baron 58
Registration VH-NSK
Serial number TH-106
Aircraft operator Little Wings Limited
Sector Piston
Operation type Private
Departure point Bankstown Airport, New South Wales
Destination Bankstown Airport, New South Wales
Damage Nil

Aircraft details

Manufacturer Embraer-Empresa Brasileira De Aeronautica
Model ERJ 190-300
Sector Jet
Damage Nil